77 16 PH ILIPPINE

I S L A N DS 1 4 9 3 1 8 9 8 -

E xp l orati o n s by E ar l y Navi g ator s D e s cri p ti o n s o f t h e

,

I s l a n d s an d t h eir P eo p l e s t h eir H istor y an d R e c o rd s o f

,

t h e Cat h o l i c M is s i o ns as re l ate d i n c o n te m ora n e o u s

, p
B o o k s an d M a n u s cri p ts s h owi ng t h e P o l itica l E c o
, ,

n o m i c C o m m e rcia l an d R e l i i ou s C o n diti o n s o f t h os e
, g
I s l a n d s fr o m t h eir ear l ie s t relati o n s w it h E ur o p ea n
Nati o n s to t h e c l o s e o f t h e Ni n e t ee n t h C e ntury

TR J N S L A T E D F R O M TH E O R I G I N A L S

E di t ed an d a nno t a ted by E M M A H E L EN B L AI R an d
JAM E S A L E X A N D E R R O BE R T S O N , wi t h hi s t o ri ca l i n t r o

du cti o n and addi ti o nal no t es b y E D WAR D GAY L O R D

B O U R N E Wi t h map s , p o rt raits a nd o ther illu s trati o ns
.

Vol ume X VI — 1 60
9

T he A rth ur H C l ar k C o mp any
.

C l ev e l an d O h i o
,

M C M IV
 COPYR I GH T 1 9 4
0

THE A RT H U R H . C L AR K C O M P AN Y
ALL n e a r s nxsnnv m
 C O NT E N TS O F V OL U M E X VI

P reface .

S ucesos de las I sl as Filipinas ( c o nc l u d ed ) An .

toni o de M o rga ; M exico 1 609

,
.

C onqv i s t a de l as I slas M al vc as B a rtolom é L e

.

o n a r d o de A rgensol a ; M adrid 1 60 9
,
.

B iblio g raphi cal D ata .

A p pendix : Customs of the P ampangas in thei r

l awsuits J u an de P l asencia
.
,
8 P
[ 5 9 ]
1
 I LL U ST R AT I O N S

T itle page of S u c es os d e l a s I s l a s F i l i p i nos

-

( M e x i c i ad I ndos anothe
,
r edition o f
M orga s wo r k ; p hoto graphic rep roduction o f
’
-

the facsi mile p resented in Z ara goz a s e d ition ’

( M ad rid 1 8,8 7) f rom copy in possession of

E dward E Aye r Chi c ago which is sup p osed
.
, ,

to b e the o nly c op y extant of Z ara goza s edi ’

tion F r o n ti s p i e c e
‘
.

View of co rcoa ( the vessel known as c ar a

-

photo g raphic facsimile of en g raving

’
in J ohn Stevens s C o l l e c ti o n of Voy a g es a nd
Tr a v e ls ( L ondon i,
—i n Argens ol a s .
’

D iscove ry and conquest of the M ol ucco a nd

”
P hilippine I slands p 61 ; f rom cop y in li ,
.

b ra t y of Wisconsin H isto rical S ociety .

A utograph si gn ature of A ntoni o de M o rg a ;

photographic facsimile f rom M S i n A rch ivo .

gene ral de I ndias S evill a ,

T itle p a ge of C onqvi st a de l as I sl a sM al vcas ,

.

by B artolome L e onardo de A r gensol a ( M a

d ri d ,
photograph ic facsimile f rom ,

copy in l i b rary of H arva rd U nive rsi ty .

 P R E FA C E

In the p resent volume is conclu d ed the not abl e

wo r k b y Mo rga S a c es os d e l a s I s l a s F i l i p i nos which
, ,

was b e gun in VOL XV T he reade r is refe rred to the

. .

p re fa ce O f that volume fo r some account of the boo k,

a nd Of the manne r in which it is p resented in this

series A nothe r b oo k nota b le in the hist o ry O f the

.

P hilip p ines is that O f A rgensola C o nq v i s ta d e l a s ,

I s l a s M o l v ca s ( M ad rid I n p resentin g he re
,

this wo r k the E ditors foll ow the plan wh ich p roves

,

to b e m o re o r less necessa ry with many of the p rinte d

ea rly histo ries of the isl a nd s that of translatin g in
—

full o nly such p arts O f the b ook as rel ate di rectl y to

the P hilip pines and a re of especial value o r impo r
,

tan ce ; and fu rnishin g a b rief synopsis of all matte r

omitted in o rde r th at the reade r may su rvey the b oo k
,

as a whole and unde rstand the rel ations an d connec

,

tions of the pa rts that are p resente d in full with those

th at are synopsized T his metho d is ren de red meces
.

s a ry b y the limit ations of this series in rega rd to

sp ace es p ecially as most of the Ol d hist o ri es as
,

A du a rte s S an A gustin s , and L a C oncep ci On s are

’ ’ ’
,

exceedingly v oluminou s ; an d mo reo ve r devo te , ,

mu ch Space to the a ffai rs of J apan Chin a an d othe r , ,

countries outsi de the P hili ppines A ll matte r of this

.

so rt mus t of cou rse b e omitted ; an d mu ch of wh at

,
 TH E P H I L I PP I N E I S LA N D S [ Vol 1 6

remains is more useful fo r ann o tations o r is rel a ,

ti vel y unimp o rtant fo r p ublic ation The E dito rs

.

conside r as do many othe r pe rsons interested in this

,

se ries that i t is desi r able to p resent ( es p ecially in the

,

ea rly pe riod of the P hilip pine histo ry ) the l a r ge r

p art O f these documents f rom the manuscri p t an d
hithe rto un p ublished m ate rial l a rgely c o nse rved in
fo rei gn archives ; and that the needs of students and
investi g ators will thus be better se rved than by oc cu
py gi n the valuable an d limited space of this se ries
with comp l ete transl ations of b oo ks which can b e
found in l ar ge A me ri can lib ra ries T he location o f
.

all these will be noted so far as is p ossible in the

, ,

volume devo ted to bi b lio g ra p hi cal information at

the en d O f this se ries ; me anwhile the needs Of most
rea d e rs will b e suitably met by the synopses of o mit
ted matte r and the f ree use o f such wo rks as those
of L a C oncep ci é n and S an A ntonio in ann otations .

The E ditors pu r p ose to p resent a few of these his

to ries es p ecially in th e ea rlie r pe riod in ve ry f ull
, ,

fo rm s o far as they c ove r P hilippine history ; fo r

,

these are o ri ginal sou rces f rom wh ich late r w rite rs

,

O btaine d much of thei r mate rial T hese method s

.

rende r this se ries unusually rich in valuable b istori

cal mate rial all ca re fully selec ted an d much of it
, ,

g reatly con densed by the excisio n o f extraneous i r ,

relevant and unimportant m atte r The p arts thus

,
.

omitte d and syno p si z ed will b e as he retofore indi

, ,

c ated by enclos ing the synopses in b rackets .

C ontinuing his narrative M o rga describes his vo y

,

age to Mexico whithe r he goe s ( 1 60 3 ) to be a mem

,

b e r o f the A udienci a there H e then rel ates the

.

events O f the Chinese up rising in L uz é n in that year ,

 PR E FAC E

which h as b een fully describe d in p revious volumes

of this se ries ; and his pictu resque although pl ain

na rrative casts new light upon that ep i sode M any .

S p ania rds in M anil a are s o al a rme d by thi s dange r

th at they remove with all thei r househol ds and
,

p rope r ty to N uev a E sp a n a ; but one O f the ships

,
‘

c a rrying them is l ost at sea an d the othe r is com

,

p el l,
e d afte r great inju ry and loss to retu rn to M a ,

nil a a se rious c alami ty for the colon y the re The .

gov e rno r does his best to fo rtify the city and re e n ,

forcements and supplies a re p rovided fo r him f ro m

Nueva E sp a n a B ishop Ben avides dies
.

Fria rs f rom the isl ands go to J apan but the empe ro r ,

O f that country is o ffended at thei r p reachin g and ,

advises A cu n a to restrain them I n the summe r o f.

1 60 5 arrive suppl ies and men f rom Nueva E sp a n a ,

and A cu n a p roceeds with his p repa rations fo r the

expedition against the D utch in the Moluccas I n .

the following sp ring he sets ou t on this enterp rise ,

c onductin g it in pe rson ; M o rga desc ribes this naval

camp aign in detail T e rnate is cap t ured by the
.

S paniards without bomba rdment and w ith little loss ,

to themselves The fu g itive king of the island is

.

pe rsu aded to su rrende r to the S p ani a rds and bec ome

a vassal O f Feli pe S eve ral othe r petty rulers fol
.

l o w his example and p romise not to allo w the Dutch

to enga ge in the clove t rade A cu n a builds a new
.

fo rt the re an d anothe r in Tido re leaving J u an de

, ,

E squivel as gove rno r of the M oluccas with a ga rri ,

son and several vessels fo r thei r defense an d ca rry ,

ing to M anila the king of Ternate and many of his

nobles as hostages Du ring Acu fi a s absen ce a
,
.
’

mutiny occu rs among the J ap anese nea r M anil a ,

which is quelled mainly by the influence of the f ri a rs .

 TH E P H I L I PP I NE I S LA N D S [ Vol 1 6

The governor dies app arently f rom po is on soon

, ,

after his retu rn to M anil a The trade o f the islan d s

.

is inj u red by the restri ctions laid upon it by the home

gove rnment ; and the reducti o n O f Te rn ate has no t
su ffi ced to restrain the M oro p i rates T he natives .

O f the M oluccas a re uneasy and rebellious es p ecially ,

as they have a p ro spect Of aid from the Dutch who ,

a re endeavorin g to regain thei r lost possessions the re .

M o rga cites a lette r fro m a S panish Offi ce r at L a

P al ma rec ounting the pu r po se an d out come of van
,

N o o rd t s ex p e dition to the I ndi an archi pel a go

’
.

’
The histo rical p art of M o r g a s account ends here ;
and the final chapter is devoted to a description of
the islan d s an d thei r peo p le the customs and reli
,

g i o u s beliefs O f the natives and the con dition

,
at that
time of the S p anish colony an d t he ci ty of M anil a .

H e describes the p rincipal islands of the P h ilippine

gro up be g innin g with L u z é n ; the various race s of
,

—
inhabitants M o ms Negritos and Vis ayans : thei r
, ,

mode O f d ress thei r oc cupati ons an d industries thei r

, ,

habits of life ; thei r weapons thei r ships an d b o ats ;

,

the trees an d f ruits of the isl ands ; the animals an d

bi rds both wil d and tame ; the reptiles fi shes and
, , ,

othe r c reatu res ; an d va rious plants A mon g these .

is the buyo ( o r betel ) the h abi t of chewin g it has

become unive rsal a mong the S pania rds of all classes , ,

and po ison is O ften administe re d th rough its m e dium .

Vari ous means and methods O f p oisoning a re de

scribed as well as s ome anti dotes the refo r S ome
,
.

account is g iven of the gold mines and pea rl fishe ries ,

and O f o the r p roduc ts of the country which fo rm

articles of c omme rce M o rga describes the two g reat
.

lakes of L uz o n ( Bombon an d B ai ) M anil a and its ,

h a rbo r and a pp roaches and othe r p rin c i p al p o rts

, ,
 PRE FAC E

with some neigh b o rin g island s ; an d gives s ome ac

count O f the Visayan p eople and the l a rge r isl ands

i nh ab ited by them an d O f the tides in the a rchipel
,

ago Then follows an inte resting an d detailed ac

.

count O f the Filip ino peoples thei r l angu age cus , ,

toms beliefs etc T he l angua ge used i n L uz o n an d

, ,
.

othe r no rthe rn isl ands is di ffe rent f rom th at of the

Vis ayas ; bu t all the n atives write exp res s in g them ,
"

selves fluently and co rrectly an d usin g a sim p le ,

alphabet which resem b les the A rabic T hei r houses .

,

an d thei r mode of l ife the rein a re fully des cri b e d ; ,

also thei r government soci al o rgani z ation an d ad

, ,

ministration O f j usti ce The cl asses and status o f .

slaves an d the c aus es O f enslave ment a re recounte d

,
.

The i r customs in ma rriages and dow ries divo rces , ,

a d o ptio n and inhe ritance a re desc ribed ; als o in

,

usu ry trading an d punishment fo r c ri mes T he

, ,
.

stand ard o f s ocial pu ri ty is desc ribed by M o rga as

b eing ve ry low ; yet infamous vices we re not i nd i g
eno us with the m but commun icated by fo reigne rs
, ,

especi ally by the Chinese T h e native s O f Lu zo n .

ap pe ar to be supe rio r b oth intellectually and mo r

,

ally to the Vis ay an peoples T hei r religious beliefs

,
.

an d p ra ctices a re re counte d by Mo rga who n at u rally ,

asc ribes these to the influence o f the devil H e also .

na rrates the entrance of M ahometani s m into the

islands and how it was checked by the coming of
,

the S p ani ards .

M o rga next s k etches the con dition at th at time O f

S panish colon ies in the islands H e describes the .

city of M anila in detail with its fo rti fi cations a rse , ,

nal s gove rnment an d municipal buildings cathedral

, , ,

and convents ; also the seminary o f S anta P otenciana ,

an d the hosp itals There a re six hund red houses

.
,
 TH E P H I L I PP I N E I S LA N D S [ VO L 1 6

m ostly built of stone , within the walls , and even mo re

“
in the s ubu rbs ; an d all a re the h abitations and
h ome s of Sp ania rds A ll the people both men and
.
”
,

women a re cl ad and go rgeously adorned in silks ;

,

and nowhe re is there g reater abun dance of food ,

and of othe r necessa ries of hu man l ife than in M a ,

nila M o rga enumerates the dignitarie s ecclesi as

.
,

tical and civil who reside in the city ; and mentions

,

it as the cente r and metropolis of the a rchi pel ago .

H e then b rie fl y desc ribes the othe r S p anish settle

ments in the P hili p pines ; and mentions in th ei r tu rn
the va rious o rde rs an d thei r wo rk the re with the ,

numbe r O f l a b o re rs in each H e p raises thei r e ff o rts .

fo r the conve rsion education and so c ial imp rove

, ,

ment O f the I n dians H e de fines the functions Of

.

b oth the civil and the e cclesi astical autho rities an d ,

the policy Of the gove rnment to ward the n atives ;

and desc ribes the a p pl ication and results in the P hil
i p p i nes of the encomienda system impo rted thithe r
f ro m A me rica H e de p recates the pe rmission g iven
.

to the I ndians fo r p ayin g thei r tributes in kind o r in

mo ney at thei r option ; fo r it has led to thei r ne glect
,

ing thei r fo rmer industries and thus to the gene ral ,

dama ge o f the c ountry S lave ry still exists amon g .

them b ut the S pania rds h ave b een fo rbi dden to en

,

sl ave the natives P erson al services o f va rious so rts

.

are due f rom the latte r howeve r to thei r encomen , ,

de ros to the religious and to the king fo r all of

, , ,

which they receive a moderate wa ge ; an d all o the r

se rvices fo r the S p aniards are voluntary an d pai d .

Close restrictions are l ai d upon the inte rc ou rse O f the

S pani a rds with natives Various info rmation is given
.

rega rding appointments to offi ce resi denci as elec , ,

ti ons town gove rnment an d finances ; also O f the

, ,
 PRE FAC E

ecclesiastical o rgani zation ex p enses and administra

, ,

tion as well as of the incomes of the religious o rders

,
.

Mo rga recounts the numbers characte r p ay an d , , ,

o rgani z ation of the military and naval fo rces in the

islands The bulk of the citi z ens are me rch ants and
.

trade rs comm e rce bein g the ch ief occu pation and

,

su pport of the S panish colony M anila is a ma rket.

fo r all the countries of E astern A sia f rom J apan to ,

B orneo T he China tra de is res tricted to the i nha b

.

i tant s o f the P hilip p ines ; Mo r g a desc ribes its n atu re

and extent and the m anne r in which it is con ducte d
, ,

as well as th e ch aracte r an d m ethods of the Chinese

trade rs A simil a r account is given o f the trade ca r
.

ried on with the P hilip p ines by the J ap anese Bo rne ,

ans and othe r nei ghbo rin g peo p les an d of the ship
,
'

ment to N ueva E s p afi a of the g oods thus p r ocu red

'
.

T his last comme rce is so g reat and p ro fi table an d

“
,

easy to control that the S p ani ards do not ap p ly them

,
”
selves to or enga ge in any othe r industry and thus
, , ,

not only they ne g lect to avail themselves of and de

vel o p the n atu ral resou rces of the country but the ,

n atives a re neglecting an d fo rgettin g thei r fo rme r

in dust ries ; an d the su p ply of silve r in the country
steadily fl ows out of i t and into the h ands o f i nfi del s .

M o rga enume rates the Offi cials revenues an d ex , ,

p e n d i tu res of the c olonial governm e nt A s its income .

is too small fo r its necessa ry expenses the ann u al ,

d efi cit is made up f rom the royal treasu ry of N ueva

E s p afi a . But this great expense is incu rred only
fo r the Ch risti ani z ation an d conve rsion of the n a
ti v es fo r the hopes of gr e ater f ruits in othe r king
,

d oms and p rovinces of A si a

”
.

The l a rge extent o f the Chinese i mmigration to the

isl ands is dis app rov ed by M o rga as uns afe to the ,
 TH E P H I L I PP I N E I S LA N D S [ VOL 1 6

S pania rds and inj urious to the natives S ome Chi .

nese a re neede d for the service of the S p aniards fo r ,

all the trades a re ca rried on by them ; but the numbe r

o f Chinese allowe d to live in the islan ds shoul d be

restricted to those who a re thus needed M o rg a .

describes the ch ar acte r d ress m o de of l ife an d

, , ,

settlements of the Chinese ne a r M anil a ; they a re

cared fo r in religious matte rs by the D ominic an
f ri a rs T he Ch ristian Chinese l ive ap art f rom the
.

he athens in a settlement of some five hund re d

,

pe o ple ; Mo rga has but a poo r opinion of even these

conve rts S ome account is also gi ven of the J a panese
.

wh o have settled in M anila ; M o rga c ommends them ,

and states that they p rove to be good Ch ristians .

H e ends his wor k by a detailed account of the

n avi g ation an d voya ge to an d f r om the P hilippine s .

T he M exican p o rt o f departu re fo r this ro ute h as

b een remove d from N avidad to A capu lco M o rga .

describes the westwa rd voyage ; the stop at the L a

d rone I sl ands an d the t r afli c of the natives with the
,

ships ; an d the route thence and among the P hilip,

pine I slands T he return route to Mexico is much

.

more di ffi cult and dan ge rous ; fo r the win ds a re va ry

ing and no t always favorable and the ship must ,

c h ange its co u rse mo re f requently an d go fa r north ,

to secu re favoring winds there encounte ring col d

,

we athe r . These seve re ch anges cause much su ffe r

ing an d even death ; and the vessel makes this v oyage
,

without once touching lan d until it reaches A capulco ,

a pe riod of fiv e o r six months M o rga also describes.

the voyage to S pain by way of G oa an d the C ape o f

G ood H Op e which also is long and dange rous
,
.

A rgensola writes a histo ry of the conquest of the

 PR EFACE

M alucas an d b egins b y des c ribin g the i sl ands th us

,

named thei r inh abitants and the customs mode o f

, , ,

d ress an d lan guage of the people H e re l ates the

,
.

cu rrent st o ries of thei r o ri gin and of thei r e arly i n

te rc o u rs e with O c cidental peop les mainly th rough ,

the Spice t r ade T he ea rlie r expeditions o f the P o r

.

tu g u es e to the M oluccas arouse t h e hos ti l ity of the

n atives ; an d so mu ch di ffi cul ty an d expense to the

g ove rnment is thus occasioned that his councilo rs a d
vise Felipe I I to ab andon the P hilippines and M o
l u cc as as not wor th s o much c ost
,
T his h e refuses .

to do on account of the necessity and du ty o f con

,

—
ve rtin g the p a g ans in those lands a d ecision con
fi rme d also by Felipe I I I A rgensol a enume rate s
.

the vari ous a rguments p ro and con regar d in g the

retention of the islands by S p ain whi ch he justi fie s ,

fo r the sa k e o f conve r tin g the heathen T he points .

thus fa r given are those of the b rief syno p sis wh ich

results f rom ou r examination of b o oks i iv in the -

C o n q v is ta Tu rning to b oo k v we fi nd a b rief out

.
,

line of the conquest of the P hilippine s b y L e g az p i ,

thei r pe op les thei r chief p r oducts an d thei r faun a

, ,
.

The expedition of P e n alosa to conque r T e rn ate is

described ; it p roves a failu re fo r va rious causes T he ,
.

k ing of S pain sends the invinci b le a rma d a a g ains t

E n gl an d desi ring to chec k the in roads o f
No rthe rn he retics a g ainst S panish c om me rce in the
O rient ; but that fl eet is defeate d an d dis p e rse d S an .

ti ago de Ve ra also sen ds an e xpedition a g ainst T e r

na te but it also i s a failu re O ne of the p rince s of
,
.

that islan d asks fo r S panish ai d to gain its royalty

fo r h imsel f offe ring in retu rn to beco me a vass al
, ,

o f S p ain ; but his d eath p revents any fu rthe r a rran ge

ment of this s o rt G omez P e rez D as ma ri fi as u n d e r
.
 TH E P H I L I PP I N E I S LA N D S ( Vol . 1 6

takes an expedition for the co nquest of the M oluccas ,

of which and of his tra g ic end a full account is g iven

in boo k vi fu rnishing much inte restin g info rm ation
,

the reon which is not elsewhe re to be obtained D as .

ma ri n as draft s rowe rs from among the Fil i p ino na

tives and the Chinese by force ; this causes much ,

resentment among th em H e Obtains full repo rts of .

a ffai rs in the Moluccas and advice rega r ding the ,

c onduct of the camp aign from the J esuits in those is ,

l ands D asma ri n as sets out on this expedition ( O c

.

tobe r 1 7 ,
his own galley bein g manned by
Ch inese ro we rs These being ha rshly treated mu
.
, ,

tiny and mu rde r all the S p ani a rds on the galley save
,
’
t wo ( O ctobe r a friar and the gove rno r s secre
’
ta ry T he gove rno r s death renders necessary the
.

appointment Of a tempo rary successo r to his Offi ce this

is his son L uis P ere z D as ma ri fi as The mu rdere rs
,
.

retu rn to L u zo n with arme d vessels hoping to find

, ,

the country defenseless and conque r it ; but the fo rces

at M anil a a re suffi cient to ove rawe the Chinese .

A t this j unctu re L angara king of Camboj a asks

, , ,

fo r aid f rom the S pani ards ; and D as ma ri n as sends

fo r this pu rpose an expedition un de r command Of
G al l i na to The S p ania rds slay the usu rpe r of the
.

C a mb oj a n th rone ; this dignity is o ffe red to G alli

n ato but he refuses it and R ui z and Velloso replace
, ,

the rightful hei r on the th rone D asmari n as him .

self unde rt akes anothe r expedition to C a mboj a at ,

his ow n c ost ; but he is d riven by sto rms to the Chi

nese coast some of his ships are wrecked and another
, ,

is de s troyed with most of its crew by M al ays at

, ,

C amboj a These disaste rs put an end for the time

.
, ,

to any furthe r attempts against Te rnate .

A rgensol a relates the exploits of Figuero a and his

 TH E P H I L I PP I N E I S LA N D S [ VO L 1 6

attac k the galleons on the Mexican route an d pe rhaps

o the r S p anish inte rests ; a nd to drive out the S pan

i a r d s f ro m that quarte r O f the wo rld H e imme .

d i atel y sends mo re men to the ga rrisons in the P in

ta d o s and takes othe r p recautions
,
The a rrival O f .

nume rous re e nfo rcements at M anil a encou rages him

and checks the insolence of su rrounding peoples .

The Dutch ai d the T e rnat ans while Ac u fi a makes ,

vigo rous p reparations fo r the expedition to be made

against these foes H e s ails with ove r th ree thou
.

s and men in thi rty six vessels

,
-
f rom I loilo on J an
,

u ary 5 ,
1 60 6
. The flagship is w recked at L a C al
de ra ; the othe r vessels mistake thei r cou rse and do ,

not reach the M oluccas until l ate in M a rch They .

b esiege Te rnate and finally carry it by ass ault ; the

,

ci ty and f o rt a re pilla ged by the soldie rs A fte rwa rd .

the king is induced to su rrende r and A cu n a makes

a tre aty w ith him The king su rrende rs his fo rts an d
.

resto res all captives ; delive rs up any Dutchmen o r

S panish renegades who may be in Te rnate ; and
gives up the villages of Ch ristian n atives in adj acent
isl an ds Acu fi a leaves a stro ng ga rrison in Te rnate
.
,

and ca rries the king and othe r captiv es to M anila .

A few weeks afte r his retu rn A cu n a dies by pois on

, ,

acco rding to popular rumo r .

T o this volume is appended ( apropos O f an al

l u s i on by M o rga ) an inte resting a c count of the
ancient customs Observed by the n a tives O f P ampanga
in the administr ati on of jus tice Th ese di ffe red ac .
,

co rding to the social status of the parties conce rned ,

an d the kind of c rime ; but in gene r al ce rtain fixe d

, ,

amounts we re p aid as the pen alties fo r mo st c rimes ,

and in some cases the pen al ty was life fo r li fe I f .

the cul p rit could not p ay the fine he was us u ally s ol d ,

 PRE FACE

as a sl ave P a rricide an d infanticide we re ap pa r

.

ently unknown among th em M a rriages di vo rces

.
, ,

inhe ritances ensl avements disputes etc a re all c on

, , ,
.
,

s i d e r e d in this account O btained by the Franciscan

,

J u an de P l asenci a fro m the native s

.

T H E ED I TORS
J une 1 904
,
.
 S U C E S O S D E L AS I S L AS F I L I P I N A S
( l d ed )
c onc u

By D r A ntonio de M orga Mexico : at the s hOp O f

. .

G e rony mo B alli i n the year 1 60 9 ; p rinted b y

Co rnelio A dri an o Cesa r .

S O U RC E : T he tr an s l a ti n is m de from the H arvard mm of

o a

the ori gin al print d w ork

e .

T RA N S LA TI O N : Th is i s made b y A lfon so de Salvio N r man

,
o

F H all and Jame Al x nder R b erts on

.
,
s e a o .
E V E NT S IN T H E F I LI P I N A S I S L AN D S "

C H AP T ER S EVE N T H ( concluded )
O n the tenth [ of J uly ] of the same yea r the ves 2
,

sels E sp i ritu S anto an d J esus M a ria left the

” -

—
po rt of C ab i t en route fo r Nuev a E Sp afi a i h the
wake O f two smalle r vessels which h ad been des ,

p atched a f o rtnight b ef o re with the Fili pinas me r -

c h and i se D on L ope de U ll o a was thei r com mande r

.
,

wh ile D octo r A ntonio de M o rg a left those isl ands in

”
the almiranta the S anto E spi ritu to fil l the offi ce , ,

O f alcal de O f the cou rt of M exico Befo re leaving th e .

b ay both vessels we re struck head on by a sto rm and

, ,

went d r ag g I ng upon the coast b u ffeted by the heavy

'

seas and winds and amid dark and tempestuous ,

we athe r f rom th ree in the afternoon until mo rn

,

F ll win g in tr ans l ati on of the title p ge f the other edi

1
o o a -
a o

ti on f M r g s w rk whi ch s h ws th at a s ec nd editi on of the

o o a
’
o ,
. o o

Su ces os w pub li sh ed in the s me year as w the firs t A e

as a as . r

duc d f e i mile o f thi title pa g e fr m the f cs imile rep o du t io n

acs s -
o a r c

in the Z r go a editi on ( M adrid 1 8 8 7 f rms the fr n t i p iece

a a z , o o -
s

t o the pres ent v olum e I t read thu : Event i n the P hil ip inas
. s s s

I l a nd
s ddre ed t D n C hri t v al G me de Sa nd val y
s : a ss o o s o o z o

R j as du k e de C by Doct r Antoni o de M rga alcal de o f

o ,
ea , o o ,

c rimin l c u s es in t ha r yal Audien i a f N n va E p ana nd con

a e o c o e s , a

s ul t o f the H ly O ffi c of the I nqui s iti n A t M exi c in the

r or o e o . o

I n di in the ye r
as , I n the l w er left h nd co ne r f the
a o -
a r o

eng r v d title ap pe r the en g raver name

a e S m u el E s t a d n u s
a s
’
s a r a ,

O f A ntwer p m a de thi s ”
.
,

Th mo nth is m itt ed in the text S TA N L EY

2
e o . .
 TH E P H I L I PP I N E I S LA N D S [ l
Vo 1 6

ing of the next d ay n o twithstanding that they ,

we re ancho red with two heavy ca b les in the Shelter O f

the l and an d thei r topm asts struc k Then they
,
.

ground ed upon the coast in L a P ampanga ten le guas , ,

f rom M anila The sto rm l asted fo r three mo re con

.

s ecu ti v e d ays Consequently it was rega rded as i m

'

p ossible fo r those vessels to s ail and make thei r voy

age inasmuch as the se ason was now well advanced
, ,

and the vessels we re ve ry l arge an d he avily l aden and ,

we re deeply imbedded in the sand A dvice was i m .

medi ately sent ove rl and to M anila whence we re ,

brought seve ral Chinese Ships c ables and anch o rs , ,

.

By dint of the g reat e ff orts exe rted both vessels each , ,

singly we re fitted with tackle an d ca b les whi ch we re

, ,

ri g ged at the Ste rn The re awaiting the high ti de the .

,

i
Sh ps we re d rawn by force of ca p stan and men ste rn , ,

fi rst fo r mo re than one legua th rough a b ank of sand ,

up on which they had struck until they we re set afloat , ,

on the twenty sec on d of J uly S t M ag d e l en s day

-
,
.
’
.

I mmedi ately they set s ail again as the vess els had ,

sustained no inju ry nor s p rung any leak ; and they ,

made thei r voyage and n avi g ation unde r light winds , ,

to the c o ast of N uev a E sp a n a A violent south south .

-

west gale accompanied by heavy Sh Owe rs hail and

,
-
, ,

col d struc k the ship E spi ritu S ancto on the tenth

,

o f N ovember in fo r ty two degrees and within sight

,
-
,

o f lan d The wind was blowing obliquely toward the

.

Sho re up o n which the vessel was almost wrec k ed sev

,

e ral times The vessel su ffered distress an d l o st its

.

rigging while the c rew was wo rn o u t b y the voyage

,

and with the col d The sto rm l asted until Novembe r .

twenty secon d O n the mo rning of that day while

-
.
,

the ship was in the trough of the waves and with top ,

masts Shi pped it was struck by a squall of rain and,

 TH E P H I L I PP I N E I S LA N D S [ V ol 1 6

( who had been p rovincial ) Fray A lonso de la M a ,

dre de D ios , Fray L uys S otello and one othe r asso ,

3

ci ate saile d on th at vessel fo r th e said kingdom .

AS soon as the ships Jesus M aria and E spi ritu

S an oto s ailed fo r N u ev a E sp a n a an d the Ship ,

S anct i a g o with the religious fo r J apon the re was

‘
,

mo re time to d i s cus s fu rthe r the matte r started by the

coming of the Chinese manda rins Fo r fin ding them .

selves unoccup ied with othe r matte rs fea r of the ,

S ang l ey s became un iversal and the susp icions that ,

were current that the Sa ng l ey s we re about to c omm it

some mischievo us outbreak This the a rchbishop an d .

some r el 1 g 1 0u s a ffi rmed and tol d publicly and p ri ,

v a t el y A t this time a conside rable numbe r o f

.
,

Chin ese were living in M an il a an d its envi rons .

S ome of them we re b apti z ed Ch risti ans livin g in the

settlements o f B aib ai an d M i nondo c on the othe r ,
4

a nd l\/I indoro , he w as el ec ted provi nci a l of his o rde r in the i s l a nd s

( in 1 5 99, a n d a a in in G o in t g
o J a p a n as c ommi s s a ry g
provin ci al in 1 60 3 , acc ordin to M or a , ut 1 604 as iven y
— g g b g b
H uerta ( E s ta d o, p 44 6) he w as o li ed y s evere illne ss t o re
. b g b
turn t o M anil a ; he died there on D ecem er 1 2 , 1 609 b .

3
L ui s So tel o, b el n gin g t
illu tri ous family f Sevill m de
o o an s o a, a

his pr fes i on as a Fr n i sc n in 1 5 9 4
o s J inin g the P hilippine
a c a . o

mi s s i n he re hed the i l ands in 1 600 ; and h s pent the next tw

o ,
ac s e o

yea s in mini s terin g t the J p ane e ne r M nil a and in the s tudy

r o a s a a ,

o f their l n gu g e I n 1 603 he went t J p n where he e l u s ly

a a . o a a ,
z a o

en ga ged in mi s s i n ry l ab rs T n yea r l ter he w as s enten ed

o a o . e s a ,
c

to de th fa pre chin g the Chri s ti n reli gi on ; b ut was freed from

or a a

thi s d n g er b y M amu ne kin g f B oxu wh s ent the Fr n ci

a az ,
o , o a s

ca n s his
a mb s s ad r t R me and M drid R eturnin g fr m
a a o o o a . o

thi mi i n S tel rrived in the P hilippine in 1 61 8 n d f ur

s ss o ,
o o a s , a o

ye r l ter e umed his mi i n ry l b r in J p n I n 1 62 2 he

a s a r s ss o a a o s a a .

w as g in impri s ned f pre hin g nd w

a a o n fined t O mur a
or ac , a as co a

for tw o ye r s durin g whi ch time he wr te s ever l w rk

a ,
in b t h o a o s, o

the S p ani s h nd J p ne e l n gu ges S tel w s fin lly burned

a a a s a a . o o a a

a t the t k e in O mur A u gus t 2 5 1 62 4 Se H uert s E t d

s a a, ,
. e a
’
s a o,

PP
pre ent t wns f S
T he s o o an N i co l as Sa n ,
Fern nd a o, etc .
, lyi n g
b etween B in ond and the o s ea . R IZ A L .
 ’
M ORGA S SUC ESOS
‘
side of the rive r opp osi te the city M o st of th em
’

.
,
‘
we re i nfi del s occupied an d living in these s ame
,

settlements and in the shops of the pa ri a n in the

ci ty ; [ they we re employed ] as me rchants an d in all
othe r occup ations T he majo rity of them w e re fis h
.

e rmen stonecutte rs ch arcoal bu rne rs po rte rs ma

, ,
-
, ,

sons an d day l abo re rs G re ate r secu rity was always

,
-
.

felt in regard to the merchants fo r they a re the b et ,

te r cl ass of people and those who a re most interested

, ,

because of thei r p rope rty S o great secu rity was not .

felt about the others even though they we re Ch ris,

tians ; because as they a re a poo r and covetous peo

,

ple they w oul d be inclined to any act of meanness

,
.

H oweve r it was al ways thou g ht th at it would b e

,

di ffi cult fo r them to cause any commotion unless a ,

strong fleet came f rom C hina on which they could ,

rely T alk continued to increase daily and with it

.
,

suspicion ; fo r some of the Chinese themselves b oth ,

i nfi d e l s and Ch ristians in o rder to p rove themselves,

f riends O f the S pani ards and clean from all guilt , ,

even tol d the S p ani ards th at there was to be an i n

su rrection sho rtly an d othe r simil ar things Al
,
.

th ough the gove rno r al ways conside red these st ate

ments as fi ctions an d the exa ggerations of th at n a
tion and di d not c redit them yet he was not s o hee d
, ,

less th at he did no t act cautiously an d watch al ,

though with dissem b lin g fo r whateve r might h a p ,

p en . H e took p ains to h ave the ci ty g ua rde d and

the soldiers armed besi des fl attering the most p rom
,

i nent of the Chinese and the me rch ants wh o m he ,

assu red of thei r lives and p ro per ty The natives of .

L a P ampanga an d othe r p rovinces near b y we re i n

structed befo rehand to supply the city with rice and
othe r p rovisions and to come to re e nfo rce i t with
,
 TH E P H I L I PP I N E I S LA N D S [ VO L 1 6

thei r persons and arms Should necessity a rise T he ,

.

s ame was done with some J ap anese in the city AS .

all this was done with some publ ici ty Since it could ,

not be done secretly as so many we re conce rned one , ,

and all became convince d of the ce rtain ty o f the

dange r M any even desired it in o rde r to see the
.
,

peace distu rbed an d to have the op p o rtunity to sei z e ,

5
something From that time both in the city and its
.
,

envi rons whe re the S ang l ey s we re living scatte red

, ,

these people b egan to pe rsecute the S ang l ey s b y

wo rd and deed T he n atives J apanese and soldiers .
,

of the camp took from them thei r possessions and i n

fl i c te d on them othe r ill treatment calling them dogs -
,

and traito rs an d saying th at they knew well that they

,

mean t to rebel But they said they woul d kill all the .

S ang l ey s fi rst and that ve ry soon fo r the gove rnor , ,

was p rep aring fo r it This alone was su ffi cient to .

make it necessa ry fo r the Sang l ey s to do what they

h ad no intention of doin g S ome of the most clever .
6

an d covetous set th emselves to rouse the cou rage of

the others and to make themselves leaders tellin g
, ,

the S ang l ey s that thei r destruction was su re acco rd ,

ing to the dete rmin ation which they s aw in the S p an

i a r ds unless they Shoul d anticipate the l atte r Since
, ,

they [ the S ang l ey s ] we re so nume rous and attack ,

and captu re the city They sai d that it woul d not be .

di fficult for them to kill the S pani ards seize thei r ,

5
rem rk f M r g can b e pplied t m ny t her insu
T hi s a o o a a o a o r

re ti on th t curred l ter not nly f Chine e b ut a l so f

c s — a oc a o o s ,
o

n tive s nd pr b b ly even t m any ther whi ch in the cour e

a — a o a o o s ,
s

o f time will b e ntrived R IZA L

,
co . .

T hes e devi ce s
6
f whi h cert a in pe rs n s lw y v ail them
, o c o a a s a

s elve s t c u e country t reb el

o a s the mo t effi i u s to b rin g
a o , are s cac o

s u h m vem nt to a he d
c o I f th u w i h s t thy nei gh b r s d g
e s a . o s e o
’
o

t ob e ome m d pu b lis h th t it is m d s ays n Ol d ref a in

c a ,
a a ,
”
a r .

R I ZA L .
 ’
M ORGA S SU C ESOS 33

possessions ; and become maste rs of the c ountry with ,

the ai d an d re e nfo rcements that woul d immediately

c ome to them f r o m China as soon as the auspicious ,

beginning th at they would have made in the matte r

shoul d be known I n o rde r to do this when the time
.

came it was advisable to build a f o rt and qua rters in

,

some reti red and strong pl ace nea r the city whe re ,

the people could g athe r and unite and whe re a rms ,

an d supplies could b e p rovi ded fo r the war A t least .

such a fort would be su ffi cient to assu re the re thei r

lives f rom the outra ges th at they were expecting
f rom the S p ani ards I t was le arned that the chief
.

move r in this matte r was a Christi an S angley an ol d ,

time resident in the country name d J o an B autista de ,

7
Ve ra . H e was rich an d highly esteemed by the
S p an i a rds and feared and respected by the S ang l ey s
,
.

H e had O ften b een governo r of the latte r an d had ,

many g odchild ren an d dependents H e h ad become .

an excellent S pan iard and was cou rageous H e him

,
.

sel f exe rcising duplicity and cunning did not leave

, ,

the ci ty o r the houses of the S p anish du ring this time

, ,

in o rde r to a rouse less suspicion of himself From .

there he managed the a ffai r th rough his co nfi d ants ;

an d in o rde r to assu re himself bette r o f the result and ,

to asce rtain the numbe r of men of his race and to ,

make a census and list of them he cunningly h ad e ach ,

o f them o rde red to b ring him a needle which he ,

p retended to be necessa ry fo r a ce rtain work that he

had to do These needles he placed as he received
.
,

them in a little box ; and when he took them out of it

, ,

he found that he had suffi cient men fo r his pu rpose .

They began to construct the fort o r quarte rs imme

7
T hi s is the f m u s
a o E ng -
K nga of the hi s tori es of Filipin as .

R I Z AL .
34 TH E PHI LIPPI N E IS LA ND S [ VOL 1 6

d i a tel y at a distance of Slightly mo re than one half -

legu a f rom the village of T ondo among some es ,

tu a r ies an d swam p s and in a hidden location T hey 8

.
,

sto red the re some rice an d othe r p rovisions an d ,

weapons of little impo rtance T he S ang l ey s b e gan .

—
to gathe r the re especially the masses the common
,

people and day l abo rers ; fo r those of the p a ri a n an d

-
,

the me ch anics although u rged to do the same di d

, ,

no t resolve to do it and remained quiet gua rding , ,

thei r houses and p rope rty T he rest les sness of the .

S ang l ey s daily continue d to become more inflamed .

This and the advices given to the gove rno r and the
,

S p ani ards kept the l atte r mo re anxious and ap p re

,

h ens i ve and made them tal k mo re O penly of the

,

matte r The S ang l ey s seeing that thei r inte ntio n

.
,

was dis cove red an d that del ay might be of SO great

,

h arm to them dete rmined although the insu rrection

, ,

was p l anned fo r S t A nd rew s day the last of N o .

’
,

v emb e r to anticip ate that d ay and to lose no mo re

, ,

time O n F riday the thi rd day of the month of O c

.
,

tobe r the eve of S t F rancis they collected very hu r

,
.
,

r i e dl y in the above mentioned fo rt ; consequently by-

,

nightfall the re we re two thousand men in it J oan

,
.

B autista de Ve ra a thief in the r i fle of an honest

man Since he was the leade r and o rg anize r
,

of —
the treason went i mmedi ately to the city
and tol d the gove rno r that the S ang l ey s h a d
risen and that they w e re c ollecting on the
,

othe r Side of th e rive r T he gove rn o r sus .

,

p ec ti ng the mischief h a d him immediately a r ,

rested an d carefully gua rded ; an d he was afte rwa rd

8
Ri al editi on of M or ga mits the l as t p a rt of thi s sen
T he z o

ten ce the ori ginal of whi ch is ent vnos effe s y ci ena g as [ a g

,
“
re ro , ar
”
e co ndid o
f .
 ’
M ORGA S SU C ESOS

e xecuted Then without tap of drum the gove rno r

.
, ,

o rde r e d the comp anies both of the c amp and the ,

city to be noti fied and all to hol d thei r arms in re ad i

, ,

ness Ve ry shortly afte r nightfall D on L uys D as

.
,

m a r i fi as who was living nea r the monaste ry an d

,

chu rch of M i nond o c on the othe r si de of the rive r , ,

came h u r ri e d l v to the city to advi s e the gove rno r that

the S a ng l ey s h ad revolted H e asked fo r twen ty .

sol die rs to go to the othe r Side [ of the rive r ] whe re ,

he would gua rd the sai d mon aste ry C ristoval de .

ueta sa rgento —mayo r of the camp went with

q , ,

these men togethe r with D on L uy s A s the silence

,
.

of night deepened the noi s e made by the S a ng l ey s ,

grew loude r fo r they we re continuing to assemble

,

and we re soun ding ho rns an d othe r instruments afte r ,

thei r f ashion D on L uys remaine d to gu ard the

.

mona s te ry with the men b rought f rom M anil a

, ,

whe re he had placed in Shelte r many women and

child ren of Ch risti an Sang l ey s with the religious ,
.

The s argento mayo r returned immediately to the city

-
,

whe re he told O f wh at was being done The call to .

a rms was soun ded fo r the noise an d Shouts of the ,

S ang l ey s who had s a llied out to set fi re to some

,

houses in the country was SO g reat th a t it was thought ,

that they we re deva s tating th at district The S an .

gleys bu rned fi rst a sto ne country house belonging

, ,
-

to Captain E stevan de M a rquina The l atte r was .

living the re with his wi fe and child ren ; and no ne of

them escaped except a little gi rl who w as wounded
, , ,

but who was hidden in a thicket Thence the S an .

9

hine e k ille d f ther Fr y B ern rd de S nt C t

T he C s a a a o a o a a

l in a, gent the h ly ffi e f the rder f St D mini

a of o o c , o o o . o c .

T hey tt k ed Q ui p
a ac nd fter k illin g b ut t wen ty p e ple t
a o, a a a o o , se

fi ret it A m n g the e they b urned live w m n f r n k n d

o . o s a a o a o a ,
a

a b y
o R I Z A L T hi it ti n i m de from L e n rd de A r g en
.
”
. s c a o s a o a o
 TH E P H I L I PP I N E I S LA N D S [ L 16
VO

gleys went to the settlement o f L aguio Situated on ,

the sho re of the rive r and bu rned it They killed ,

.

seve ral I ndians of that settlement an d the rest fled to ,

the ci ty The re the gates we re al ready shut an d all

.

the people with arms in hand manned the walls an d , ,

othe r suitable posts ready fo r any emergency until , ,

dawn The enemy who now had a greate r numbe r

.

of men reti re d to thei r fort to m ake anothe r sally

, ,

thence with mo re fo rce Don L uys D asmari n as who .

,

was gua rding the chu rch and monaste ry o f M inon

doc expected hou rly that the enemy was about to at
,

tack him and sent a messenge r to the gove rno r to beg

,

for mo re men The s e were sent him and cons isted O f .

,

regul ars and inhabit ants of the city unde r C aptains ,

D on Tomas B rabo de Acu fi a ( the gove rno r s ’

nephew ) J oan de Al c eg a P ed ro de A rz eo and

, , ,

G asp a r P ere z by whose counsel and advice D on ,

L uys was to be guided on this occasion A ll was .

confusion Shouting and outcry in the city p a rti cu

, , ,

l arl y among the I ndi ans and the women and chil ,

d ren who we re c oming thithe r fo r safe ty A lthough

,
.
,

to make ce rt a in of the Sa ng l ey s of the pari a n thei r ,

me rchants h ad been asked to come into the city an d ,

b rin g thei r p roperty they di d not da re to do so ; fo r ,

they always thought th at the enemy woul d take the

city because of thei r great fo rce of numbe rs and an ,

S ol a s C o n q u is tas d e l a s [ Mo l u ccas ( M a drid yn p i f

’

, a s o s s o

whi h will f ll w M r g s w rk
c o o o a
’
o .

We un w re f the ex c t l ti n f thi ettlement f

a re a a o a oc a o o s s o

L g ui
a I t i pr b bly the pre ent vill g e f K i p w hi h grees
o . s o a s a o a o, c a

with the text n d i menti ned by Ar gen l N everthe l e fr m

a s o so a . ss , o

the de ripti n f thi ttlement given b y M r g ( p t h pter

sc o o s se o a os , c a

viii ) nd Chirin it n b inferred th t L gui w l ted n

a o, ca e a a o as oc a o

the pre ent ite f the ub urb f L a C n ep i on I n f t there

s s o s o o c c . ac ,

i even
s treet lled L gui b e t ween M l te n d L E rmit
a s ca a o a a a a a .

R IZAL .
 TH E P H I L I PP I N E I S LA N D S [ VO L 1 6

reached a swamp A fte r leaving the swamp they .

,

came suddenly into a l arge clearing whe re the enemy ,

was stationed The l atte r upon s eeing the S pania rds

.
, ,

su rroun de d them in fo rce on all Si des arme d with ,

clubs some with c at ans and a few with battle axes — .

, ,

Don L uys an d his men not being able to retreat ,

fought valiantly and killed a numbe r of S ang l ey s

,
.

But fi nally as the l atte r we re in so great fo rce they

, ,

cut all the S p aniards to pieces only fou r o f whom ,

escaped b adly wou nded ; an d these carried the news

,

T his result was of great impo rtance to

1 1
to M anila .

the S ang l ey s both because SO m any and the best

,

S panish s oldie rs we re killed in this pl ace and b e ,

cause o f the weapons that the S ang l ey s took f rom

them and wh ich they needed With these a rms they
,
.

flatte re d themselves th at thei r O bject was mo re ce r

tain of accomplishment Next day O ctobe r fiv e the .

, ,

S a ng l ey s sent the he ads of D on L uys Don Tomas , ,

J oan de Al ce g a and othe r captains to the p a rI a n ;

,

and they tol d the S ang l ey s the re that since the flowe r ,

of M anil a h ad been k i lled they shoul d revolt an d ,

j oin them o r they would immedi ately come to kill

,

them The confusion and grief of the S pania rds in

.

the city w a s SO gre at th at it p r ev ented them f rom tak

ing the p recautio ns a n d exe rci s ing the diligence d e
m a nd e d by the a ffai r But the sight of thei r neces s ity
.
,

a n d the Spi rit O f thei r gove r n or and O ffi cials m ade

them all remain at thei r posts on the w alls arms in ,

h and They fo rti fied as s trongly as possible the gates

.

of the p a ri a n and o f D il ao an d all that pa rt of the ,

wall whe re the enemy m i ght make a n a s s ault They .

1 1
Fi ne helmet were f und b r k e n n with lub
s o o I c s .

Ab ut thirty l e c ped ( m n g wh m w F ther F rf n )

o a so s a a o o as a a a ,

w h were en bled t d
o a b e u e f b ein g n the re r nd li ghtly
o o so ca s o I a , a

a rmed ( A r gen s ol ) R I Z A L a .
 ’
M ORGA S SU C ESOS

mounted a p iece of artille ry above e a ch g ate and sta ,

tio ned the re the b es t men among whom we re reli ,

gio n s o f all the o rde rs U pon that day S und ay the .

, ,

e nemy flushed with the victo ry of the p recedi ng day

,

an d thei r a rmy swelle d by the a dditio n al men th a t

j oin e d them attacked the city Bur ni ng and destroy
,
.

ing eve rythi ng in th e i r p ath they went to the rive r , ,

fo r there w a s no vessel with which to resist them as ,

all tho s e o f the fl eet we re in the p rovinc es of the P in

t adOS They ente red the p a r i éin and fu riously as
.
,
1 2

s a u l t e d the city gate bu t w e re d riv e n b a ck by the a r ,

q u e b u se s and mu s kets with the loss of m a nv S a n l

g ye s ,
.

They went to the chu rch of D il ao and the re assa ulted ,

the gate an d w al l s ( which we re t he re lowe r ) by me a ns

o f Scal ing l a dde rs with the s ame dete rmin ation But
-
,
.

they expe rienced the s ame r es i s ta nce a n d los s which ,

compelled them on the app roach of night to reti re , ,

with great loss to the pa ri a n and to D il ao Th a t .

whole night the S p ani a rds s pe nt in gua rding thei r

wall an d in p rep ari ng for the mo rrow The e nemy
,
.

p a s sed the night in the p a ri a n and at D il a o making ,

c arts m antel ets scalding ladde rs a rti fi ci a l fi re and

, ,
-
, ,

othe r contrivances fo r app ro achi ng a nd assaulting ,

the wall an d fo r bu rning the gates an d setting fi re

, ,

to eve rything A t dawn of the n ext day Mo nd ay the

.

, ,

S ang l ey s came togethe r with these arms an d tools an d ,

having reached the wall with thei r b ravest and best

armed men attacked it with great fu ry and resolu
,

tion The a rtille ry destroyed thei r m a chines an d

.

A r gen s ol a
y t h t the Chin s e k illed m ny pe eful m
sa s a e a ac er

ch nt in th p ri an while ther h n ged them elve f their w n

a s e a ,
o s a s s o o

d Am n g the e Ar gen l a m nti n G ener l H nt y nd

a c co r . o s so e o s a o a a

the ri h C hi nc rd in g t the rel ti n f Fr y Ju n P b re

ca acc o o a o o a a o .

b e u e the l tter h d refu ed t pl e the f m u s E n g —K n g t

ca s a a s o ac a o a a

the he d f the m vement R I Z A L

a o o . .
 TH E P H I L I PP I N E I S LA N D S [ VOL 1 6

caused them SO great inj ury and resistance with it and

the a rque b uses th at the S a ngl ey s were fo rced to reti re
,

again to the pa ri a n and to D il ao with heavy loss ,

.

J o an K ua re z G a l l i na to accompanie d by some sol

,

die rs an d a J ap anese troop m ade a s ally f rom the

,

D il ao gate upon the S ang l ey s They reache d the .

chu rch when the S ang l ey s tu rned upon them and

,

threw the J ap anese into diso rde r The l atte r were .

the cause o f all retreating again to se ek the p rotection

of the walls whithe r the S ang l ey s pu rsue d them A t
,
.

this j unctu re C aptain Don L uys de Velasco ente red

M anil a H e came f rom the P intados in a stout cara
.

coa m anned by s ome goo d a rquebusie rs while othe rs

, ,

manned some b ancas that s ailed in the Shelte r of the

ca racoa They app ro ached the p a ri a n and Dilao by
.

the rive r an d h arasse d the enemy qu arte red the re on

,

that and the two following d ays so th at they were ,

compelled to a b an don those positions T hese vessels .

set fi re to the p a ri sh and b u rne d eve rything an d pu r

, ,

sued the enemy whe reve r they coul d penetrate The .

S ang l ey s upon b eholding thei r cause waning an d

, ,

thei r inability to attain the end desired re solved to ,

reti re f rom the ci ty afte r having lost mo re than fou r

,

thousand men ; to a dvise China so that th at country ,

would re e nf o rce them ; an d fo r thei r suppo rt to divide

”

thei r men into th ree divisions in di ffe rent districts

one among the T ingues of P assic the secon d among ,

th o se o f Ay o nb o n and the thi rd at L a L agu n a de B ay

, ,

S an P a b lo an d B atangas O n Wednesday they

,
.

abandone d the city completely and divided as above , ,

stated marched inl and D on L uys de Vel asco with

,
.
,

some soldie rs and a rmed I ndi ans who came f rom all
sides to the relief of M anila accomp anied by some ,

S p ani ards who guide d them and the reli g ious f rom
,
 ’
M ORGA S SUC ESOS

thei r missions went b y way of the rive r in pu rsuit of

,

them and p ressed them SO th at they killed and anni

, ,

h i l a te d the b ands boun d fo r the Tingues of P a ssic

and fo r Ay omb on T he maj ority and main body of .

the S ang l ey s went to L a L agun a de B ay the moun ,

tains of S an P ablo and B atangas whe re they con , ,

s i d e re d themselves mo re secu re Bu rning towns and .

chu rches and eve rything in thei r p ath they fo rti fied
, ,

themselves in the above mentioned Sites D on L uys -

.

de Velasco with seventy sol diers continued to pu r

, ,

sue them killing e ach day a great numbe r of them

,
.

O n one occasion D on L uys was so closely engaged

with the enemy th at the l atte r kille d him an d ten
,

sol die rs of his company and fo rti fi ed themselves ,

again in S an P ablo an d B atangas whe re they hope d ,

to be able to sustain themselves until the a rrival of

reen forcements from China .
1 3

T he gove rno r fearful o f this dange r and desi rous

, ,

of fini s hing the enemy and givin g enti re peace to the ,

—
country sent Captain an d S a rgento m ayo r C r i sto
,

val de q ueta M ench aca with sol diers to pu rsue

and finish the enemy T his man left with two hun .

d re d S paniards sol die rs an d voluntee rs th ree h u n

d red J apanese an d one thousand fiv e hundred P am
,

p anga an d Ta ga l I ndi ans on the twentieth of O c ,

14

to be r H e was so expeditious that with little o r no

.
,

loss of men he foun d the S ang l ey s fo rti fie d in S an

,

13
A nd they tried
pers u de the n tives t unite with them ;
to a a o

b ut the latter refu s ed and on the c ntra ry k illed as m ny of the

, o a

Sang l ey s as they ca u ght ( A r g en l ) R I zA L so a . .

1 “
A r gensol a
y th t four th u s and P mp n g s rmed in
sa s a o a a o ,
a

the cus tom of their untry W t h b ws and arrows h lf pi k es

co , I o ,
a -
,

s hield s and l on g b r
, d d a gger were ent b y th al ld Of
oa s, s e ca e

P mp a n ga t the relief o f l\ I anil

a o which n w needed s l diers /
a, o o .

R I ZA L .
 TH E P H I L I PP I N E I S LA N D S [ Vol 1 6

P ablo an d B atangas and afte r fi ghting with them , , ,

killed and destroyed them all None escaped ex .

,

cept two hundred who we re taken alive to M an il a ,

fo r the galleys The captain was occupied in th i s .

fo r twenty days an d with it the wa r was en ded Very ,

.

few me rchants we re left in M anila and they had ,

taken the good counsel to betake themselves with ,

thei r posses s ions among the S p ania rds in the city ,

.

A t the beginning of the wa r the re we re not seven

hund red S p ani ards in the city capable of bearing
a rms .
15

A fter the en d of the wa r the nee d of the city b e ,

gan for because of not h aving S ang l ey s who wo rked

, ,

at the trades an d b rought in all the p rovis ions the re

, ,

was no food no r any Shoes to wea r not even at ex

, ,

cess i v e p rices The native I ndians a re ve ry far f rom

.

exe rcising those trades and have even fo rgotten ,

15
thi s s tru ggle m any c ruelti es were c mmitted nd m ny
In o a a

quiet and friendly Chine e k illed D n P edr de Acu fi w h s . o o a, o

c uld n t prevent
o o s ti fl e thi s terri b l e in s urrec ti n in i t s b e g in
or o

n in g l s, ntri buted t the h rri ble but herie th t en ued

a so co o o c s a s .

A rdin gly m any Sp ni ard nd n tives went t h unt the dis

cco a s a a o

b nded Sangl y s t D n P edr s rder H ern nd de Av al s

a e , a o o
’
o .
”
a o o ,

a l ca lde f L a P amp an g
o s ei ed m re th an 400 p ac i fic Sa ng l y
a, z o e s,

a nd lea din g them to an es tu ry m a n a led t wo n d tw delivered a ,

c a o,

them to cert in J ap anes e wh k illed them F ther Fr y D ie go

a ,
o . a a

de G uev r f the rder f St Au gu tine pri r f M nil who

a a o o o . s ,
o o a a,

m a de thi rel a ti n pre hed t the S ngl y s fir t bu t nly fiv

s o ,
ac o a e s ,
o e

ab nd ned their id l try W uld he n t h ave d ne ”

a o o a . o o o

b etter t pre h t Al lde Av l

o ac nd t o remind him th t
ca a os , a o a

h w as
e m n ? T h S p ni s h hi t ri n s
a a y the t the J p ne
a e n d s o a sa a a a s a

Filipin s h wed thems elves ruel in th k illin g f the C hin e

os o c e o es .

I t is q uite pr b b le n iderin g the r n r and h te with whi h

o a ,
co s a co a c

they were re garded B u t their mm nders c ntri b uted t it l. co a o o a so

b y their example I t is s id th t m re th n . Ch ine e were

a a o a s

k illed S me ert th t the nu mb er f S n gl y s k illed was

. o as s a o a e

greater b ut in rder th t the ille g li ty mmitted in all win g O

,
o a a co o S

m ny t enter the untry c ntr ry t the r yal prohi b iti n s mi ght

a o co o a o o o

n o t b e k n wn the ffici al s covered up o dimini s hed the num b er

o ,
o r

o f th e wh peri s hed ( A r gen l a ) RIZA L

os o so . .
 ’
M ORGA S SUC ESOS 43

much o f farming an d the raising of fowls cattle , , ,

an d cotton an d the weaving of cloth which they , ,

u sed to do in the days of thei r p aganism and fo r a

long time afte r the conquest of the country In .

addition to this people thought th at Chinese vessels ,

would not come to the isl ands with food and mer
c h an d i s e on accou nt of the l ate revolution
,
A bove .

all they lived not without fe a r and suspicion that

, ,

instead of the merchant vessels an a rmed fleet woul d ,

attack M anila in o rde r to avenge the death of thei r ,

S a ng l ey s A ll con s pi red to s a dden the minds of the

.

S p ani ards A fte r h aving sent Fray D iego de G ue

.

vara p rio r of the monastery of S t A ugustine in

,
.

M anil a to the cou rt of E sp a n a by way of I n dia

, ,

—
with news of this event but who was unable to
reach M ad ri d fo r th ree years be c ause of his va rious ,

f o rtunes in I ndi a P e rsi a an d I tal i af through which , ,

—
countries he went they immediately sent C a ptain
M a rco de la Cueva togethe r with Fray L uys G an ,

dullo O f the O rde r of S t D ominic to the city of .

,

Themin g of the Sp a ni ard t th Filipin and their

co s o e as ,

government t gether with the immi gr tion f the Chines e k illed

, o a o ,

the ind us t ry nd g ri ulture f the untry T h terrible m

a a c o co . e co

peti ti on f the C hines e with any individu l f an other r e is

o a o ac

well known f whi ch re son the United Sta tes nd A u trali a

, or a a s

refu s e to admit them T h ind len ce then f the inh b it nts . e o , ,

o a a

o f the Filipin as i s de rived from the l a k o f fo re s i g ht

,
f the g vern c o o

ment A r gens l a s ays the s ame thin g nd c uld n t have pied

. o , a o o co

M r ga S inc e their w rks w ere pu b li shed in the s ame ye

o , in o ar ,

c untries very di s t a nt fr m one an ther and the t w

o c ont in wide o o , o a

di fferen ces R I Z A L .

The Chines e qu es ti n has a lw ay b een of g rea t impo rt an e in o s c

the Ph ili p pines T h di s li k e f the Filipin fo the Chine s e

. e o o r

s eemed in tin tive and w a s deep r ted

— c T h s u bj e ct f the s oo . e o

C hines e immi g r ti n t the i s l a nd h s s erved f a Spe ci l leg i s

o o s a or a

l ati n on m ny occa s i ons in S p ain b ut they h ve neverthele per

o a ,
a ss

i ted in their tra din g nd c up ti n s therein

s s S S tanley s a o c a o . ee
’

editi n f M r g appendix I I pp 3 63 3 68 ; n d L C hi n s n
o o o a, , .
-
a os o e

Fi l ip i n s ( M nil a
o a ,
 TH E P H I L I PP I N E I S LA N D S [ VO L 1 6

M acao in China whe re the P o rtuguese were livin g

, ,

with letters fo r the chief captain and the cou ncil of

th at ci ty These letters advised the l atte r of the re
.

volt o f the S ang l ey s and of the result of the wa r

, ,

SO that if they shoul d hear any rumo rs of a Chinese

,

fleet they could send word A t the same time let

,
.

te rs were taken f rom the gove rno r to the T u tons ,

Ay t aos an d visitors of the p rovinces of Canton and

,

C h i ncheo recounting the outbreak of the Chinese

, ,

which obliged the S p a niards to kill them U pon .

thei r ar rival at M aca o M a rcos de l a Cueva and ,

F ray L uys G an du l l o found no news of a fleet b ut ,

that everything was quiet although the Chinese h ad

al ready hea rd of the insu rrection and much of the
result f rom some S ang l ey s who had fled from M a
,

nil a i n ch amp ans upon that occasion I t was i m

,
.

mediately learned in C h i ncheo that these S pania rd s

we re in M acao whe reupon Captains G u ansan S inu
,

a nd G u ach an we althy men an d usu ally enga g ed i n

,

trade with M anila went to lo o k fo r them H aving

,
.

lea rned the tr uth of the event they took the lette rs ,

fo r the m a nda rins and p romised to delive r them .

They u rge d othe r merch ants and vessels of C h i ncheo ,

who we re af raid to go to M anil a th at year T his

,
.

was ve ry useful fo r th rough them much of the neces

,

s i ty that the city [ of M anil a ] was su ffe ring was su p

plied With this result an d with some powde r salt

.
,

pete r and lead which M a rcos de l a Cueva h ad p ro

,

v i d e d fo r the maga z ines the l atte r left M acao an d , ,

s ailed to M anil a which he reached in M ay to the

, ,

unive rs al joy of the city ove r the news that he b rought

which began to be ve ri fied immedi ately by the com
in g of the fleet of thi rteen Chinese vessels bearing
food an d me rch an dise .
 TH E P H I L I PP I N E I S LA N D S [ VO L 1 6

h ad arrived in M exico with Si x hundred sol diers

v ol ,

f rom E sp a n a I n Mexico mo re men were being

.

en rolled and a great preparation w as made O f am

,

munition food money and arms wh ich the V iceroy

, , , ,

sent to the governo r from Nueva E s pa n a in M arch

of that year by orde r of his M aj esty in o rder th at
, ,

he might go to M aluco A ll this a rrived s afely an d .

in due season at M a nila .

S ho rtly afte r the shi ps h ad l eft M anila fo r N neva

E spa n a an d those desp atched thence by the V ice roy
,

ha d ente red A rchbishop Don Fray M iguel de Bena

,

vides died O f a long illness H is body was bu ried .

amid the univ e rsal d evotion and grief of the city .

A t this s am e time Don P edro de A cu n a received ,

th ree lette rs by the ships th at continued to come f rom

,

Chin a that year with the me rchandise an d w ith thei r ,

p rincipal c a ptains They were a l l of the s ame teno r .

—
when translated into C astilian from the Tu to n
and H ay t ao an d from the ins pector g ene ral of the
,
-

p rovince of C h i ncheo and we re on the matte r of ,

the insu rrection of the S a ng l ey s and thei r punish

ment They were as follows :
.

[ This letter occupies folios 1 1 3 b 1 1 5 a of the

o ri ginal editio n of Mo rga We h ave al ready p re .

sented th at document i n ou r VOL X III p 2 8 7 wh ich .

,
.
,

is transl ated from a copy of the origi nal manusc ript .

The an swe r of A cu n a to this lette r will be found i n

VOL X I V in the second document o f that volum e ]
.
,

The let te r of the inspecto r gene ral was written on -

the twelfth of the second month which acco rding —

to ou r reckoning is M arch of the twentv third yea r -

T hi s a rch b i s h p s eem s t o h ave b een a prin ip a l cau s e O f the

o c

di turb n e nd m as cre f the Chine s e by t k in g a lea din g p art

s a c a sa O ,
a

in ex itin g s u spi ci n gain s t them STA N L EY

c o a . .
 ’
M ORGA S SU CESOS

o f the reign of Van del Wanl eh ] T he eu .

nu c h s lette r was w ritten on the sixteenth of the

’ 20

sai d m onth an d yea r ; an d th at o f the V ice roy on the ,

twenty second of the month

-
.

The governo r answe red these lette rs th rough the

same messengers civilly an d autho ritatively H e ,
.

gave an explanation o f the deed and j usti fie d the

S p an i a rds and o ffered friendship an d trade anew
,

with the Chinese H e said that thei r p rope rty .

,

which h a d rem a ined in M anil a woul d be resto red ,

to the owne rs an d that those imp risoned in the gal ,

l ey S woul d be f reed in due season Fi rst howeve r .

, ,

h e intended to use them fo r the M aluco expedition ,

which he wa s unde rtaking .

The entran ces into va rious p rov i nces of J a p on by

the discalced religious O f S t Francis and those O f '

S t Dominic and S t A ugustine continued to be m ade

. .
, ,

both in the C a s tilian vessel itself which was des

p atche d th at yea r to the kingdoms o f Quanto an d ‘

,
21

in othe r J ap anese vessels which came to M anil a with

the Silve r an d flou r o f the J apanese in o rde r to trade ,
.

Thi s was pe rmitte an d allowed b y D aifu now

d ,

T he A r a b tr veler
the nint h entury menti n th at eunuch
a s of c o s

were mpl yed in Chin a es pec i lly f r the c ll ec ti n f the rev

e o , a o o o o

enue nd th a t they were c lled t h u m S TA N L EY

, a a o cd . .

I n e rlier time
21
b a rrier which r n from O s ka t the b
a s a , a a o or

der f Yam a to and O mi s ep a rated the thirty three we s tern fr m

o ,
-
o

the thirty three e s tern provin e T he f rmer were c lle tively

-
a c s . o o c

entitled K uw ns i ( pr n unc e Kans é) i we tw rd f the G a te ;

a e o o , . e .
,
s a o

the l tter Kuw nt O ( pr n un e K antO) i e tw rd f the G te

a a o o c ,
. e .
,
as a o a .

L ter h owever when under the T k u g w

a , , eg im th p e o a a r e e as s s

le din g to the pl in in whi ch Y ed the new pit l f ShOg u n

a a o, ca a o e,

g rew up were refully gu rded ; by the G te ( Kuw n ) w

ca a a a as

under t d the g re t gu rd on the H k ne P s nd K w ntO

s oo a a a o as , a u a or

K u w n t O H s hiu the ei ght p r vin e e s t f it S gami M u

a -
a , o c s a o : a , sa

shi KOt u k
, S him t u k e H it hi Shim s K t u
s e, nd Aw a
o s , ac , o a, a s s a, a .
”

T hu de fined b y R ein in his J p n p 1 1 Cf G ifli s M i kad s ’

s , a a , . . . r ,
o

E mp i p 68 n te
r e, .
,
o .
 TH E P H I L I PP I N E IS A ND S L [ VO L 1 6

called C ub o s am a who that yea r sent the gove rno r

, ,

th rough one of his servants ce rt a in weapons and ,

p resents i n retu rn fo r othe rs which the gove rno r had

,

sent him H e answered the latte r s lette r as follows :

.
’

L e tter f ro m D a i fus a ma l or d , o J
f p
a o n ,
to g o v e r n o r
D o n P e d r o d e A c u fza , i n th e y ea r th o u s a n d
’

one

s i x h u n d r e d a n d fiv e .

I received two letters f rom you r L ordship and all ,

the gift s and p resents mentioned in the memo randum .

A mo ng them when I received them the wine made

, ,

f rom grapes pleased me gre a tly D u ring fo rme r .

y e ars ,
you r L o rdship requested permis s ion fo r six
vessels and l ast y ear fo r fou r and I always granted
, ,

you r request B ut wh at ange rs me greatly is that

.
,

among the fou r vessels that you r L o rdshi p reques ted

was that one calle d A ntonio which m a de the “
,

voyage without my o rders This was a v e rv lawless .

act an d in contempt of me Can it be pe rhaps th at

,
.
, ,

yo u r L o rdshi p would send to J apon without my per

mission any vessel th at you wished ? Besides this ,

your L o rdship and othe rs h ave O ften negotiated about

the sects of J apon and requested many things in re
,

g a rd to them This likewise I cannot concede ; fo r

.

this region is c alled X i nco c o [ Sh i nko ku ] o r de di ,

”
c a t e d to the i dols These have been hono red with
.

the highest ado ration f rom the time of ou r ancesto rs

until now and thei r acts I alone cannot undo o r de
,

stroy Co nsequently it is not at all advis able th at

.
,

you r religion be pro mulgated o r p reached in J apon ;

and if you r L o rd s hip wish to p rese rve f riendship
with these kingdoms of J apon and with me do wh at ,

I wish and neve r do what is displeasing to me L ast

,
.

l y many h ave told me th at many wicked and pe rv e rse

,
 ’
M ORGA S SU C ESOS

J apanese who go to that kingdom an d live the re fo r

,

many years afte rward retu rn to J apon T his m akes

,
.

me ve ry angry Consequently you r L o rdsh i p will

.
, ,

in the futu re allow no one of the J apanese to come

,

he re in the vessels that come f rom you r country I n .

othe r matters you r L ordship sh all act a dvisedly and

,

p rudently and sh all so conduct a ffai rs th at hence

, ,

fo rth I may not be ange red on account o f them .

The gove rn o r ca rrying out his dea rest wish was

, ,

to ma k e the expedition to Terren ate in the M alucos ,

which should be done quickly befo re the enemy ,

could gathe r mo re strength th an he had then ; fo r

h e h ad been in fo rmed that the Dutch who had seize d ,

the island an d fo rtress of Amb oi no had done the ,

s ame with that of Tido re whence they had driven ,

the P o rtuguese who h ad settle d the rein an d had ,

ente red Te rrenate where they h ad establ ished a trad

,

ing post fo r the clove trade A cco rdingly as soon

- -
.
,

as the desp atches in rega rd to this undertaking a r

rived from E sp a n a in J une o f Si x hun d re d and five
, ,

an d the men an d supplies from Nueva E sp a n a which ,

we re b rought at the same time by the master o f -

camp J oan de E squivel the gove rno r Spent the b al

, ,

ance of this yea r in p reparing the ships men an d , ,

p rovisions th at he deemed necess ary fo r the unde r

taking L eaving behin d i n M anil a suffi c ient force
.

fo r its defense he went to the p rovinces of P intados

, ,

whe re the fleet was collected in the beginning of ,

t h e yea r six hund red and S I X .

By the fi fteenth day o f the month of M a rch ,

the gove rn o r had tho roughly p rep a re d the fl e et

which consisted of fiv e Ships fou r galleys with poop ,

l ante rns [ g a l e r a s d e fa na l ] th ree galliots fou r cham

, ,
 TH E P H I L I PP I N E IS A ND S L [ VoL 1 6

p ans th ree ,
E n g lish lanchas two b r i g an
fu ne as , two ,

tines one b a rca chata for the artillery an d thi rteen

,
22

f ragatas with high f reebo ard The re we re one .

thous and th ree hund red S paniards counting regu ,

la rs c aptains an d o ffi cers substitutes [ e ntr e te ni d os ]

, , ,

and voluntee rs A mong them were some P o rtuguese .

captains an d sol diers unde r ch a rge of the chief cap ,

tain o f Tido re who was at that island when the ,

Dutch seized it These P o rtuguese came from M a .

laca to se rve in the expedition There we re also fou r .

—
hun d red I ndian pionee rs Tag a ls an d P ampangos
—
of M anil a who went to se rve at thei r own cost ,

un der thei r own o ffi ce rs an d with thei r own weapons ,

.

The re was a quantity of a rtillery of all kinds am ,

munition tOol s and provisions fo r nine months

, ,
.
“

D on P ed r o de A cu n a left the point of H i l oh i l o ,

which is near the t own o f A revalo in the island o f

P anai [ on the above day ] with a ll this equipment
, ,

an d coasting the isl and of M ind anao made po rt at ,

L a Calde ra in orde r to replenish h i s wate r wood

, , ,

an d othe r necessa ries .

The gove rno r emb arked in the galley S antiago

an d took unde r his charge the othe r galleys and o ared
b tt med b t p b le f rryin g he vy l d
A fla t -
o o oa , ca a o ca a oa s .

P edr A lv re de A b reu
o R ZA L a z . I .

A rdin g t A r gen l wh give

cco u in t rel ti n f
o so a , o s a s cc c a o o

thi expediti n the num b er en g ged in it were f ll w S p n

s o , a as o o s : a

i d
ar d their ffi er
s an P mp n g d T gal ( with ut
o c s, a a os an a s o

their hief ) 3 44 ; id m f m ritime n d milit ry s ervi ce 620 ;

c s ,
e , or a a a ,

r wers 649 ; I ndi n hief 5 ; tot al

o ,
aB u t he a dd s th a t l l
c s, a

th e f the fl eet ex lu ive of the general s h u s eh ld and f l

os o , c s
’
o o o

l wer nu mb ered
o s, P r b b ly the 5 4 l k in g in the ab ve o a ac o

n umb er were the P rtu gues e under mm and f Ab reu a nd o co o

C mel althou gh A r gen l doe n t menti n P rtu gues e s ldi r

a o, so a s o o o o e s .

Th n ame f the I ndi n hief ttendin g the ex

e s o a c s a

pe di t i n a t
o their ow n c s t were : D n G uillermo ( P a l aot ) m
o as ter o ,
 ’
M ORGA S SU CESOS 5 1

vessels The ship J esus M ari a acte d as fl agshi p

.

of the othe r vessels and was commanded by the ,

—
ma s te r o f camp J oan de E squivel
-
C aptain and .
,

S a rgento mayo r C ristoval de Az cu eta M enchaca

-

acted as admi ral of the fleet wh ich afte r atten di ng , ,

to its necessities at L a C alde ra left that po rt O n ,

.

setting s a il the flagship which was a heavy vessel

, , ,

was u nable to leave po rt and the cu rrents drove it ,

sho rewa rd so th at without the othe rs being able to ,

help it it groun ded I t was w recked the re but the

,
.
,

c rew artille ry and a po rtion of its ammunition an d

, ,

clothing we re saved A fte r setting fi re to the shi p

,
.
,

a nd t a king wh at nails an d bolts they could so that ,

the M indanaos c ould not make use of them the fleet ,

continued its voyage The galleys coaste d along the .

islan d of M in danao an d the Ships an d othe r deep ,

d raught vessels sailed i n the o pen se a all maki ng fo r ,

the po rt o f T al a ng ame in the isl and of Te rren ate ,

.

The vessels although expe rienc i ng some changes of

,

weathe r fi rst Sighted the i s l ands o f M alu co afte r

, ,

they had been reconnoitered by a l arge D utch Ship ,

well equipped with a rtille ry which was ancho red ,

at Te rren ate This vessel fi red some heavy artillery

.

at ou r vessels and then immediately ente red the po rt

, ,

wh ere it fo rti fied itself u nde r Shelte r of the l and an d ,

with its a rtille ry and cre w and the people of T e r

.
—
renate The maste r o f camp went with his vessels to -

the island of Tido re where he was well received by ,

the Mo ro chiefs and c ac hi l s ; fo r the king w as away ,

as he had gone to the island of B achan to be m arried .

O f ca mp ; a nd Ca pt a in s D on Fr an ci s co P a l a ot Do n Ju a n L i t ,
-
,

D o n L u i s Lo nt and D on A u s tin Lont

, T hes e mu s t h ave beg .

g
h aved exceedin ly well fo r a fter the as s ault on T ern a te A r en s ol a
, ,
g
s ay s : N ot a perso n o f co ns ider a ti on am on the Sp a ni a rd s or the g
I ndi an s rema ined unw ounded .
”
RI Z A L .
5 2 TH E PHI IPPI N E IS A ND S
L L [ V O L 1 6

The maste r —
o f camp
found fou r Dutch facto rs there
-
,

who we re trading fo r cloves H e learned f rom them .

that the ship at Terrenate was from H olland an d ,

was one of t hos e which h ad saile d from Amb o i no

an d sei z ed Tido re whence it h a d d riven the P o r ,

tu g u es e a nd that it was being laden with cloves

,
It .

was awaiting othe r ve s sels of i ts convoy fo r the y h ad ,

m ade f riendshi p and treaties with Ti dore an d Te r

renate in o rde r to be p rotected against the C astili ans
,

—
and P o rtuguese The maste r o f camp h ad the king .
-

of Tido re summoned immediately and while aw a it , ,

ing Don P ed ro de Acu fi a rested his men and cleaned ,

the Ships and made gabions an d othe r things neces

,

s ary for the war D on P ed ro de Ac ufi a th rough his

.
,

p ilots fault had gone thi rty leguas to leew a rd of th

’
,

islan d of Te rren ate towa rd the island of Celebes ,

othe rwise called M ateo R ecogni z ing that island he .

,

retu rned to Te rrenate and passing in sight of Tal a n ,

game discove red the Dutch vessel H e tried to re

,
.

c o nno i te r it but afte r seeing that it was h arming his

,

—
galleys with its artille ry and that the maste r o f camp -
,

was not there he p roceeded to Tido re whe re he

, ,

found the l atte r to the great j oy of all The re they

,
.

spent the rem ainde r of the month of M arch A t this .

j unc tu re the king of Tidore arrived with twelve ,

well a rmed c a r a co as H e exp ressed joy at the gov

-
.

e rno r s coming to whom he compl ained at length of

’
,

the tyran ny and subj ection in which he was kept by

S ultan Z ay d e king of Te rren ate who w as a i d e d by
,
”
,
i

the Dutch H e o ffe red to go in pe rson to se rve his

.

M ajesty in the fleet with six hundred men of Tido re ,

.

D on P ed ro received him and feasted him Then .

,

withou t any fu rthe r delay at Ti d o re o r any mo re ,

S id D ini B rak j a R I Z A L
25
a a a . .
 TH E P H I L I PP I N E IS LA ND S [ VOL 1 6

enemy had posted some scouts to reconnoite r the fiel d .

T hey we re d riven down and ou r own scouts poste d ,

there who gave advice from above of what was be

,

ing done in the fo rt Captain Ve rgara an d after .

,

him Don R od rigo de Mendo c a and A l arcon went to

, ,

recon no ite r the walls the bastion of Nuestra S e n ora , ,

an d the pieces mounted on the grou nd the re a nd ,

a low w all of rough stone which extended to the

mountain whe re the re was a b astion in which the
,

wall ended I t was called C ach i l tu l o and was de

.

fended with p ieces of artille ry an d a number of cul

v e r i ns muskets a rquebuses and pikes ; while many
, , ,

othe r weapons peculi ar to the T erenatans were

placed along the wall fo r its defense H aving seen .

and reconnoite red all this although not with i mp un ,

ity because the enemy had killed six soldie rs with the
,

a rtille ry an d w o unde d A l fe rez J oa n de la R ambl a

in the knee with a mus ket ball the S pan ia rds re -
,

tu rned to the army A trifle past noo n a lofty site .

,

was reconnoite red in the di rection of the bastion of

,

C a ch il tu l o whence the enemy could be attacke d and

,

d riven f rom the wall ; and Captain Cuevas was o r

de red to occupy it with twenty fiv e musketee rs -
.

H aving done this the enemy sent out a c rowd o f

,

men to p revent him f rom occupyi ng it A Ski rmish .

ensued an d the Moros turned and retreated to thei r

,

wall Cuevas followe d them so closely an d persiste d

.

SO long th at he needed re e nfo rcement

,
The scouts in .

the trees gave info rmation of wh at was being done ,

whereupo n Captains Don R odrigo de M end o ga ,

A larcon Cervantes and Ve rga ra re e nfo rced him

, ,

with thei r light armed p ikemen and h alberdie rs

-
.

They pu rsued the enemy with so great rapidity an d

resolution that they entered the walls b ehin d them .
 ’
M ORGA S SU CESOS 55

H oweve r some of the S pani ar d s we re wounde d an d

, ,

C aptain Ce rvantes was pushed down f rom the wall

an d his legs b roken which c aused his death C aptain ,
.

D on R od rigo de M end o ga pu rsuin g the enemy who , ,

were reti ring ran inside the wall as fa r as the cavalie r

,

of N ueSt r a S e n o ra while Ve r g ara ran in the oppos ite

,

di rection along the cu rtain of the w all to the b astion

O f C ac hi l tu l o an d went on as fa r as the mountain
,
.

By this time the main bo dy o f the a rmy h ad al ready

ass aulted the wall M utually ai ding one anothe r .
,

they mounted the wall and ente re d the pl ace on all

si des although with the loss o f some dead and
,

wounded soldiers T he soldiers were stop ped by a .

trench beyon d the fort of N ues t r a S c h o ra fo r the ,

enemy h ad retreated to a shed which was fo rti fi e d ,

with a considerable numbe r of musketeers and arque

b u s i e rs an d fou r light p ieces They discharged thei r
,
.

a rquebuses an d muskets at the S p aniards an d th rew ,

cane Spea rs hardened in fi r e and ba c a c a es afte r , ,

thei r fashion The S pania rds assaulted the shed

.
,

whe reu pon a Dutch a rtille ryman trying to fi re a l arge

swivel gun with which he would have done great
-
,

d amage b eing confused did not succeed an d th rew

, ,

down the linstock turned and fled The enemy di d , ,

.

the same afte r him an d ab andoned the Shed fleeing , ,

in all di rections T hose wh o woul d do so emb arked

.

with the king a nd some of his wives an d the Dutch

”
in one ca racoa and fou r j u a ng a s which they ha d
C omb es ( M i ndan R t na s d c l 73 74 ) de ri b es the
a o, e a
’
c .
, o s .
, sc

b g y
a aca s m ll
as s l n der reed
a a ,h rdened in fi e n d s h rp , a re a a

p inted ; it i hurled b y lVI

o s at n enemy with unerrin g S k ill
a o ro a ,

an d so metime fi s di s h r g ed in n v lley H n rr tes s u

v e a re c a o e o . e a a r

pri s in g in t nce of the effi y f thi s we p n and s y th at

s a s c ac o a o , a s
there i n ne m re ruel at l s e r n ge
s o o c , c o a

27
S tanley tr n l ates thi a fl a t b oa ts
s Retan a nd P st ll s s -
. a a e
 TH E P H I L I PP I N E IS LA ND S [ VO L 1 6

’
a rmed ne ar the king s fo rt C aptain Ve rgara entered .

the fo rt immediately but foun d it dese rte d D on ,

.

R odrigo de Mendo c a and Villagra pu rsued the

enemy toward the mountain for a long distance and ,
’
killed m any M o ro s With this at two o clock in the .
,

afternoon the s ettlement and fort of Te rren ate w as

,

completely gaine d The S p an i sh banne rs and Stan d .

a rds we re flung f r om it w ithout it having been neces ,

s ary fo r them to b omba rd the wal l s as they h ad ex ,

p e c te d ; an d the fort was taken a t so slight cost to the

S pani ards Thei r dead numbe red fi fteen men and
.
,

the woun d e d twen ty more The whole town was re .

c o nno i te re d even its extremity a small fo rt called

, ,

L i m at aen which co ntained two pi e ce s O f artille ry

—
,

and two other pieces near the mosque on the sea s ho re .

The loot of the pl ace was of small impo rtance fo r al ,

ready the things o f most v a lue and the women an d ,

chil d ren h ad been removed to the isl an d of M o ro

, ,

whithe r the king fled an d took refuge in a fort that he

h a d the re S ome products of that l and we re found
.
,

and a gre at quantity of cloves I n the facto ry of the .

D utch we re found two thou s an d ducados some cloth ,

good s and linens an d many weapons while in many , ,

pl a ces were excellent P ortugu ese and D utch a rtille ry ,

a numbe r of c ulve rins and a quantity of ammunition ,

o f which po s session was taken fo r his M ajesty A .

28

gua rd was placed ov e r wh a t was g a ined a n d the ,

( C ombes s J derive thi w rd fr m C hine e

il i n d a na o , co l .
78 7) s o o s

ch un b t nd re g rd the j g ( j g )
a oa ,
”
a m ll j un k a oa n a ua n a as a s a .

Th ldier h vin g entered the ity g ve them elve

e so s, a c ,
a s s

univer lly t vi len e nd pill ge D n P edr h d i ued

sa o o c a a . o o a ss a

pr l m ti n n edin g th t l l f the enemy ptured W ithin

oc a a o co c a a o ca

th e f ur d y s h uld b e l ve ( A r gen l ) D u rin g the k

os o a s, o s a s so a . s ac ,

w hi h D n P dr w
c o u n bl t r tr in n ither hildren n
e o as a e o es a ,
e c or

y un g g irl s were p red O ne girl w s k illed b e u e tw s oldier

o s a . a ca s o s

di puted fo her R I Z A L
s r . .
 ’
M ORGA S SU C ESOS
,

p l ace wa s
put in a condition fo r defense with some
piece s t aken f rom the fleet while the gove rno r o r ,

dered an d p rovi de d whateve r else was a dvis able .

C achil Amux a the king s nephew an d the greatest

,
’

chief O f Te rren ate came with othe r c a chi l s to make

,

peace with the gove rno r H e said that he and all the
.

T e ren a t ans wishe d to be vassals of his M aj esty and ,

th at th ey woul d h ave rende red homage long befo re ,

but the king p revented them The l atter as a p rou d .

man and con fi dent in his own O pinion although he

, , ,

had been advised to su rrende r the fo rt to his M ajesty

and ren de r him homage had steadily refused to do
,

so h aving been encouraged an d embol dened by the

,

succe ss th at he had gained upon othe r occasions .

Th a t was the re ason that he foun d himself in his

p res ent wretche d condition H e o ffered to induce .

the king to leav e the fort of M o ro if given ass u rance

o f l ife Don P e d ro de Acu fi a received this M o ro
.

well an d as a P ortuguese P ablo de L im a one o f—

, ,

those whom the Dutch had d riven from Ti do re a ,

man of high stan d i ng an d well acquainted with the

,

—
king o ffe red to accompa ny him the g ove rno r ,

despatche d them with a w ritten p asspo rt as follows

P a s sp or t fr o m D on P ed r o d e A c u fia to the ki ng o f
Te r r e na te
I D on P ed ro de Acu fi a gove rno r cap tain gen
, , ,
-

e ral a n d p resident of the Filipinas I sl and s an d gen

, ,

e ral of this army an d fl eet decl ar e th at ove r my , ,

signatu re I he reby give s ecu rity of life to the king o f

,

Te rren a te in o rde r that h e may com e to talk with

,

me both to him a nd those whom he may b ri ng with

him r e s e rving to mys elf the dispo s al of all the
othe rs as I may s e e fi t I certify this in his M ajesty s
.
’
 TH E P H I L I PP I N E I SLA ND S [ Vo l 1 6

name A nd I o rde r th at no pe rson of this fleet molest

.

him o r any of his po s s e ssions and th a t all obse rve ,

what is herein co ntained G iven in Te rrenate A p ril .

,

six one thousand six hun dred and s i x

,
.

D ON P EDRO DE AC U NA

Within nine d ays C ach i l amuj a an d P ablo de L im a

,

retu rned to Te rren ate with the king the p rince his , ,

son an d othe rs o f his rel a tives c ach i l s and san

,
29
,

gaj es un de r the s aid p as s po rt They placed them

,
30
.

’
selves unde r the gove rnor s powe r an d he received ,

them with great a ffection and respect H e lo dged .

the ki ng and his son in a goo d house in the settlement ,

unde r guard o f a comp any The king re s to red the .

villages of Ch risti ans that his M aje s ty h ad possessed

in the island of Mo ro when the fo rt of Te rren ate ,

was lost by the P o rtuguese H e placed his pe rson .

’
and kingdom in his M ajesty s powe r an d su rren ,

de red a qu antity of mu s kets a nd heavy artille ry that

he had in some fo rt s of the Said islan d The gov .

c r u o r did not despoil him o f h i s kingdom but on the ,

contrary allowed him to ap point two of his men to

gove rn whose choice was to be rati fied by himself
,
.

The king his so n the p rince and thei r c a c h i l s an d

, ,

s a ng aj es swo re homage to h i s M aj e s ty The kings of .

Tido re and B achan and the s ang aj e of L a Bu a di d ,

the s ame and covenante d a nd p romised not to admit

,

eith e r the Dutch o r oth e r n a tions into M a luco fo r the

clov e tr a de Th ey p romised as his M aje s ty s vassals
-
.
,
’
,

to go on all occasi on s to se rve him with thei r pe rsons ,

men and Shi ps wheneve r summoned by whomeve r ,

prin e n me w S l mp G
T he c
’
s a as u a a r i ol a n o hi s St ep w
. T as

contr y t the dvi e f Q ueen C l i y

ar o a c o e ca a ( A r gen l ) R I Z A L so a . .

S ng j y M l y title ( M r den )
a a , a a a a s . S TA N L EY .
 ’
M ORGA S SU C ESOS 59

comman de d the fo rt o f T e r renate ; th at they would

op pose no obstacles to the M o ros who wished to b e
come Ch risti ans ; th at if any wicked Ch ristian went
to thei r lands to tu rn renegade they would su rrende r ,

him ; and othe r suitable things Therewith great an d .

small we re content and pleased since they we re free d ,

f rom the tyranny of the king of Terren ate The .

gove rno r remitted to them the thi rd p art of the trib

utes which they were wont to p ay thei r king an d ,

gave the M o ros othe r advanta ges Then he p l anne d .

a new and mode rn fort in a ve ry consp icuous an d

,

suitable location an d began to buil d it I n o rde r

,
.

th at the old fo rt might be bette r defended while the

new one was bein g completed he reduc ed it to a less ,

si z e by making new cavalie rs and b astions which

, ,

he finished and fu rnishe d with ramp a rts and stout

gates H e commence d anothe r fo rt in the isl an d of
.

Ti do re on a good location near the settlement

,
.

A fte r placing in o rde r wh ateve r he j udged necessary

in Te rrenate and Tido re and in the othe r towns an d
,

fo rtresses of M aluco he retu rned with his fleet to the

,

Filip inas .
—
H e left the maste r of camp J o an de -
,

E squivel with a ga rrison of Si x hund re d sol die rs

,

fiv e hund red in five companies fo r Te rrenate i n —

, ,

the f o rt of Terrenate to act as his assistant an d as gov

e rno r of M aluc o ; he also left the re one la rge fo rge

an d a numbe r of s m iths Sixty fiv e pionee rs thi rty

,
-
,

fiv e stonecutters two galliots two well armed b rig

, ,
-

a nti ne s and crews of rowe rs The othe r company

,
.

of sol die rs [ was to be stationed ] in Tidore unde r

command of C aptain A l arcon ; while ammunition
an d p rovisio ns fo r one yea r we re l e ft in both forts .

I n o rde r to be mo re assu red of the [ peaceful ] con

dition of the country he took the king of Te rrenate
,
 TH E P H I L I PP I N E IS LA ND S [ l
Vo 1 6

f rom it and ca rried him to M anil a as well as his s on ,

—
the p rince and tw enty fou r c ach i l s an d s ang aj es
, ,

most of them the king s relatives to whom he Showed ’

,

eve ry honor and good treatment H e expl a ined to .

th em why he took them an d that thei r retu rn to M a ,

luco depended upon the secu rity and tranquillity

with which the Mo ros shoul d conduct themselves in
thei r obedience an d se rvice to his M ajesty The .
31

th ree P o rtuguese gall iots retu rne d to M al aca takin g ,

with them the Dutch who were in M a luco an d the

P o rtugue s e captains and soldie rs who had come to
take p a rt in this expedition The gover no r entere d .

M anila in triumph with the remainde r of the fleet ,

Jes uit F ther L ui s Fern ande G al l in t nd Es quivel

T he a z, a o, a

m de ne g ti ti n s with the k in g f thi s exile nd F ther Colin

a o a o or , a a

a ttri b utes it s g d ut me t the lev erne f the f rmer Wh a t

oo o co o c ss o o .

w as then b elieved t b e prudent res ulted a fterwa rd s n imp liti c o a a o

me ure a nd b re very f t l n eq uen es ; f it r u ed the h

as , o a a co s c or a o s os

t i l ity f l l the M l u
o a even th t f their llie and m de the o ca s , a o a s, a

S p ni s h n ame a di us w s the P rtu gues e T h prie s t H

a s o o as a o . e er

n nda de l s Ri B k m y and ther his t ri an m r ver

o o os , o e e er , o o s, o eo ,

acc u s e D on P edr dc A ufi f b d faith in thi ; bu t s tri tly o c a o a s ,

c

j ud ged we b elieve th t they d o with ut f und ti n D n

, a o s o o a o . o

P edr in his p o p rt u ed the lives f the k in g nd prin ce b ut

as s o as s r o a ,

n t their li b erty
o D u b tle ss a tri fl e m re gener ity w uld h ave
. o o os o

m de the c nq uer r gre ter nd the dium f the S p ni h n me

a o o a ,
a o o a s a

le ss , while it w uld h ve ured S p ani h d min ti n f th t rch i

o a as s s o a o o a a

pel g T he unf rtun te k in g never returned t hi w n ountry

a o . o a o s o c .

H ern nd de l s R i s s y s th a t durin g D on P edr de A u fi a s life

’
a o o o a o c

he w as w ell tre ted b ut th t durin g the dmini tr ti n f D n

a ,
a a s a o o o

Ju n de S ilv I h ve een him in p r l d gin g where al l the

a a
“
a s a oo o

r in fell n him nd they were St a vin g him t de th

a o ,
a H is r o a .
”
e

de ribed by A r gen l
sc f r b u s t pr p rti n nd hi limbs
so a as o o o o o s, a s

a re well f rmed H i ne k nd mu h f hi b re t
o . b re Hi s c a c o s as ar e a . s

fl e h i f cl udy l r r ther bl k th n gr y T h fe ture

s s o a o co o ,
a ac a a . e a s

o f hi f e a s li k e th e f n E ur pe n H i eye
ac re l r ge a n dos o a o a . s s are a

full nd he eem s t d rt p r k fr m th m H i l r ge eyel he

, a s o a s a s o e . s a as s,

hi thi k b ri tlin g be rd
s c n d his mu t he dd t hi fi n a , a s s ac s a o s er c e es s .

H e al w y we rs hi mpil n d gger n d k ri b th with hilt

a s a s ca a , a , a s, o s

in the f rm f gilded erpent he d o o T hi de ripti n w s s

’
a s .
”
s sc o as

t k en fr m a pi cture ent t Sp in R IZ A L
a o s o a . .
 TH E P H I L I PP I N E I A ND S SL [ Vo l 1 6

the despatching of two vessels about to s ail to N uev a

E sp a n a H e was p resent in pe rson in the po rt of
.

C ab i t at the equipment and lading of the ships an d ,

the embarcatio n of the passen ge rs H e was sei z ed by .

some indisposition of the stomach which compelled

him to retu rn to M anil a an d take to his bed H is .

p ain and vomiting increase d so rapidly that without ,

its being possible to relieve him he died in gre at an ,

guish on S t J ohn s day to the great so rrow and .

’
,

grief of the country E speci ally di d the king of Te r .

re n ate Sho w an d exp ress his grief fo r he had always ,

received great hono r and kind treatment f rom the

governo r I t was suspected that his death h ad been
.

violent because of the seve rity and the s y mptoms O f

,

his illness The suspicion increased becaus e the phy

.
,

s i c i a ns and su rgeons having opened h is body de , ,

c l a re d from the signs that they found th at he had

, ,

been poisoned which made his death mo re regret ,

table The A udienci a bu ried the gove rno r in the

.

mon astery of S t A ugustine at M anila with the .

,

pomp and oste ntation due to his pe rson an d offi ces .

Then again taking cha rge of the government the

, ,

w ho did n t defend them fr m the M r s T hey s id th t the

o o o o . a a

M r s w uld plunder them d ily with the help f T ern te nd

o o o a o a , a

th t it w uld b e w rs e hen ef rth ( A rgen s l ) R I Z A L

a o o c o o a . .

L C n cep i on t tes ( H i t d P hil ip i n

a o iv p 1 0 3 ) th t thes e
c s a s . e as , , . a

J p ne e were s ettled in D il ; and th t the immedi te c u e of

a a s ao a a a s

their mutiny w s the k illin g of J p nes e by S p ni a rd ina a a a a a , a

q u rrela .

Th uth r f thi p i nin g were then k n wn in M nil

e a o s o s o so o a a,

a nd rdin g t A r gen l were th e envi u s f the g vern r

a cco o so a os o o o o .

B u t lth u gh they were k n w n uh th t the u pi i n

“
a o o as s c ,
so a s s c o

o f the r wd m k e them the uth rc o f the p i nin g a s a o s o o so

we h ll repre their n mes

s a f ll n w de d
ss a or a ar e o a

( A r g en s l ) R I Z A L o a .

C f L C n e p i on ( H i t d P hi l ip i i 0 6) he
'

. a opp 1 0 5
c c s . e n as , v, .
,
1

as cri b e the rep rt f A u fi p i nin g t the phy i i an w ho

s o o c a s
’
o so o s c s,

s u g ht thu
o t s hield their wn i g n r n e f his di s e e
s o o o a c o as .
 ’
M ORGA S SU C ESOS

A udienci a des p atche d the vessels to Nueva E spa n a ,

w hence advice was sent to his M ajes ty of the ta k ing

of M aluc o an d the de a th o f the gove rn o r .

The fl agship in which D on R od rigo de Mendo c a

,

was sailing as gene ral and captain re ache d Nueva ,

E sp a n a quickly with this news The almi ranta not .

,

withstanding that it left the islands at the same time ,

del ayed mo re th an six months E ighty persons who

.

pe rished f rom disease we re buried in the sea while ,

many othe rs stricken by the disease die d o f it upon

lan ding at the po rt of A capulco A mong these was .

the licenti ate Don A ntonio de R ibe ra au d ito r o f M a ,

nila who had b een a p pointe d audito r o f M exico

,
.

A t the a rrival of these vessels it was learned th at

,

since the death of Don P ed ro de Ac u fi a and the tak ,

ing over of the government by the A udiencia no ,

ch ange had occurred in the a ffai rs of the islands ; but

that thei r comme rce w as restricte d because of the
p rohibition which fo rb ade sen ding to the islands
mo re than five hun d red thousand pesos each yea r of
the p roceeds f rom the sale of the me rch andise in
N neva E sp a n a O n account of this the people we re
.

in need as this amount a p pea red little fo r the many

,

S p ani ards an d fo r the extent of the trade by which

all classes a re sustained as they have no othe r re
,

sou rces o r ca p ital A lso although the g ainin g of

.
,

M aluco had been so im p ortant fo r a ffai rs in those is

lands themselves an d thei r punishment fo r the re
,

d uction of the othe r re b els especial l y those of M in

d an ao an d J olo f rom whom the Fili p inas had re
,

c e i v e d so great inj u ry — the desi rable quiet and St a

b i l i ty h ad not been secu re d Fo r the M indanaos and
.

the Jol o anS we re not yet discontinuing thei r descents

u pon the p rovinces of the P intados in thei r war
 TH E P H I L I PP I N E IS LA ND S [ Vo l 1 6

vessels to se i z e boo ty acco rding to thei r cu s tom

,

and this will continue until a suitable expedition be

sent agai nst them and M aluco a ffai rs we re not fail
ing to give J oan de E squivel the maste r o f camp ,
- -
,

su ffi cient to do H e was acting as gove rno r the re an d .

had but little secu rity f rom the n atives who being , ,

a M ahometa n people an d by natu re easily pe rsuaded ,

and fi ckle a re restle s s and ready fo r distu rbance s and

, ,

wars D aily and i n di ffe rent pa rts the native s we re

.

being incited an d a roused to reb e llion ; an d although

—
the maste r o f camp an d his captains were endeavor
-

ing to punish and p acify them they coul d not do ,

what w as nece s s a ry to quiet so many di s tu rbances as

a rose The soldie rs we re dying and the fo o d giving
.
,

out ; a nd the aid se nt f rom M anil a coul d not a rrive

at the time o r in so grea t quantity as was requested ,

because of the p e rils of the voyage an d the straits o f

the royal tre as u ry T h e coming o f v es sels to M a
34
.

luco at this time from H ol anda and Z el anda w as not

les s p r ej udici al to all ou r inte rest s ; fo r the Dutch ,

h aving s o gre a t inte r ests in the i sl and s a nd having ,

e s tablished th ei r interests ther e so fi rmly we re com ,

ing in s qu ad ro ns by the I ndi a route to recove r what ,

they had lost in Amb o i no Te rren ate an d othe r is , ,

l an ds With thei r countenance the M o ros we re re

.
,

v o l ti ng a gain s t the S p a n i a rds who had thei r h an ds ,

hes e were the res ult f h vin g t k en the k in g nd his

T s o a a a

chief w h h d entru ted them elve t D n P edr de A u fi

s, o a s s s o o o c a.

pri ner t M nil the k in g f T id re the lly f E p fi h d

so s o a a, O o , a o s a a, a

alre dy f und me n t b re k the lli n e T h g vern r p

a o a s o a a a c . e o o s a

p inted by the ptive k in g refu ed t h ve nythin g t d with

o ca s o a a o o

the S p ni rd Fe r w r mp nt in l l p rt nd the pirit f

a a s a as a a a a s, a s o

When hi v l w the ill tre tment

.

ven ge n e w s r u ed
a c a a o— s . s as s a s sa a

th t the S p ni rd in fl i ted n their k in g they h ted u

a a a s mu h c o , a s SO c

th t they q uired n eq u l li k in g f u enemie ( H de l

a ac a a or o r s . er . os

D n P edr l k ed the hief h r teri ti

o f L e g pi
o ac c C a ac s c o az .

R IZ AL .
 ’
M ORGA S SU C ESOS

full with them and mor e so with the Dutch fo r the

, ,

l atte r we re nume rous an d more da nge rous enemies ,

th an th e native s .

The D utch inte rest in these regions is so vast

both in the clove trade and th at o f other d rugs an d -

Sp ices and becau s e they think that t hey will h ave a

,

gateway the re fo r the sub j ugation of the whole O ri

ent that ove rcoming all the toil and dange rs of the
,

voyage they a re continu ally coming to the se i s l and s

,

in gre ate r numbers and with l arger fleets I f a very .

fun damental and timely remedy be not administered

in this matte r it will increase to s uch an exte nt in a
,

sho rt time that afte rwa rd no remedy can be applied .

T h e E nglish and Flemi s h usu ally m a ke this voy

age by w ay O f the s tr a it of M agall an e s Francisco .

D raque [ D rake ] was the fi rst to make it an d some ,

years late r Tomas L i s c and e r [ C an d i s h o r Caven

dish ] who p as s ed by M aluco
,
.

L ately O live r del No rt a Flemi n g made th e v oy , ,

age The S p ani s h fleet fought with h i s fl e et amid the

.

Filipinas I s l a nd s at the end of the yea r one thousand

,

six hund re d I n this fi ght afte r the captu re o f his

.
,

almi ranta ( which was commanded by L a mbert o

B i ez m a n ) the fl ag s hip having lost nea rly all its ,

crew an d bei ng much di s abl e d took to flight A nd

, ,
.

as it a fte rward left the Filipin as a nd was s een in ,

S unda a nd the J av a ch annels s o disabled it seemed , ,

“

impos s ible fo r it to n avigate and that it woul d su r ely ,

be l o s t as was recounted above when treating of thi s

,
.

This pi r a te although so crippled h a d the goo d

, ,

fo r tu ne to e s c a p e f r o m th e S pa n ia rd s an d a ft e r gre a t , ,

troubl es a n d h a rdship s h e returne d to Ams t ra d a m ,

with h i s ship M a u ricio with only nine m en a l ive , ,

r e aching it on the twenty Sixth of A ugust in t h e ye a r -

 TH E P H I L I PP I N E IS LA ND S [ Vo l 1 6

six hundred an d one H e w rote the relation an d the .

events of his voyage an d gave pl ates of the battle an d ,

O f the ships This was afte r wa rd transl ated into

.

L atin and p rinted by Teodo ro de B ri a G e rman at , ,

F r anc fo rt in the year six hund red and two

,
Both .

rel ations a re going the rounds and the voyage is re ,

garded as a most p rodigious feat an d one of SO

great hardships and pe ril s ?"5

B a rtolome P e re z a pilot gave the same news f rom , ,

the isl and of L a P alma H e having come f rom .

,

E ngl an d by way of H olanda conve rsed with O live r ,

del N ort and the l atte r narrated to him his voyage

,

and su ffe rings as mentioned by L icentiate Fe rnando

,

de l a Cueva in a lette r f rom the isl an d o f L a P alma ,

36

on the l ast of J uly of the yea r six hund red an d fo u r , ,

to M a rcos de l a Cueva his b rother who was a resi , ,

dent o f M anila and one of the voluntee rs who em ,

b a rke d on the S p anish fl agship which fought with

the p i rate This lette r is as follows
. .

’
I answe r two of your G race s lette rs in this : one
date d J uly Si x hund red and one and the othe r J uly
, , ,

T hi s
rel ation form s n ppendix t o Th eod re de B ry s ’
a a o

N i nt h p t f Am i ar ( Fr on k f o rt nd
er caw as printed b y a ,
a

M tthew B e ker ( Fr n k f rt
a c T h c pper pl te a dif o ,
e o a s a re

fer nt from th s e of the D u t h editi on f the rel ti n S TA N L EY

e o c o a o . .

Th pl tes repre sentin g O liver va n N dt fl eet pre

e a oo r
’
s ,

sented in the pre edin g v lume t k en fr m t m xvi f

c o , a re a . o o e o

T he d re d B ry
o o P g ie t i n ( fi r s t
’
s b y urte
er ey f r na o es co s o

the B s t n P u b li L ib r y T h title p ge f the rel ti n re d

o o c ar . e -
a o a o a s

in p rt D e s ripti n dv peni b le v y g e f i t ent v de l un i v rs

’
a c o o a a c o r e

u g l b e terre tre O livier dv N A h

’
o o p S s ,
t d v t e
arc t r . or r ,

L t t t n fl t é d u Fl m and en F n h is
e ou ra a I mprim
a ra c o , e

a Amft dame Che C rnille C l a ff fur l E u u L ivre

er . s o e z
’
a a a

l An 1 60 2 T hi s rel ti n w as reprinted in 1 61 0 nd
’
Ef ic r r e, . a o ,
a

n umer u s editi n h ve p p
o red s in e
o s a a ea c .

O ne of t he C anary Is land s .
 ’
M ORGA S S UC ESOS

Si x hun d red and two I n both of them you r G race

.

rel ate s to me the shipwreck that befell you an d how

you save d yourself by swimming L ong befo re I saw .

you r G race s letters I h ad lea rned of you r mishap

’
, ,

whe reat I was ve ry anxious and even quite grieved ;

because of what w as repo rted he re I imagined th at ,

you r G race h ad a p a rt in it Consequently I was .

,

singularly ove rj oyed at the assu rance th a t you r G race

still possessed li fe and health H aving them one .
,

can conque r othe r things ; and without them hum an

treasu re h as no value By way of Flandes ( whence
.

Shi p s come daily to this isl and ) I lea rned much nay , , ,

all the event although not so minutely Fo r O live r

,
.

de No rt who was the D utch gene ral with whom the

, ,

engagement occu rred a rrived safely in H ol anda

, ,

with e ight men and he made nine an d without

— —

money H is purpose when he left the rebellious

.

states o f H olanda an d Z elan da with fiv e armed ves ,

—
sels l aden with me rchan dise whi ch we re w o rth ,

p rincipal an d me rchandise one hund red an d fi fty o r ,

t wo hun dred thous an d ducados — was to trade and

carry on comme rce th rough the strait ( and such we re
his o rders ) in whateve r p arts he shoul d be with
, ,

f riends o r enemies H e was not to attack anyone

.
,

but o nly to defend himsel f and to incline the I n di ans

to trade and exch ange with him A ll the vessels hav .

ing reached the strait togethe r th ree of them h e ,

c ame sep arated the re because of sto rms an d must ,

have been wrecked ; fo r up to the p resent nothing

h as been heard o f them H aving seen h imself so .

abandoned and that he could not resto re his loss by

,

trade o r else because he di d not receive a hospitab l e

,

reception f rom the inh abitants of P i ru he dete r ,

mined to exceed his orders and make th a t v oyage one ,

 TH E PH I L IPPI N E IS LA ND S [ VO L 1 6

Of plunde ring A cco rdingly he st a tioned himsel f at

.

the mouth of the rive r to aw a it sh ips The rest th at .

befell you r G race knows O l ive r de No rt is a n ative

,
.

of the city of R o te rd am and he reached it with an ,

ancho r of wood H e h ad no othe r with which to

.
37

ancho r no r indeed had he any othe r left I t is said

,
.

th at this is a ve ry heavy woo d of the I ndias an d he ,

h as pl ac e d i t at the doo r of his house as a ma rk of ,

d i s t i nc t I o n H e a rrived as I s ay with nine men all

.
, , ,

tol d v e ry much worn out and as by a mi racle H e

, ,
.

has p rinte d a book of his voyage with e ngravings ,

o f his vess els and many othe r d etails of wh at h ap

,

pened to h im a n d the ha r d ships that they endu red

,

in the fi ght and th roughout the voyage both to Show ,

his own glo ry an d to incite others to Simil ar deeds .

A pilo t of this islan d one B a rtol ome P e re z was , ,

sei z ed an d taken to I ngl ate rra befo re the peace o r

truce H e came th rough H olanda where he con
.
,

versed at great length with O live r The latte r told .

him all that h a d h appened to him which i s know n ,

to all and w as discussed in this island befo re th at

,

voyage B artolome P e re z says that O live r de No rt

.

p raised the S pani a rds greatly an d s aid they we re the ,

b ravest men he h ad seen in his life They had gained .

the deck of h is ship an d all the upp e r wo rks when

, ,

he c ried out f rom below deck to set fi re to the pow

de r whereupon he believes that the S p ania rds left
,

fo r fear of being blown up The D utch then had .

an oppo rtuni ty to escape but so crippled we re they ,

th at thei r reaching po rt seems a mi r a cle The pil o t .

says that he s aw the ancho r an d the book an d what ,

pe rtains to the book is st ated he re I h ave re counte d .

T hi s a n ch o r w as iven him g b y J p ne e pt in in M nil

a a a s ca a ,
a a

,
b
B ay o n D ec em er 3 1 600 STA ,
. N L EY .
70 TH E PHI LIPPI N E IS LA ND S [ Vo l 1 6

fo r f rom the time that one leaves E spa n a he sails ,

in the cou rse of the sun f rom east to west until he ,

reaches them Fo r the same reason they a re called .

“ ”
E aste rn I sl ands by those who s ail from west to
e a st by way of P o rtuguese I ndia each of them ci r ,

c u msc r i b i ng the wo rl d by voyaging in o p posite di

rections until they meet at these isl ands which a re

, ,

nume rous and o f va ryin g Si z e ; they a re p rope rly

called F i l i p i nas and a re su b ject to the c rown of C as ,

tilla They lie within the tropic O f Cancer an d

.
,

exten d f rom twenty fou r degrees no rth l atitu de to -

the equinoctial line which cuts the isl ands o f M a ,

luco The re a re many othe rs on the othe r side of

.

the line in the tropic o f Cap ricorn which exten d

, ,
”
fo r twelve degrees in south latitude The ancients .

afli rmed th at each a nd all O f them we re desert an d

uninh abitable b ut now expe rience has demon ,

40

v i ou s t othe S p ni h S ettlement were n t li k e the inh b ita nts f the

a s o a o

g re t I ndi n P enin ul pe ple w ith ivili ti n tha t f their

a a s a, o a c za o as o

c onq u er rs E x eptin g th a t they p os e s ed the

o . c t of writin g nd s s ar ,
a

a n al ph b et f their o wn t hey d n ot ap p e a r t have di ffered in

a o ]
, o o

any w ay fr m the D ay ks of Bo rneo as d esc ri b ed b y M

o B yl e in a r. o

hi rec en t b o k o f a dventures m n gs t th a t peo ple

s o I ndeed there a o .

is a lm os t c in iden e a f verb al expre s i n s in the de ripti n he

o c c o s o sc o s

and D e M r ga g ive f the s oci l cu s t m h b it and u p ers titi n s

o o a o s, a s, s o

o f the t w pe ple s they o de ri b in g ; th u gh m any f th es e c i n

o ar e sc o o o

c i dences r e s u c h as a r
a inc ident l t life in S imil ar cir um s t nces e a o c a ,

there en u gh t le d n t suppo e a mmunity f ri gin

are o o a o e o s co o o

f t h inh b it nts of B rneo nd L u n P rd de T ver a ys ”

o e a a o a zo . a o a sa

a fter qu otin g the firs t p a rt of the ab ove : Lo rd Sta nley opini n ’

s o

i di s p s i n a te and n t t al l t v a ri n e with hi s t ri l truth

”
s a s o o a a a c o ca .

T h s me uth r
e a ys l th a t B l um nt it t s pr l gue nd R i l s
a o sa a so e r
’
o o a za
’

n tes in the l tter s editi n of M r ga h ve s o r us ed the indi gna

o a
’
o o a a o

ti n of the S p ni rd s th t s ever al h ave even att cked M r g ]

o a a a a o a

M e ex ct ly from 2 5 40 n rth l titud e t 1 2 s u th l at i

39
or a
° '
o a o
°
o

tude if w a t inc lude F rm s in the g roup whi ch is in b h

,
e re o o o a , a

i t d li k ewi s e b y the s ame r ce R I Z A L

e a . .

We nfes s u i gn rance with res pect t the ri gin of thi s

co o r o o o

b elief o f Mo r ga which as on can Obs erve was not his b elief in

, ,
e ,
 ’
M ORGA S SU C ESOS 7 1

s t r a te d
th at they deceived themsel ves ; for good cli
m ates many people and food and o the r things neces
, ,

s a ry fo r human li fe a re found the re besides many ,

mines of rich metals with p recious gems and pe arls , ,

an d animals and pl ants which n atu re has not stinted ,

.

I t is impo ssibl e to number all the islan ds count

—
ing la rge r an d smaller o f this v a st archipelago .

Tho s e comp rised in the name and government of

Filipi nas numbe r about fo rty large islan ds , ,

besides othe r smalle r ones all consecutive The ,

.

chiefest and best know n a re L u z on M indo ro Ten , ,

daya C apul Bu ri as M az b a te M a rinduque L eite

,
41

, , , , ,

C ama r Y babao S ebu P an ay Bohol C aten d u anes

, , , , , ,

C a l ami anes M in dan ao and othe rs o f less renown , ,

.

the b e ginnin g the firs t hapter A lrea dy from the time of

of c .

D i d u Si u l u s ( fir t entury B
o or s c E ur pe re eived inf rm a s c . o c o

ti n of the e i s l nd s by ne I mb ul a G ree k w h went to them

o s a o a o e, , o

( t oS m tr u
a a t le s t )a n d w h wr te fterw rd the rel ation f his
a ,
a o o a a o

v y age H e g ve therein det iled inf rm ti n f the num b er f

o . a a o a o o o

the i s l nd f their inh b it nts f their writin g n vi g ti n et

a s, o a a , o , a a o ,
c .

P t lemy menti n s three i s l nd in his g e g r p hy whi h

o o a lled a s o a ,
c ar e c

Sin d in the L tin text T hey

ee inh b ited b y the r w
a . a re a a t
‘
a ra t .

M er to r i n terprets th s e i l and a s Celeb es G il l and Am

ca o s s ,
o o,

bo in P t lemy l o menti n s the i sl nd r d d n g ( B

a . o a s o a a a ou a z oy o or

n eo ) fiv ,
d p (eM ind n L
a eite S e b u--
o uo o a t three fi o a a ao, , ,
oa a
’

sz at

( the J v g r up —
a a o ) and ten n w i
a o where l r ge l d
ta a co u ac o ac a a oa
s ot ne w s f u nd C lin urmi e th t the e
a o . the M nil as o s s s a s are a .

R IZAL .

C lin ( L b E ng l i M drid 1 663 ) di sc u es th di

o a or va e ca , a , ss e s

c v o y er n d n mi n g f the P hili p p ine H qu t e P t lemy s

a a o s . e o s o
’

p as ge th t p e k f i sl nd lled the M ni l when e m ny

sa a s a s o a s ca a o as , c a

s u p p e m e the name M nila somet i mes given t th i l nd

os ca
‘
a s, o e s a s .

B u t s p inted u t in a letter d a ted M r h 1 4 1 9 04 b y J mes

a o o a c , , a

A L R y Sp ani h writer h e w as ted m e time n th q ue

. e o , s s av or o e s

ti n t h n it merits M L Roy pr b ab ly c nj e tures ri ghtly

o a . r . e o o c

th t m ny l d Chines e nd J p ne e d ument will b e f und to

a a O a a a s oc s o

c nt in m tter rel tin g t

o a th
a P hili p p ine s pri r t o the S p ani s h
a o e o

co n q ues t .

I t i v ery di ffi ult n w t determine ex ctly whi h i thi s

41
s c o o a c s

i sl and f T nday a c lled I s l a Filipin f s me ye r s A rdin g

o e , a a or o a . cco
 TH E PHI LIPPI N E IS LA ND S [ VO L 1 6

The fi rst isl an d conque red an d coloni z ed by the

S p ani ards was S ebu From the re the conquest was .
42

Sta rted an d continued in all the neighbo ring isl ands .

Those islands a re inhab ited by people natives of the ,

same islands called V i gavas ; o r by anothe r n ame , ,

P intados fo r the more p rominent of the men f ro m ,

thei r youth tattoo thei r whole bodies by p ricking

, ,

them whe reve r they a re ma rked and then th rowing

ce rtain bl ack powde rs ove r the bleeding su rface the ,

fi gu res becoming indelible B ut as the chief sea t .

,

o f the gove rnment and the p rincipal S panish settle ,

ment was moved to the isl and of L u z o n the l argest

,

isl an d an d th at one nearest and o pposite to G reat

,

Chin a and J apon I Sh all treat of it fi rst ; fo r much

that will be s ai d O f it is simil ar i n the othe rs to each ,

of wh ose p articula rs and d istinctive details I Sh all

p ass in due time .

This isl and of L u z on extends lengthwise f rom ,

the point and he ad whe re one ente rs the Filipinas

I sl ands ( by the channel of Capul which lies in th i r ,

tee n and one hal f degrees no rth latitude ) to the othe r

-

t F ther U d n t rel ti on thi i l nd w f t th e t f the’

o a r a e a s a s, s s a as ar o e as o

g r u p p t the meridi n f l\ I l u M er t r l te it in P n y
o , as a o f
a co . ca o oc a s a a ,

and C li n in L eyte b etween Ab uy g

o n d C b li n — o ntr ry t
,
o a a a a c a o

the pini n f ther wh l c te it in I b b

o o o o s uth f S am r
s, o o a a ao , or o o a .

B u t c rdin g t
a co ther d ument f th t peri d there is n i l nd
o o oc s o a o ,
o s a

by th t n me b ut chief lled T end y l rd f a vill ge itu ted

a a , a ca a a, o o a s a

in th t di tri t ; a nd
a the Spa ni rd did n t under tand the I n
s c , as a s o s

di n well t th t ti me m ny ntr di ti n thu r e in the

a s a a a co a c o s s a os

rel ti n f th t peri d W
,

a o s o th t in L e g pi s expediti n
a o . e s ee a , az
’
o ,

while the S p ni rd t l ked f i l nd the I ndi an t l k ed f

a a s a o s a s, s a o a

m n t
a ,
A fter l kin g f T nd y f ten d y they h d t
e c . oo or a a a or a s a o

co ntinue with ut findin g it n d we p oed n with ut eein g a as s o o s

T nd y
a aAb uy a I t ppe rs neverthele s th t the S p n
or o .
”
a a , s, a a

i d c ntinued t g ive thi n me t the s uthwe s tern p rt f

ar s o o s a o o a o

S m a r c al lin g the s uthe tern p a rt I b b

a ,
Z ib bao an d the o as a ao or a

n rthern p rt f the s me i s l nd S m r R IZA L

o a o a a a a . .

Su gb in the di le t of the c untry RI Z A L

'

II , a c o . .
 ’
M ORGA S SU C ESOS

point in the p rovince of C agaya n calle d C ape B oj e a ,

do r ( and locate d opposite China in tw enty degrees ) , ,

mo re than two hundred leguas I n some p arts its .

wi dth is mo re constricted th an in othe rs especially ,

in the mi ddle of the isl and whe re it is so na rrow that ,

it is less than thi rty leguas f rom sea to se a o r f rom ,

o ne coast to the othe r The whole isl and is mo re .

th an fou r hun d re d leguas i n ci rcumference .

The climates o f this isl a nd a re not ha rmonious °

on the contrary they p resent a great dive rsity in its

,

di fferent districts and p rovinces The head and b e .

ginning o f the islan d in the region o f the channel , ,

is mo re tempe r a te in the interio r although the co asts ,

a re hot The site of the city of M anil a is hot fo r i t

.
,

is on the co ast and is low ; but in its vicinity quite ,

nea r the city the re are districts and settle ments much
,

coole r whe re the heat is not o pp ressive The same

,
.

is true of the othe r head of the isl and opposite China , ,

n amed C agayan The se asons of the ye ar winte r — .

and summe r a re contrary to those i n E u rope ; fo r

-

the rains gene rally last in all these isl an ds f rom the
month o f J une until the m onth of S eptembe r an d ,

a re accomp anied by heavy showe rs whi rlwinds and , ,

sto rms o n sea and l and The summe r lasts f rom .

O ctobe r to the end of M ay with cle ar skies and fai r ,

win ds at sea H oweve r the winte r and rainy season

.
,

begins e arlie r in some p rovinces than i n othe rs In .

43

C agayan winte r and summe r almost coincide with

those of E spa n a an d come at the same seasons,
.

43
M or ga n ider the r iny e n as winter nd the re t f
co s s a s as o , a s o

the ye r a ummer H wever thi i n t v y ex t f at M

as s . o s s o er ac ,
or a

nil in D ec mb er J nu y nd Feb ru y the therm meter i

a, e , a ar , a ar , o s

l wer th n in the m nth f Au gu t nd S ep temb er C u e

o a o s o s a . o s

q uently in i t e
, n s it i li k e
s s as o th s e f E p fi n d th ssf l l the o o s a a a o e o a

res t f the n orthern h mi phere R I Z A L

o e s . .
 TH E PH I IPPI N E IS LA ND S
L [ VOL 1 6

T he people inhabiting the p rovince of C ama rines

and almost as fa r as the p rovinces O f M anil a in this ,

great isl and of L u z on both along the co ast and in the ,

inte rio r are natives of this isl an d They are of

,
.

medium height with a complexion like stewe d ,

quinces ; and both men an d women a re well feat u red -

.

They h ave very black hai r and thin b eards ; and a re ,

ve ry cleve r at anything th at they unde rtake keen an d ,

passionate an d of great resolution A ll live f rom

,
.

thei r labo r an d gains in the fi el d thei r fishing an d , ,

tra de go i ng f rom island to isl and by sea an d f rom

, ,

p rovince to p rovince by l and .

T he n atives of the othe r p rovinces of this isl and

as fa r as Ca g ayan are of the s ame natu re an d dispo
sitio u except that it has been lea rned by tradition
,

that those of M anil a and its vicini ty we re not natives

of this islan d but came thithe r in the past an d colo
,

ni z e d it ; and that they a re M al ay natives an d co me ,

f rom othe r isl an ds and remote p rovinces .

44

I n various p arts of this isl and O f L u z on are foun d

a numbe r of natives black in colo r Both men an d ,
.

women h ave woolly hai r and thei r statu re is not very ,

g re at although they a re strong and robust These

,
.

people a re b a rb ar i ans and have but little cap acity ,

.

They possess no fixed houses o r settlements but ,

wander in ban ds an d ho rdes th rough the mountains

and rough country ch anging f rom one Site to anothe r ,

Th e ient traditi n s m ade S um tra the ri ginal h ome of

a nc o a o

the Filipin I ndi n s T he e traditi n s as well

o a . the myth l gy
s o , as o o

a n d g ene l g ies menti ned b y the

a o n ient hi s t ri ns were n
o a c o a , e

t i l y l os t th n ks to th
re e l o f th reli gi ous in r tin g u t eve y
a e z a e oo o r

n ti n l p g n o id l tr us r c rd With re s p ct t the ethn lo gy

,

a o a a a r o a o e o . e o o

f the Fil ip in s s P r f es r B l um n t i tt s very interes tin g w rk

’
o o ,
ee o so e r o ,

V u h
e rs c i E t n g p hi
e n er d P hi l i ppi nen ( G th a
o ra Ju tu
e er o , s s

P erthes ,
RI ZA L .
 ’
M ORGA S SU C ESOS

acco rding to the season They suppo rt themselves .

in ce rtain clea rings and by planting rice which they

, ,

do tempo ra rily an d by means of the game that they

,

b ring down with thei r bows in the use of wh ich they ,

a re ve ry s kilful an d ce rtain They live also on .

"5

honey f rom the mountains and roots p ro duce d b y ,

the g round They a re a b arb arous people i n whom

.
,

one cannot place con fi dence They are much given .

to killing and to attacking the settlements of the othe r

n atives in which they commit many de p redations ;
,

an d the re is nothing that can be done to stop them ,

o r to subdue o r pacify th em although this is always ,

attempted by fai r o r foul means as oppo rtunity and ,

necessity demand .

The p rovince of Cagayan is inhabite d by natives

O f the same complexion as the othe rs o f the island ,

although they are bette r built an d mo re val iant and ,

warlike than the others They wea r thei r h ai r lon g .

an d hanging down the back They have been in .

revolt and re b ellio n twice Since the fi rst time when

they we re p aci fi ed ; an d the re has b een plenty to do ,

on diffe rent occasions in sub duing them and rep aci ,

fy i ng them .

The ap p arel and clothing of these n atives of L u z on

befo re the entrance of the S p ania rds into the country
were gene rally fo r the men ce rtain short colla rless
, ,

garments of c a ng a n sewed togethe r in the f ront and

, ,

with sho rt Sleeves an d reachin g Slightly below the

,

waist ; som e we re blue an d othe rs bl ack while the ,

45
T hi s p as sa ge
ntr dic ts the pini on r ferred to in Boyle s
co a o e
’

Adv n t u
e m ng t h D y a ks f B n
r es a o e res pec tin g the i gnor nc e
o or eo, a

o f the D y k s in the u s
a of the b w whi ch eem t imply th a t
e o , s s o

o ther S uth S a i l nder

o e a e s upp s ed t o s h re thi
s a s i gn r nce
r o a s o a .

T hes e abo ri gin al s v ge of M nila a res emb le the P ak t n of

s a a a a s

B orne in their m de f life STA N L EY

o o O . .
 TH E PHI IPPI N E IS LA ND S
L [ Vo l 1 6

chiefs h ad some red ones called c h i na na s The y ,

also wo re a strip of colo red cloth wrap ped about the

waist and p asse d betwee n the le gs so that it cove re d
, ,

the p rivy p arts reaching h al f way down the thigh ; ,

-

these a re called ha ha g u es They go wi th legs ba re .

,

feet unsho d and the he ad uncove red wrapping a , ,

4”
n arrow cloth calle d p o to ng j ust below it with , ,

which the y b ind the forehead an d temples About .

thei r necks they we ar gol d necklaces wrought like ,

"9
spun wax and with links i n ou r fashion some l a rge r
, ,

than othe rs O n thei r arms they we ar armlets Of.

w rought gold which they call c a l o mb i g a s and which, ,

a re ve ry l a rge and made in di ffe rent p atterns S ome .

48
We do no t k n w the ri gin
whi h d oes not
o o of thi s word , c

s eem t o b e derived fr om C hi If k c nje ture we na . w e may m a e a o c ,

will s y tha t perh pa p r ph neti c tran ripti n h s m ade

a s a oo o sc o a

c hi n i from the w rd t i ni na ( from t i nd ) whi h in T g él s igni

na o c a

fies t fi id e dyed S tu ff J the n ame of thi rti le of l thin g

o
”
, s a c c o ,

g ener lly f b ut n c l r thr u gh out T he hiefs w re thes e

a o o e o o o . c o

g rment f a red l r whi ch m ade accordin g t C lin of fi ne

a s o co o , ,
o o ,

g u e from I ndi a RIZ A L

a z .
”
.

B ah g
47
a ri chl y dy d cl t h
a g enerally ed ged wi th g ld e o ,
o

a m n g the c hief s
o RI Z A L . .

They wrapped it in di fferent ways n w in the M ro s tyle

48
, o o ,

li k e turb n with ut the t p p a rt n w twis ted nd t urned in the

a a o o ,
o a

m nner of the c r wn of hat Thos e wh es teemed th m s elves

a o a . o e

v li ant let the end s of the cloth el ab ora tely em b r i dered f ll

a , o ,
a

d wn the b ack t the b uttocks I n the col r f the l th they

o o . o o c o ,

s h w ed their chieft a in y a nd the devi c e

o f their undert k in gs a nd
c , o a

prowes s N 0 on w . ll wed t u s e the red pot n g unt il he

e as a o o o

h d k illed t le t n m n
a a A nd in rder t we r them ed ged
as o e a . o o a

with ert in ed gin g whi h were re ga rded as r wn, t hey mu s t

c a s, c a c o

h ve k illed s even men

a Even n w any I ndi n i s een to o a s

we r the ba li nd ng in t h m nner f th p nt ng P t g s i gnifi es

a a e a o e o . u on

in T gal to c r wn o to wrap a nythin g a r und the h a d

a , o r o e .
”

R IZ AL .

T hi s is the re din g f the ri g in al ( hi l d )

a I t s eem s o o cer a a a .

m re prob ab le th t thi h uld r a d pun Sil k and th t M o

’
”
o a s s o e s ,
a r

g as
’
a m a n uens i s mi un d err t oo d d s il k as s m s se a co

or el s e it is a mi s print .
78 TH E PHI LIPPI N E IS LA ND S [ Vol 1 6

d rawe rs of the same cloths and mate ri als and hats on ,

thei r heads T he chiefs wea r b raids o f wrought

.

gol d containing many designs wh ile many of them ,

we a r Shoes The chief women also wea r beautiful

.

shoes many of them hav i ng shoes of velvet ado rne d

,

with gold an d white garments like petticoats

,
.

M en and women and especially the chief people , ,

a re ve ry clean and neat in thei r persons and clothing ,

an d o f pleasing ad d ress an d grace They dress thei r .

hai r c are fully an d regard i t as being mo re orna ,

mental when i t is very black They w ash it with .

wate r in which has been b o iled the b a rk of a tree

called g og o They anoint it with al j onj ol i O i l p re
.
54
,

pa re d with musk and othe r pe rfumes A ll a re ve ry ,

.

c are ful o f thei r teeth which f rom a ve ry ea rly a g e ,

they fi l e an d rende r even with sto nes an d i ron ,

.
”

They dye them a bl ack co lo r which is lasting an d , ,

which p rese rves thei r teeth until they a re very old ,

alth ough it is ugly to lo ok a t .

se

They qu ite gene rally b athe the enti re body in the

rive rs and c reeks both young and O l d without t e , ,

fl ec ti n g th at it coul d at any time be inj u rious to

them ; fo r in thei r b aths do they fin d thei r best
A tree ( E n ta da ) whi c h g r w s in m s t fpthe
u rpr
s o
evt a o o o

inc es f the P hilippine

o I t c ntain s rt f fil ment fr m
s . o s a o o a , o

whi h i s extr cted s py f am whi h is mu h us ed f w hin g

c a a oa o , c c or as

cl the
o Thi f m is l us ed t pre ipit te the g ld in the nd
s . s oa a so o c a o sa

o f river R i l ys the m t mm n u e is th t descri b ed

s . za sa os co o s a

a b ve
o

T his cu t m till exi t RI Z A L

s o s s s . .

T hi us t m exi t l s m n g the m rried w men f J p n

s c o s s a o a o a o o a a ,

as aS i gn f their ch as tity I t i n w f allin g into di u s e R I Z A L

o . s o s . .

T h Filipin s were
e reful n t t b the t the h ur f the
o ca o o a a o o

Si e s t a,fter e tin g du in g t h fir t t w d y f
a a ,
ld wh n they
r e s o a s o a co ,
e

h ve the herpes and s me w men durin g the peri od of men s tru a

a ,
o o

ti on RI Z A L
. .
 ’
M ORGA S SU C ESOS

medicines When an infant is bo rn they immediately

.
,

b athe it an d the mothe r likewise T he women h ave

,
.

needlew o rk as thei r employment an d occup ation and ,

they a re ve ry cleve r at it and at all kin ds of sew i ng ,

.

They weav e cloth and 5 p m cotton an d serve in the ,

houses of thei r husbands an d fathe rs They po und .

the rice fo r e ating an d p repa re the othe r foo d ,

5 8
.

They raise fowls and swine and keep the houses , ,

while the men a re engaged in the l abo rs of the fiel d ,

and i n their fi sh i ng navigation and trading They , ,

.

a re not ve ry ch aste eithe r single o r m arried women ;

,

while thei r husbands fathe rs o r b rothe rs a re not , ,

v e ry jealous o r anxious about it Both men an d .

women are so sel fish and gree dy that if they a re paid , ,

they a re easily won ove r Whe n the husban d fi nds .

h is wife i n adul te ry he is smoothe d an d p aci fi ed ,

—
without any trouble although since they h ave ,

known S p ania rds some of those who assume to be ,

mo re e nlightened among them h ave sometimes killed

the adulte re rs Both men and women es peci ally
.
,

the chi e fs walk slowly and se dately when upon thei r

,

visits and whe n going th rough the streets an d to the

,

temples ; and are accompanied by many sl aves both ,

male an d female with p a rasols of Silk which they

,

ca r ry to p ro tect them f rom the sun and rain T he .

women walk ahe ad an d thei r female se rvants an d

slaves follow them ; behind these walk thei r husbands ,

fathe rs o r b rothe rs with thei r man servants and

, ,
-

5 9
Slaves .

Thei r o rdin ary food is rice pounde d i n wooden

hi w rk lth u gh n t l bo ri ou s i s gener lly perf rmed
T s o , a o o a , a o

n w b y the men while t h w men do

o , nly the tu l cle nin g f
e o o ac a a o

the ri ce R I Z A L
. .

T hi s cu s t m is s till to b e s een in s ome p a rts R I Z A L

59
o . .
 TH E PH I LIPPI N E IS LA ND S [ VOL 1 6

m o rta rs and cooke d this is called m o r is q u e ta an d

, ,

is the o rdin ary b read of the whole country boiled —

fi s h ( which is ve ry abun dant ) the flesh of swine , ,

dee r an d wild buffaloes ( which they call c a r a ba os )

, .

Meat an d fis h they rel ish bette r when it has be gun

to spoil and when it stin ks They also eat boiled .
61

camotes ( which a re sweet p ot atoes ) beans q u i l i tes , , ,

and o the r vegetables ; all kinds of b ananas ,

guavas pineapples custa rd apples many v a rieties

, , ,

of oranges and othe r varieties of f ruits and he rb s

, ,

with which the country teems Thei r d rink is a .

wine ma d e f rom the tom of coco a and nipa palm ,

of which the re is a g reat abundance T hey a re .

g rown and tended like vineya rds although without ,

so much toil and labo r D rawing O ff the tu ba .

,
63

they distil it using fo r alembics thei r own littl e fu r

,

naces and utensils to a greate r o r less st rengt h and it

, ,

be c omes b randy This is drunk th roughout the .

islan ds I t is a wine of the cl ari ty of wate r b ut

.
,

stron g and dry I f i t be used with mode ration i t

.
,

acts as a medicine fo r the stom ach an d is a p ro tection ,

against humo rs an d al l so rts o f rheums M ixed with .

S p anish wine it makes a mild liquo r an d one very

, ,

p al atable and health ful .

I n the assemblies m a rri ages and feasts of the , ,

natives of these islands the chief thing consists in ,

d rinking this wine day and night without ceasing , , ,

A n ame given it by the S p ni rd a a s . I ts T gal n m

a a e is
ha ni n R I ZA L .

menti oned by M r g is n t t inted b ut

T he fis h o a o a , is t he
bag ng
oo R IZAL
. .

A te m pplied t ert in pl nt ( Am a n t hus C l i

“2
r a o c a a s ar , e os a , etc .
)
of whic h th le ves eb iled and e ten
a are o a .

From the T ag él t uba meanin g s ap or juice RI Z A L ”

, . .
 ’
M ORGA S SU C ESOS

when the tu r n o f each comes some singing and ,

ot he rs drinking AS a consequence they ge nerally .

,

become intoxicate d without th i s vice being rega rded

as a dishono r o r disgrace .
“

The weapons of this people are in some p rovinces , ,

bow and a rrows B ut those gene rally used th rough .

o u t the isl a nds are mo de rate si z ed spe a rs with well -

m ade points ; an d certain shiel ds O f light wood with ,

thei r a rmholes fastened on the insi de These cove r .

them f rom top to toe an d a re called c a r a s a s [ ha l a ,

sa
g] A. t the waist they ca rry a dagge r fou r fi nge rs
in b readth the bl ade pointed an d a thi rd of a va ra in
, ,

length ; the hilt is O f gol d o r ivo ry The pommel .

is open an d has two c ross b ars o r p rojections without ,

any othe r gua rd They a re calle d b a r a r a os They . .

have two cutt i ng edges and a re kept i n wooden scab ,

b ards o r those of bu ffalo ho rn admi r ably w rought

,
-
,
.
65

With these they strike with the point but more ,

gene rally with the edge When they go in pu rsuit O f .

thei r opponent they Show great dexte rity in sei z ing

,

his h ai r with one han d while with the othe r they ,

cut o ff h i s head with one stroke of the b a ra ra o and ,

ca rry it away They afte rwa rd keep the he ads sus

.

pended i n thei r houses whe re they may be seen ; an d ,

Filipin h ve ref rmed i n this re pe t due p erh p t

T he os a o s c , a s o

the wine m n p ly C lin y th t th os e int xic ted by thi

-
o o o . o sa s a o a s

w ine were eld m di s g ree b le

s od n ger u b ut r the m re witty
a a or a o s, a r o

an d s pri ghtly ; n did they Show ny ill e ffe ts fr m drin k in g i t

or a c o .

RIZ A L
T his we p n h s b een l s t a n d even its n me i g ne
a o a A o , a s o .

pr f f the de line int whi h the pres ent Filipin h ve f llen is

oo O c o c os a a

the mp ri n f the we p n th t they m nuf ture n w wit h

co a so o a o s a a ac o ,

th e de ri bed t u by the hi s t ri n T h hilt f th t l i b n

os sc o s o a s . e s o e a o es

n w o n t
a re f g ld
o iv ry n
o their Sc bb rd s f h rn n
o or o , or a r e a a o o ,
or

are they dmir b ly wr u ght RI Z A L

a a o . .

B al d gger i Viss y n w rd S TA N L EY
a ra o , a , s a a a o . .
 TH E PHI LIPPI N E IS LA ND S [ VOL 1 6

of these they make a displ ay in o r d e r to be con ,

s i d e re d as vali ant and avenge rs of thei r enemies and

,

of the inj u ries committed b y them .

S ince they have seen the S pani a rds use thei r

weapons many of the n atives h an dle the arquebuses
,

and muskets quite skilfully Befo re the a rrival of .

the S pani ards they h ad b ron z e culve rins and othe r

pieces of cast i ron with which th ey defen ded thei r ,

fo rts an d settlements although thei r powde r is not ,

so well re fined as th at of the S pa ni a rds .

Thei r Ships and boats a re o f many kin ds ; fo r on

the rive rs and c reeks inland they use ce rtain ve ry
l a rge canoes each m ade from one log and othe rs
, ,

fi tte d with benches and made f rom pl anks an d built ,

u p on keels T hey have v i rey s an d b a r ang ay s which

.
,

a re ce rtain q u ick and light vessels that lie low in

the wate r put togethe r with little wooden n ails
,
.

These a re as slende r at the ste rn as at the bow an d ,

they can hold a numbe r of rowe rs on both si des who ,

p ropel thei r vessels with b u c gey es o r paddles an d ,

with g a o nes on the outsi de Of the vessel ; an d they

“7

time thei r rowin g to the accompaniment of some who

sing in thei r l anguage ref r a ins by which they un de r
stand whethe r to hasten o r retard thei r rowing .
68

A bove the rowe rs is a p l atform o r gangway built of ,

bamboo upon which the fi g h ti ng men stand in o rde r

,
-
,

not to inte rfe re with the rowing of the oarsmen I n .

T henly other pe ple wh n w pr c ti e he d huntin g a e

o o o o a c a -
r

the M nte ne grins S TA N L EY

o . .

“7
A T gal w rd me nin g r S TA N L E Y
a o a oa . .

“8
A c mm n devi ce am n g b a rb r u s
o o s emi c ivili ed people s
o a o or -
z

a nd even m n g b tmen in gener l

a o T hes e oa n gs ft n cont in a . so o e a

m any intere tin g an d imp rt nt b its f hi s t ry as well as f le g

s o a o o , o

e ndary l re o .
 M ORGA
’
S SU CESOS 83

acco r d ance with the capaci ty of the ves sels is the

n umbe r of men on these g a n gwa y s From that pl ace .

they man age the sail which is squ ar e and made of ,

linen and hoisted on a suppo rt o r ya rd made of two

,

thick bamb o os which se rves as a m ast When the

,
.

vessel is l a rge it also h as a fo res ail of the s ame fo rm

,
.

B oth y a rds with thei r tackle can be lowe red upon

, ,

the gangway when the weathe r is rough The helms .

men a re statio ned in the ste rn to stee r I t ca rries an .

othe r bamboo f ramewo rk o n the gangway itself ; an d

upon this when the sun s hi nes hot o r it rains they
, , ,

stretch an awni n g made f rom some mats woven f rom ,

palm leaves These a re ve ry bulky a nd close an d

-
.

,
”
a re calle d c a y a n es Thus all the ship and its c rew
.

a re cove red and p rotected The re a re also othe r .

b am boo f r amewo rks fo r each side of the vessel which ,

are so long as the vessel and securely fastened on ,

.

T hey skim the wate r without hinde ring the rowing , ,

and serve as a counte rpoise so that the ship cannot ,

ove rtu rn no r upset howeve r heavy the sea o r strong , ,

the wind against the sail I t may hap pen that the en .

ti re hull of these vessels wh ich h ave no decks may , ,

fi ll with wate r and remain between win d and wate r ,

even until it is destroye d and b roken u p without ,

sinking because of these counterpoises These ves

,
.

sels h ave been used commonly th roughout the isl ands

since Olden times They h ave othe r l arge r vessels.

calle d c a raco as l a p i s an d ta p a q u es which a re used

, , ,

to ca rry thei r me rchandise and wh ich are ve ry suit ,

able as they a re ro o my and d raw but l ittle wate r

,
.

They gene rally d rag them asho re eve ry night at the ,

mouths of rive rs and c reeks among which they al ,

In Ta a g l the e s a re ca lled K a r a ng , S i g nifyi n g wni ngs

a .

RIZ A L and ST A N L EY .
 TH E PHI LIPPI N E IS LA ND S [ Vol 1 6

ways n a v igate without going into the open sea o r

leaving the sho re A ll the natives can row and man .

age these boats S ome a re so l ong that they can .

ca rry one hund re d rowe rs on a si de and thi rty sol

die rs above to fight The boats commonly use d a re .

b a r ang ay s and v i rey s which ca rry a less c rew and ,

fi ghting fo rce Now they put many of them t o gethe r .

with i ron n ails instead of the wooden pegs an d the

j oints in the planks while the helms and bows have ,

beaks like C astil ian boats .

70

The l an d is well Sh aded in all parts by trees of

d i ffe rent kinds and f ruit trees which be auti fy it ,
-

th roughout the yea r both along the sho re an d inl and ,

among the plains and mountains I t is ve ry full of .

la rge and small rive rs of goo d fresh wate r which , ,

flow into the sea A ll of them are n avigable an d .

,

abound in all kin ds of fish which a re very pleas ant ,

to the taste Fo r the above reason the re is a la rge .

sup ply of lumbe r which is cut an d s awed d ragge d to , ,

the rive rs and b rought down by the n atives T his

, ,
.

lumbe r is ve ry useful fo r houses and buil dings an d ,

fo r the construction of small and large vessels M any .

li k e the i nh b it nts f the M ri nas

T h e Filipin os , a a o a a — who
a e n
r less kilful nd dexter u in n vi g ti n fa from pro g es s
o s a o s a a o r r

in g h ve retr gr ded ; Sinc e al th u gh b o t e n w b uilt in the

,
a o a , o a s ar o

is l nd s we mi ght ss rt th t they
a ,
l l fter E ur pea n m o del
a e a are a a o s .

T h b ts th t held n hundred r wers t o

e oa a S ide nd thirty l
o e o a a so

dier h ve di s ppe red T h c untry th t nc e with primitive

s a a a . e o a o ,

meth d b uilt s hip s of b ut

o s, t nel das t d y [ 1 8 90 ] has a o o a ,
o a

to g t o
o f rei g n p rt s as
o H n g K n g t g ive
o the g ld
,
wren hed o -
o , o o c

fr m the p oor in ex h an ge f un ervi ceab le rui s ers T h rivers

o ,
c or s c . e

a re b l k ed up nd n vi g ti n in th interi r f the i l nds i

oc , a a a o e o o s a s

peri hin g th n ks t th b s t c les re ted b y a timid and mi tru t

s , a o e o a c a s s

in g sy tem f g v rnment ; nd there rcely rem ins in the mem

s o o e a sc a a

or y nythin
a g b ut the n me f l l th t n v l rc hite ture a I t h as o a a a a a c .

v ni s hed with ut m dern impr vements h vin g c me t repl ce it

a , o o o a o o a

i n Su c h pr op orti n as durin g the p as t cen turi es has ccurred in

o , ,
o

a d j a ent c o untrie s c — RI Z A L . .
 M ORGA
’
S SU C ESOS 87

ve ry straight thick trees l i ght an d p lia b le a re foun d , , ,

which are used as masts fo r Shi ps and galleons Con .

sequently vess e ls of any si z e may b e fi tted with masts

,

f rom these trees made of one piece of timbe r with , ,

out its bein g necess ary to splice them o r make them

of di ffe rent pieces Fo r the hulls o f the Ships the .
,

keels futtock timbe rs top timbe rs and any othe r

,
-
,
-
,

kinds of suppo rts an d b races comp ass timbe rs tran ,

-
,

soms knees small an d l a r ge an d ru dders all sorts

, , ,

of goo d timbe r are easily found ; as well as g ood

pl anking fo r the Si des decks an d uppe r wo rks from , ,
-
,
71
ve ry Suitable woods .

The re are many native fruit trees such as the -

,

s a n c t o r s m a ha l a s tama rinds na n ca s custard a p ples

, , , ,
-
,

p ap aws guavas an d eve rywhere many o ranges of all

, , ,

—
kin ds large and small sweet an d sou r ; citrons ,
,

lemons and ten o r twelve va rieties of very healthful

,

an d pal atable ban a nas There a re many coco a .

72

I t seem s th a tme sp ecies of tree s di s appe red b e me very

so a or ca

S c rc e b e c u s e O f the exc es s ive s hip b uildin g th a t t k pl e l ater

a a -
oo ac .

O n of them is the h t i
e RI Z A L e s . .

B l a nc o s t tes ( F l a ed 1 8 45 p 2 8 1 ) th t the b eti s ( A a l a

a or , .
,
. a z o

b t i ) w s c mm on in P mp n ga and ther re gi on s
e s a o a a o .

D el g d o des cri b es the v a ri u s s pe ies f trees in the P hili p pine s

a o c o

in the firs t s ix tre ti s es o f the firs t p rt f the f urth bo k o f H i

a a o o o s

tor ia g al d
e n erFi lipi n ( M a n il a e H e menti o n s b
osy n a me ,

m re th n s eventy trees grown on the level pl ains and nea r the

o a

s h re s ; mo re tha n f o rty fruit tree s ; m re th a n twenty fiv e s p e c ies

o -
o -

g r wn in the m ount in ; s ixteen th t actu al ly grow in the w ter ;

o a s a a

an d m ny k ind s a f pa lm S al so Go tt f t h P hi lipp i n s . ee a ze eer o e e

I l n ds ( Was hin gt n pp 8 5 9 5 and B u z et and B ravo s ’

-
s a o , .
,
a

D i i na i ( M a drid
cc o
'
r o i pp 29 3 6 , , .
-
.

S n t r is called s n t l ( S nd i u m i ndi u m C v anil l s )

o e a a o a or c c a e ,

in D el g d o ( t up a n te
a a T h tr ee re em b le s
s r , w lnu t o e s a a

t ree .I t s leav es a r unded and as l a r ge as the p alm f the h nd

re o o a ,

a nd ar d a rk g reen in lor Excellent pres erves a m de fr m

e co . re a o

the fruit whi h w l ea ten w b y the I ndi n s T h le v s f

, c as a s o ra a . e a e o

th e tree h ave medic in l pr pertie nd were u ed as p ulti es a o s a s o c .

M a b l ( D i py
o o di l — Wind ) s i gni fies in T gal a thin g
os r os s c o or . a
 TH E PHI L IPPI N E IS LA ND S [ VOL 1 6

p alms be a ring f ruit of pleas ant taste f rom which is

ma de wine and common oil which is a ve ry he aling ,

remedy fo r wounds ; and othe r wild p alms o f the

—
fo rests that do not yield coco a nuts but serve as -
,

woo d an d from whose bark is made bonote a tow

, ,

fo r riggin g and cables and also fo r calking Ships ,

.

E fforts have been made to p lant olives and quinces ,

an d othe r fruit trees of E spa n a but as yet they have -

,

had no success except with pomegranates an d grape ,

vines which bea r fruit the second yea r Thes e bea r

,
.

abundance of exceedin gly goo d grapes th ree times a

yea r ; and some fi g trees have succee ded Vegetables -
.

of eve ry kind grow well an d ve ry abundantly but ,

do not seed an d it is always necess ary to b ring the ,

seeds f rom Castilla China o r J apon , ,

.

I n the C agayan p rovinces are found chestnut trees -

,

which p roduce f ruit I n othe r districts a re found .

pines and othe r trees which yiel d certain ve ry large

or fruit encl ed in a s ft coverin g T h tree is n t very hi gh
os o . e o .

The leaves a e l rge and in cline to a red col r when l d T he

r a ,
o o .

fruit is red and s l a r g e as a medium S i ed q uinc e and h s s everal

a -
z , a

l r g e s tones T h in s ide f the fruit i white and is weet nd

a . e o s , s a

fi rm and fra g ra nt b ut n t very di ges ti b le The w d res em b les

, , o . oo

ebony is very lu s tr u and is es teemed f i ts s lidi ty and h rdn s

,
o s, or o a es .

T h n n a [ na ng kc n g a ; tr n s l a ted b y St anley j c k fruit ]

e a c L an c a , a -

( A t a p u i n t g if li
r oc r s w t ken t the P hilip pines
e r o a as a o

f r m I ndi where it was alled y a T h tree i l r ge nd wide

o a, c ac . e s a a

S pre din g a nd h l n g n r w le ve s I t b e r fruit n t nly n

, a as o a ro a . a s o o o

the b r n he b ut n the trun k nd r t T he fru it i ga thered

a c s, o a oo s . s

when ri pe t whic h time it exh le an r m a ti do r O n pe n

, a a s a o c o . O

in g it yellowi s h r whiti s h m t is f und whi ch is n t edible

a o ea o ,
o .

B u t in thi e f und c ert in yell w s t ne s with

s ar little k ernel in
o a o o , a

s ide re s em b lin g l r g e b e n ; thi is sweet li k e the d te b ut has

a a a s ,
a ,

a mu c h s t n ger d r I t i indi ges ti b le nd when ea ten s hould b e

ro o o . s , a

well m ti a ted T he hell s as c u s ed in c k in g and re emble

. s a re oo s

che tnu ts
s T h w d is yell w s lid an d e p e i lly u s eful in m k
. e oo o , o , s c a a

in g c ert in mu s i l in trument B u et nd B r v ( D i i n i
a ca s s . z a a a o cc o a r o,

i p 3 5 ) y th t there
, . sam re th n fifty s even Spe ie f b n n s
a a re o a -
c s o a a a

in the P hilippine s .
 ’
M ORGA S SUC ESOS

p ine nuts with a h ard Shell an d a pleas ant taste

-
, ,

which a re calle d piles The re is abund ance of .

73

ceda r which is calle d c a l a n ta a beauti ful red woo d ,

c a lled a s a na ebony of va rious qualities and many ,

“
,

othe r p recious woo ds fo r all uses The meat gen .

o rally e aten is that of swine of which the re is a great ,

abundance and it is ve ry palatable an d wholesome ,

.

B eef is e aten cattle b eing raise d abun d antly in ,

Stock fa rms in m any di ffe rent p arts of the islands

-
.

Th e cattle a r e b red f r om those of Chin a an d Nueva

E s p afi a T he Chinese cattle a re small an d excel
75
.
,

lent b reede rs Thei r horns are ve ry small and twisted .

,

il ( C n i u m mmun
P é D el g d ( t s up ) s y
a ar co e a o a ra a s

t h a t thi s was one f the mos t n t b le and u s eful fruits of the i o o a s

l nd I t w g ener lly c n fined t m unt inou s re gi ns and g rew

a s . as a o o o a o

wild T h n tive u s ed the fruit nd extra ted white pitch fr m

. e a s a c a o

the tree T he fruit has a s tr n g h rd s hell T h f ruit its elf re

. o , a . e

s em b les n al m ond b th in s h pe a nd t as te alth u gh it is l a r g er

a ,
o a , o .

T h tree is very hi gh s tr i ght n d wide s pre a din g I ts le ave s a

e , a , a -
. re

l r g er th a n th s e f the alm ond tree

a o o -
.

D el ga d o ( t up a ) de c ri b es t he tree ( C d l t na
74
a s r s e re a oo

R xb ) c lled l t in Ta gal and l nipg a in Vi y n Th tree

o . a ca a n a , a sa a . e

i s fr g r nt nd h w d f reddi h col r
a a a I t w u s ed f r m k
as oo o a s o . as o a

in g the hull s of ve el b ec u s e f it s tren g th nd li ghtnes s T h ss s, a o s a . e

sa me uth r de ri bes al so the

a o n ( P t pusc i nd i u as a a er oca r s c s

Wil ld ) o as it is lled in the Vi y as nag

. r na a — as n
ca sa a or rr a
,

a or m ti c tree f whi ch there

a tw v a rieties m le and fem le
,
o a re o ,
a a .

The w d f the m l e tree i pin ki h while th t f the fem le

oo o a s s , a o a

tree i i nclined t white T hey b th grow t o g re t s i e nd

s o . o a a z a a re

us ed f wor k req uirin g l a r ge timb er The w od has good dur

or . o

a b le q u lities nd i very impervi us t w ter f which reas n it

a a s o o a or o

up p o rt f the h ou s es W ter in whi h

,

w s l r gely u d
a a se as s s or . a c

pie es f the w d were pl ed

c o the w a ter th t t ood in ves el s
oo ac , or a s s

m de f thi s w d h d medi in l val ue in dr p y and other dis

a o oo ,
a a c a o s

e as e I n the pr vin es i A l b y nd C am rine the n tives m a de

s . o c o a a a s a

c uri u ly h a ped drin k in g ve

o— s el fr m thi s w d
s ss s o oo .

S m ny ttle were r i ed th a t F ther G s p a r de S n

o a ca a s a a a

A gu tin when pe k in g f D um ng
s ,
ys I n thi s nven t we
s a o a as , s a : co

h ve l a rge ran h f the l r ger ttle f s m ny w s th a t they

a a c or a ca , o o a co

h ve t time s nu mb ered m re t h n thirty th u nd

a a nd o a o sa a

li k ewi s e thi s ran h nt ains m any fine hors es — R I ZA L

c co .
”
.
 TH E PHI IPPI N E IS A ND S
L L [ VOL 1 6

an d some cattle can move them They h ave a large .

hump upon the shoul de rs and are ve ry manageable ,

be asts The re a re plen ty of fowls like those o f

.

C astilla and others ve ry la rge w h ich a re b red f rom

, ,

fowls b rought from China T hey are ve ry p alatable .

,

and make fine capons S ome of these fowls a re blac k .

in feathe r skin flesh and bones and are pleasant to

, , , ,
76
the taste M any geese are raised as well as swans
.
, ,

ducks an d tame pigeons b rought f rom Chin a The re

,
.

is abundance of flesh of wild game such as venison , ,

an d wil d boa rs and in some p arts po rcupines T he re

,
.

a re many bu ffaloes which are called car ab aos wh ich , ,

a re raised in the fields an d are ve ry Spi rited ; othe rs

a re b rought tame from Chin a ; these a re ve ry nume r
ous and ve ry h andsome These last a re used only
,
.

fo r milking and thei r milk is thic ke r an d mo re

,

p alatable than th at of cows .

G oats and kids are raised although thei r flesh is ,

not savory because of the humidi ty of the country

,
.

These anI mal S sicken and die fo r that reason an d b e ,

cause they e at certain poisonous he rbs Ewes an d .

rams although O ften b rought f rom Nueva E s p afi a

, ,

neve r multiply Consequently the re are none of these

.

animals fo r the climate and p astu rage h as not as yet

,

seemed suitable fo r them The re w e re no ho rses .

77
,

mares o r asses in the isl an ds until the S pania rds had

, ,

them b rought from China and b rought them f rom

N neva E s p afi a A sses and mules a re ve ry ra re but
.
,

the re a re many ho rses an d m ares S ome fa rms are .

being stocke d with them and those bo rn th e re ( mixed ,

Tothe fl e h f thi f wl c lled s o s o , a i n T a al g u l i kbd, are at

tributed m dic in l virtu e R I Z A L

e a s . .

The e nim l
s a a s no w [ 8 90 ]1 exi s t in the i s la nds , but a re held
in s m all es teem RI Z A L . .
 ’
M ORGA S SUC ESOS

b reeds for the most p art ) tu rn out well and have ,

good colo rs a re good tempe red an d willin g to wo r k

, ,

and are of me dium Si z e Those b rought f rom Chin a .

a re small ve ry strong goo d goers tre ache rous qu ar

, , , ,

re l s o me and b ad tempe re d S ome ho rses of good

,
-
.

colo rs a re b rought f rom J apon They h ave well .

Sh a p e d bodies thick h ai r la rge fetlocks la rge legs , , ,

and front hoofs which makes them look like draft ,

ho rses Thei r he ads are rather la rge and thei r

.
,

mouths h ard They run but Slowly but walk well .

, ,

an d a respi rited an d of much mettle The daily feed ,

.

of the ho rses consists th roughout the year of green

p rovende r besi des rice in ,
the78
husk which keeps ,
”
them very fat .

There are m any fowls an d field bi rds and wil d ,

b i rds of wonde rful colo rs and ve ry b eauti ful There .

a re no singing b i rds suitable fo r kee ping in cages ,

although some calen da r l arks [ C a la nd r i a s ] calle d

j i m b a r o s smaller th an,
those
80
of E s pa n a are b rought ,

f rom J apon whose song is most sweet ,

T he re a re .

many turtle doves ring doves ; othe r doves with an -

,
-

extremely green plumage an d red feet and beaks ; ,

an d othe rs th at are white with a re d s p ot on the

b reast like a pelican I nste ad of quail the re are
,
.
,

S h p ter on the m amm al s f the i s l nd s in R p t f

ee c a o a , e or o

U S P hilippine C mmi s i on 1 900 iii pp 3 0 7 3 1 2 A t i ts end is

. . o s , , , .
-
.

the s t tement th at b ut n s pecies f m n k ey i k nown nd n

a o e o o s ,
a o e

o ther i repo rted t s exi s t in the P hilippines ; and th t the v ri us

, o a a o

o ther p ie s f m n k ey whi ch h ve b een ass i gned t o the P hilip

s ec o o a

pines b y di fferent a uth rs a myth pure and imple o re s s .

”

7”
Ca mnl t f g m l t pl nt li k e m ai e with a le a f a y rd
o e, or a a o e, a a z , a

l n g an d n in ch wide T hi s pl nt g r w t
o a hei ght f t w y rd s . a o s o a o o a

nd a h lf a n d w hen g reen se rve s f food f h rs es ( C ab lle s ’

a a ,
or or o a ro

D i t i n y M a drid
c o ar ,
S TA N L E Y , .

A t th t time the n ame for a t ( hay ) R I Z A L

a z ca e .

I n Ja p anes e fimb i l a rks ( M edhu rs t s Japa n s e V aba

8°
ar ,
’
e ac

l ary ) S T A N L EY .
 TH E PHI IPPI N E IS LA ND S
L [ VO L 1 6

ce rtain bi rds resembling them but smalle r which are , ,

called p oo os and othe r smalle r bi rds called 81

mayuel as T he re a re many wil d chickens an d cocks

.
82
,

w h ich a re ve ry small an d taste like pa rtri dge The re ,

.

a re royal white and grey he rons fl y c a tch e rs and

, , , ,

othe r sho re b i rds ducks l av a ncos creste d c ranes , , , ,

sea crows e agles eag l e owls and othe r bi rds of p rey

-
, ,
-
, ,

although none are used fo r h awking The re are j ays .

an d th rushes as in E s p a fi a and white storks an d ,

84
c ranes They do not rea r peacocks rabbits o r
.
, ,

ha res although they h ave tried to do so I t is b e

,
.

l i eve d th at the wil d animals in the fo rests an d fields

eat and destroy them namely the c ats foxes b adge rs , , , , ,

an d l ar ge and small rats which a re ve ry nume rous , ,

a n d othe r land anima l s

85
.

81
P og os , from the RIZ AL T a g al p ug 6 . .

D el ga d o ( r up ) de c ri b e the po gos as c ert ain s m ll g ray

a s ra s s a

b ird s very S imil r t the s p rrow s in S p in T hey e very

, a o a a . ar

greedy and if undis turb ed w uld t t lly de tr y the ri e fiel ds

, o o a s o c -
.

Their cienti fic n ame is E alf t i hi n n i ( L inn )

s xc a c or a c e s s .

S tanley conje tures th a t thi s wo d is a mi s print for m y l

82
c r a u e as ,

a diminutive of m i na tal k in g b ird D el g d ( u t up a ) de

a , a . a o s r

c ri b e b ird alled m y ( M u nia j g i C b ; P l u b y

s s a c — a a a or a . o ce s a a

B lyth ; an d P l . u hy p x n t h o ce whi ch re em b les the

s o a a s

p og b ein g s m ller and f a cin nam on c l or whi ch pipes nd has

o, a o o ,
a

a n a g ree b le son g a .

S t nley tr n l tes thi

83
a wild ducks D el g d ( ut up )
a s a s as . a o s ra

descri b e b ird lled l p y ( D nd y g n ag

s a ca Ey t n j aa a e r oc a v a ns o ,
s

s imil r t the du k in b dy b ut wi t h l a r ger feet whi ch alw ys

a o c o , ,
a

lives in the w ater nd Wh s e fl e h i edib le ,

a o s s .

Fo de ripti n
84
r f the b ird s in the P hilippine s s
sc o s o D el g d ,
ee a o

( ar p )
su b kra v p rt i I s t
oo tre ti e pp 8
,
1 3 8 53 ;a R p t f , a s , .
-
e or o

U S P hili p pin C mmi i n 1 9 00 iii pp 3 1 2 3 6 ; nd G a t

e o ss o -
1 a ze

W
.
. .
, , ,

t eer f toh P hi l i pp ie I l n d ( s hin g t n ne pp 1 70 1

s a 71 s a o , .
,
.

There m re th an fiv hu n dred nd ninety p ie Of b ird s in

a re o e a s ec s

the i l nd f which three hund ed and twenty fiv a e p c uli ar t

s a s, o r -
e r e o

the r hipel g a nd l r gely l nd bird s T here e thirty fiv

a c a o, a a . ar -
e

v rietie s f d ves and pi ge n l l edi b le

a o o o s, a .

T here a e n w d mes ti r bb it s and plenty f pe acock s

r o o c a ,
o .

R I ZA L .
94 TH E PHI IPPI N E IS A ND S
L L [ VO L 1 6

the crocodile kill him " They call the crocodile

b u ha y a in thei r langu age I t h as ha p pened when .

some one has sworn falsely o r when he h as b ro ken ,

his wo rd that then some acci dent has occu rred to

,

him with the crocodile which G od whom he o f , ,

fends has SO pe rmitted fo r the sake of the authority

,

and pu ri ty of the truth and the p romise o f i t ,

.
87

T he fi sheries of sea an d rive rs are most abundant ,

an d inclu de all kinds of fi s h ; both of f resh and s alt

wate r T hese are gene rally used as food th rough
.

out the enti re country The re are m any good s ar .

d ines sea eels s e a b reams ( which they call ba c o c o s )

,
-
,
-

d aces Skates b i c ud a s ta ng u i ng u es soles p l a nta nos

, , , , , ,

ta r a q u i tos needle fis h gilt heads an d eels ; l arge oys

,
-
,
-
,

w
89
ters mussels
, p o r g e b es c r,
a fi s h sh rimp sea , , ,

Sp ide rs cente r fis h and all kinds of cockles

,
-
Shad , , ,

white fis h an d in the Tajo R ive r of C agayan

,
du r ,

ing thei r season a great numbe r of b o b os which , ,

L a G i ronI er e ( T wen ty Year s i n t he P hi l ippi n es t n ra s .

fr m Fren h
o nd n
c , Lo o , 1 85 3 ) de ri b e
sc intere tin g ght with
s an s fi a

hu g e r dile ne r
c oco a his settlement J l J
of a a al aThe n tiv a es -
.

be gged the fl e h in rder dry it

fo r s o to it
and u s e pe i g in t
as a s c fic a a s

as thm they b elieved th t

a , as a any as thm ti per n
a c so lived the
who on

fle hs ert n ti e w uld b e inf llib ly ured

fo r a c ai m o a c n ther n tive
A o a .

wi hed the
s ntid te
fa t as an a o rheum ti p in
for a c a he d th
T he a of is .

hu ge rep ile t p e ented

was r s t o an A meri n ca , who in urn pre ented
t s

it t o the t n Mu e
B os o s um Unf rt n tely
o u a L a G i ro ni ére s p ic
.
’

de ipti n mu t ften b e t k en it
t u r es q u e sc r o s s o a w h a gr i a n of sa tl .

Fo r s ome inf rm t n re g rdin

o a io a g t hreptile
e s othe i l nd
f s a s see

R ep or t o fU hil p ine C mm i n
S P i p . . o iii
i ss o ; 1 9 00 , , pp 3 1 7 —
3 1 9 . .

U nle s we a e mi s t k en there is a fis h in the Filipin s

88
s r a ,
lled a ca

P mp
a
’

RIZA L
a no . .

8”
F t al gue nd ientifi des cripti n of t he m llu s k f the
o r ca o a sc c o o s o

P hilippines S ee the w r k f J o quin G n él e H id al g

,
o o n w a o z z o o

( 9 4)
1 0 in co ur s e o f pu b li ti n b y the Re l A ca demi
caa de Cien o i a s a c

of M drida — E fudi p lsi m i n a s sosb l f u

ren a m l l g i a d re o re a a a a co o
'

c e

l as I s l as F il ipi nas .

T he R io G rande . RI Z A L .
 ’
M ORGA S SU C ESOS 95

come down to sp awn at the b a r I n the l ake of .

Bonbon a quantity of tunny fish not so l arge as thos e

,
-
,

of E sp a n a but of the same shape flesh and taste are

, , , ,

caught M any sea fi s h a re found in the sea such as

.
-
,

wh ales sh arks ca e l l a s ma m j o s b u fe os an d othe r u m

, , , , ,

known species o f extr ao rdin a ry forms an d size I n .

the yea r of fiv e hund re d and ninety six du ring a -

,

fu rious sto rm in the isl ands a fi sh was flung into ,

sh all ow wate r on one of the L u z on coasts nea r the

p rovince of C ama rines I t was so hu ge an d mis .

shapen that although it l ay in mor e th an three an d

,

one h alf b ra c as of wate r it could not again get afl o at

-
, ,

and died th e re The natives said th at they h ad neve r

.

seen anything like it no r anothe r shaped like i t I ts ,

.

he ad was of wonde rful si z e an d fie rce aspect O n .

its frontal it bo re two ho rns which pointed toward ,

its b ac k O ne of th em was ta ken to M anila I t was

. .

covered with its skin or h ide bu t had no hai r o r ,

scales I t was white and twenty feet long Whe re

.
,
.

i t j oine d the head it was as thick as th e thigh a nd ,

gra dually tape re d p ro p o rtionally t o the tip I t w as .

somewhat cu rved a nd not very round ; and to all

ap pearances quite solid I t caused great wonde r in
,
.

all beholde rs .
91

T here is a f resh wate r lake in the island of L uzon

-
,

fiv e leguas f rom M anil a w hich contain s a quantity ,

of fi s h M any rivers fl ow into this lake and it

.
,

empties into the sea th rough the rive r flowin g f ro m

i t to M anil a I t is called L a L aguna de B ay B ay
.

I t is thi rty leguas in ci rcumfe rence and ,

has a n uninhabited isl an d in its middle whe re game ,

abounds . I ts sho res a re lined with many n ative v i l

92

91
N o fis h i k n ow n a n werin g to thi s d es ripti n S TA N L EY
s s c o . .

”2
T he i s l a nd f Talim R I ZA L o . .
 TH E PHI L IPPI N E IS LA ND S [ V o l 1 6

l a ges The n atives n av i gate the lake and commonly

.
,

c ross it in thei r ski ffs A t times it is q u ite sto rmy .

an d dange rous to navigate when the no rth win ds ,

blow fo r these win ds make it ve ry boiste rous a l

, ,

though i r is ve ry deep .

Twenty legu as f rom M anila in the p rovince of ,

Bonbon is an othe r l ake of the same n ame [ Bonbon ]

, ,

not so extensive as th e fo rme r b ut with a great abun ,

’
da nce o f fis h The n atives meth o d of catching .

”3
them is by making cor rals of bejucos which are ,

ce rtain slende r canes o r rushes soli d and ve ry pli ant ,

and strong ; these a re employed fo r makin g c ables fo r

’
the na tives bo ats as well as othe r kinds of r opes ,
.

T hey catch the fi sh i nsi de these co rrals h aving made ,

the enclo s ures f ast by means of stakes They also .

catch the fi sh in wicke r b askets made from the

b ej u c os but most gene rally with a ta r m y a s es p a m
“
, ,

v e l es othe r small b a r r e d em s and With han d lines 95

, ,

and b ooks Th e most usual food of the natives is a

96
.

fis h as small as p ej er r ey es They dry and c u re .

these fi s h in the sun and ai r an d cook them in many ,

styles They like them b ette r than l arge fi s h I t is

. .

called l a u l a u amon g them .

98

R etan a thin ks ( Z i fi ig p th t thi s devi e w s in

z a, 1 1, . a c a

t r du c d a mo n g the Filipin s b y the B rne n

o e o o a s .

‘
A pe ies f fis hing net S tanley s c nje cture is wr n g
94
s c o -
.
’
o o .

E p l i a r u n d fi hin g net whi h i jer k ed l n g b y the

s a r ao e s o s -
,
c s a o

fi her thr u gh river s n d h all w pl e

s o B d i
a net f s o ac s . a r re era s a o

whi h the me he a l er nd ti ghter th n th s e f c mm n net s

c s s r e c os a a o o o o ,

so th t the s m lle t fish m y n t es cape it

a a s a o .

C f meth od s f fi hin g of N rth A meri a n I ndi n s J ui t

”6
. o s o c a ,
es

R l t i n vi pp 3 0 9 3
e a o s, liv p p 1 3 3 06 3 0 7
, .
-
1 1 , , . 1 ,
-
.

A pec i es o f fis h in the M edi t rr ne n b ut three pul ga d as

s e a a ,
a o

[ in he
c ] l n g
s I t l r i
o ilver .li g htly pe k ed
s co owith b l k s s , s c ac .

T h fish now cal led l wl ew is the dry s al ted s a rdine

98
e The e ,
.
 ’
M ORGA S s uc as os

I nstead
of olives and othe r pickled f ruit they have ,
99
a gr e en fruit like walnuts w h ich they call p a os
, ,
.

S ome a re sm a l l an d othe rs l arge r in s i z e an d when , ,

p repa re d they h ave a pleasant taste They also p re .

p are c ha r a s in p ickle b rine and all so rts of v eg e

1”
,

tables and greens wh ich are v e ry appeti z ing T he re ,

.

is much ginge r and it is e aten green pickled a nd , , ,

p reserved There a re also quantities of ca c h u mba

.
“ 1

instead o f sa ffron an d othe r condiments The o rdi .

nary d ainty th roughout these islands an d in many ,

kingdoms of the mainland of those regions is b uy o ,

[ betel ] This is made. f rom a tree whose leaf is ,

1 02

sh aped like that of the mulbe r ry T he f ruit re .

“ 3
sembles an o ak aco rn and is white inside T his ,

auth r evidently al ludes t the ta wil i f B t n gas

o t the d il i o s o a a , or o s,

whi ch is s till s m ller and is u s ed as s t aple b y t he n a tive s RI ZA L

a , a . .

F inf rm ti n re g rdin g the fishe s f the P hilippines ee

or o a o a o ,
s

D el g d ( u t up ) boo k v p a rt iv pp 9 09 9 4 3 Ga t t
a o s ra , f t h , , .
-
ze eer o e

P hilipp i n I l a nd ( ut s up ) pp 1 71 1 72 ; an d ( with desc ripti n

e s s ra , .
- o

o f meth o d s o f fis hin g ) R p t of U S P hilippine C m mi s s i n e or . . o o ,

1 9 00 , i ii , pp 3 1 9 3 2 4
.
-

P ah o . ery s ma ll m an g fr m one and ne half

A s pe cies of v o o o -

t o fiv entimeter in it l n ger di meter I t has a ft pit and

e c s s o a . so ,

exh ales s tron g pitchy od r RI ZA L

a o . .

A Sp ani s h word s i gnifyin g a crypt gam ous p l nt ; perh ap s o a

r eferrin g t o s ome s p e c ie s f mu hro m o s o .

I n T gal thi s is l a u bha I t com es f rom t he Sans k rit ka

1 01
a e s
'

s u mb h M l y k umb ( P ardo de Taver s E l Sa it n l

a , or a a as a a
’
ns or o e a

l ng u t g l g )
e a aRIZAL a o .

T hi pl a nt i s the s afll ower o r b as t rd s afi ron ( C t ha mus ti n c

s a ar

t ri u )
o s its fl owe s e u s ed in m k in g red dye
r ar a a .

N t a tree b ut a clim b er
1 02
o The pl ant a e ultiv ated by
, . s r c

tra inin g them b ut s ome nes pl nted in the middle f cert in

a o ca a o a

little h annel s whi h s erv e t c nvey irri gati n t the pl nt twi e

c c o o o o a c

e ach d y A pl nt ati on f b etel

a .
— i kmé a the T a gal s c all i t
a o or ,
s

much re s emb le G erm n hop g rden R I Z A L

s a a -
a . .

T hi s fruit is not th t f the b etel or buy b ut f the b ng a o o, o o a

( T a g al b u fi g ) reca p lm R I Z A L
a , or a a . .
 TH E PH I L IPPI N E IS LA ND S [ Vol 1 6

f ruit which is called b o ng a is cut lengthw ise in

, ,

stri ps an d each strip is put into an envelope o r c oy

,

e ring m ade f rom the leaf With the b o ng a is th rown .

in a powde r of quick lime This compound is .

1 04

pl ace d in the mouth and chewed I t is so strong a .

mixtu re and bu rns so much that it induces sleep and

, ,

intoxication I t bu rns the mouths o f those not use d

.

to it and causes them to smart The s aliva and all

,
.

the mouth a re made as red as blood I t does not t aste .

bad A fte r having been c h ewed fo r a conside rable

.
” 5

time it is spit out when it no longe r h as any j uice , ,

which is called gap a [ sap a ] They consid e r ve ry .

bene fi cial that quantity of the juice which has gone

into the stomach fo r s trengthening it an d fo r various
, ,

diseases I t strengthens and p rese rves the teeth an d

.

gums f rom all i nfl ammati ons decay and ac h es The y , ,

.

tell othe r wonde r ful e ffects of it What has been .

seen is that the n atives an d S pani ards l aymen an d

—

religious men and women use i t so commonly and

,

gene rally th at mo rnings an d afte rnoons at p a rties ,

and visits and even alone in thei r houses all thei r

, ,

refreshments and luxu ries consist of b uy os se rve d on

he avily gil ded an d hand s omely ado rned plates an d
-

trays like chocolate in N u ev a E s p afi a I n these poi .

son has been often a d ministe red f rom which the

pe rs ons eating the m h ave died and th at quite com ,

mo nl y .

The natives ( especially the chiefs ) take wheneve r

they le ave thei r houses fo r Show and ente rtainment , ,

q ui k lim
N ot b ut well l k ed lime R I Z A L
c e, s a . .

R i l mi print u p d l i f m p l u d al ui ua
za s s n oc o e ca v va or e o c e c .

Th ri gin l w rd is m d R i l is pr b b ly corre t
e o a o a r ca a . za o a c in
r e gardin g it mi print f m d hewed
as a s or a s ca a, c .
 ’
M ORGA S SU C ESOS

thei r boxes of —
they call b u c c e ta s
b uy o s which
re ady to use and the leaf b o ng a an d quick lime se p
, , , ,

a r at el y With the s e handsome boxes which a re made

.
,

of metal and o f othe r mate rials they ca rry the scis ,

so rs an d othe r tools fo r making the buyo with c l e a nl i

ness and neatness Whereve r they m ay stop they .
,

make and use thei r buyo I n the p ar i ans o r b a z a rs .

, ,

b uy os are sold ready m ade and the out fi t fo r making ,

”
them .

The n atives of these isl an ds quite commonly use

as venoms an d poisons the he rbs of that cl ass found
th roughout the islands They a re so effi cacious an d .

deadly that they p roduce wonde rful e ffects The re .

is a li z ard c ommonly found in the houses s omew hat

, ,

d a rk g reen i n colo r one p almo long and as thick as

-
, ,

th ree fi nge r s which is called c ha c o n

,
They put .
1 08

this in a j o int of bamboo an d cove r it u p The sl ave r ,

.

of this animal du ring its imp risonment is gathe re d .

I t is an exceedingly strong poison when intro duced ,

as above stated in the food o r d rink in howeve r , ,

minute quantities The re are va rious he rbs known .

an d gathe re d by the n atives fo r the same use S ome .

o f them a re use d d ry an d othe rs green ; some are to ,

be mixed in food an d oth e rs inh aled S ome kill by ,

.

si mply touching them with the hands o r feet o r b y ,

sleep ing upon them The natives are so skilful in .

ma king compounds f rom these substances that they ,

mix an d apply them in such a m anne r th at they take

I t is not cle r wh c all thes e cas k ets b y th t n ame I
a o a .

im a g ine it t b e the Sp a ni h n me pr perly pelt bu t T h

o s a , o s xe a . e

k in g f C l i u t s b etel b x is c lled bu n in the B ar el n M S f

o a c
’
o a xe c o a . o

the M al b a r as ts S TA N L EY
a co . .

S V OL I V p 2 2 2 n te 3 1 ;
ee . l so D el g d ( ut up a ) pp
, .
, o a a o s r , .

667 669
-
D el g d s ay s th a t b ng
. a i gni fies fruit
o o a s .

T gal tu k6 RI Z A L
a ,
. .
 TH E PHI L IPPI N E IS LA ND S [ VO L 1 6

e ffect at once or at a set time l ong o r sho rt as they

, ,

w ish even afte r a year

. M any persons usually die .

—
wretchedly by these means es p ec i al l y Sp ani a r d s who ,

lack fo resight and who a re tactless and hated because

,

of the ill treatment that they inflict u pon the n a

-

ti v es with whom they deal eith e r I n the collection o f ,

thei r tributes o r in othe r matte rs in which they em

,

ploy them wi th out the re being any remedy fo r it

,
.

The re a re ce rtain pois onous he rb s with which when , ,

the natives gathe r them th ey ca rry all ready othe r , , ,

he rbs which act as antidotes I n the island o f Boh ol .

is on e he rb of such natu re th at the natives app ro a ch

it f rom windward when they cut it f rom the sh rub
on which it grows ; fo r the very ai r alone that blows
ove r the herb is deadly N atu re did not le ave this .

dange r without a remedy fo r othe r he rbs an d roots ,

are found in the s ame isl ands of so great e ffi cacy an d ,

vi rtue that they destroy and co rrect the poison an d

mischief of th e others and are used when needed ,
.

A cco rdingly when one knows wh at poison h as be e n

,

given h im i t is not d i ffi cu l t i f recou rse be h ad in time

, , ,

to cu re it by giving the he rb that is anti dotal to such

,

poison A t times it has h appened that p ressu re has

.

been put upon the person suspected of having com

mi tte d the evil to make him b ring the antidote by ,

which it has been remedied The re a re also othe r .

gene ral antidotes both for p reservation against poi

,

son and fo r mitigating the e ffects of poison th at h as

been administe red But the most ce rtain an d e ffi c a.

cio ns a ntidotes are ce rtain small flies o r insects of a ,

V iolet colo r found on ce r tain bushes in the isl an ds of

,

P intados These a re shut up in a clean b amboo j oint

.
,

and covered ove r The re they b reed an d multiply. .

G rp un d rice is put in with them and they exist the re ,

 TH E PHI L IPPI N E IS LA ND S [ Vol 1 6

mixed with co pp e r T his commo dity is also tr a de d .

in the Yl ocos fo r at the rear of this p r ovince which

, ,

b o rde rs the seacoast are ce rtain lofty an d ru gged ,

m ountains which extend as far as Ca g ayan O n the .

Slopes o f these m ountains in the inte rio r live many , ,

nati ves as yet unsu b dued and amo n g whom no i n

, ,

c u rs i on h as b e en made who a re calle d Yg ol o tes ,

.

These natives p ossess rich mines many o f g old and ,

s ilve r mixed T hey are wont to dig from the m only

.

the a mount necess a ry fo r thei r wants T hey des c end .

to ce rtain p laces to trade this gol d ( with out com p l et

ing its re finin g o r p re p a rat io n ) with the Ylo cos ; ,

the re they exch ange it fo r ric e swine c a rab aos cl oth , , , ,

and oth e r thin gs that they need T he Yl ooos com .

“ 1

p l e te its re fi ning a n d p re p a ration an d b y thei r me ,

d i um i t is d ist ri b ute d th rou g ho ut the c ount ry Al .

though an e ffo rt has b een made with these Ygol otes to

dis cove r thei r mine s and how the y w o r k them and , ,

thei r metho d of wo rkin g the metal no thin g de fi nit e ,

has b een le a rned for the Ygol o tes fea r that the S pan
,

i a rd s will g o to se ek them fo r thei r gol d an d sa y th at ,

they kee p the gol d bette r in the e arth than in thei r

1 12
ho us e s .

T he re a re als o many gol d mines and:p l ac ers in the

othe r isl ands especially amon g the P intado s o n the
, ,

B o tu an R ive r in M indan ao and in S e b u whe re a , ,

mine o f goo d gol d is wo rk ed called T a ri b on I f the ,

.

111
T hi w as p oh ib i ted l ater R I ZA L
s r . .

See VO L . X I V, pp .
3 0 3 04
1 -
.

Accordin g toe na ndo d los Rios th p rov ince o f P an gas inan

H r e e

was sa id to conta in a q u a ntity of gold nd th a t G uid o de L aba a ris , a z

s ent some soldi e s t e rch fo it ; b ut they r eturned in a i ckly

r o s a r s

s t a te a nd s uppres s ed all kn wled ge o f the mines in o rd er n t t

o be o o

s ent b c k t he re
a The D mini can m on k al so s uppress ed all k n wl
. o s o

ed g e o f the mi nes o n acc unt o f the tyra nny o f whi ch gold had
o

b een t he cause in the Wes t I ndies STA N L EY . .

 ’
M ORGA S SUC ESOS

ind ustry an d effo rts of the S pania r d s were to b e con

ve rted into the wo rk in g o f the gol d as much woul d ,

b e obt ain e d f rom any one of these isl ands as f rom

those p rovinces which p roduce the most in the worl d .

But since the y atten d to othe r means o f gain rathe r

th a n to this as will be tol d in due time they do not
, ,

p ay the p roper attention to this matte r .

I n so me o f these islands pea rl oyste rs a re found ,

especially in the C al ami anes wh ere some have b een ,

o btaine d th at a re la r g e and excee d in g ly cl e ar and

m
lustrou s . Neithe r is this me ans of p ro fit u tiliz ed .

I n all p a rts seed p ea rls are foun d in t he o rdina ry

,

o ys t e rs and the re a re oyste rs as l a r g e as a buc k l er

,
.

F ro m the [ shells of the ] l atte r t he natives manufac

tu re b e autiful articles T he re a re al s o ve ry l a r ge sea
.

tu rtl es in all the isl an d s T hei r shells a re utilized b y .

t he natives and s ol d as an article of c o mme rce to

,

the Chine se an d Po rtu guese and othe r nati ons who ,

g o afte r them and e s teem t he m highly b ecause of ,

the beau tiful things made f ro m them .

O n the coasts of any of these isl ands a re foun d

many sm all white snail shells calle d s i g u c i T he ,
.

n atives gathe r them and s ell them by me as u re to the

S i amese C am b odi an s P ant anes an d othe r p eo p les

, , ,

o f the mainland I t se rves the re as money and those

.
,

n ations tr a de Wi th it as they do with cacao b eans in ,

-

N neva E sp a fi a .
1 14

Ca ra b ao ho rns are used as me rchandise in tradin g

P e a rl fis hing is s till ca rried n a l n g the coas ts o f M ind anao
-
o o

an d P l aw a n
a a nd in t he Sulu a r hipel go
, I n the l tter re gi on
c a . a

p ea rls a e very a b und nt and o ften v lu ab le ; the fi heries there

r a a s

a re under the c ntr l f the s ult n f S ulu who r nts them ap

o o o a o ,
e ,

p p
ro i
r a t i n g fo him s elf
r t he l a r g es t pe rl s a .

“ 4
P r b ab ly the cowry ( C y p r
o m n ta ) C aw fu d s t a tes
ce a o e . r r

( D i t I nd I s l a nd p 1 1 7) tha t in the As i a ti c r hipel a go this

e . . s, . a c

s hell is found nly n the s hores f th S ulu gr up and th a t it

o o o e o ,
 TH E PHI LIPPI N E IS LA ND S [ Vol 1 6

with China ; an d d ee rs k ins and dye woo d with J ap on -

.

T he native s ma ke us e o f eve rythin g in tr ad i n g with

those n ations and de rive mu ch p ro fi t the refro m .

I n this isl an d o f L uzon es p ecially in the p rovinces ,

of M anil a P an p anga P ang asinan an d Yl oco s ce r

, , , ,

tain ea rthenware j ars [ ti b or es ] a re found among the

n atives T hey are ve ry old o f a b rown ish colo r and
.
, ,

no t h andsome S ome a re of me d ium size an d othe rs

.
,

a re smalle r and they have ce rtain mark s and stam p s

,
.

The n atives a re un able to give an y ex p l anatio n of

where or when they g ot them fo r now they a re not ,

b ro u ght to the isl ands o r made the re T he J a p anese .

s eek them an d esteem the m for the y h ave fo un d that ,

—
the root of a pl ant called c ha [ tea ] which is d ru n k
hot as a great refresh ment an d medicine amo n g the
, ,

—
k in gs and lo rds of J a p on is p re se rved and keeps
only in th ese ti bo rs T hese a re so hi g hly v alue d .

th rou g h out J a p on t h at th ey a re re g a rde d as the mos t

,

p recious jewels o f the i r cl osets an d hou s ehol d f u ra i

tu re A tib or is wo rth a g reat sum and the J a p anese
.
,

a dorn them o utside with fi ne g ol d b e autifully ch as e d ,

and ke ep them in b roca d e cases S om e ti bors a re .

valued an d sol d fo r two thousand taes of elev en re als

to the tae or fo r less acco rdin g to t h e qual i ty of the
, ,

ti b o r I t ma kes no di ffe rence i f they a re c racke d

.

o r chi pp e d for th at does not hinde r them f rom hol d

,

ing the tea The n a tives of the se islands sell them

.

to the J apanese fo r the b est p rice possible and see k ,

the m c arefully for this p ro fit H oweve r few are .

,

fo u nd now because o f the assid uity with w hich the

’

n ative s have applied themselves to that sea r ch .

s eems never h av b een us d fo m ney am n g the I ndi an

to e e r o o

I sl nders as it
a h s immem ri a lly b een b y the H indu s
a o .

115
J a gor , T a v ls i n t h P hilippi n s ( Eng tr ans
r e e L ond n e . .
,
o ,
 TH E PHI LIPPI N E IS LA ND S [ VoL 1 6

Cotton is raised a b unda ntly th rou ghout the islan ds .

I t is spun and sol d in the skein to the Chines e an d

o the r nations wh o come to get it Clo th of d iffe rent
,
.

p atte rns is als o woven f r om it and the n atives al s o ,

‘
trade th at O the r cloths called me d ri ii a ques a re
.
, ,

woven f ro m the b anana leaf .

11 8

The islands of B ab uy tanes consist of m any small

isl ands lyin g o ff the uppe r coast o f the p rovince of
C a g aya n They are inhabited by natives whose chief
.
,

industry consists in going to C agayan in thei r ta p a ,

ques with swine f owls and othe r food and e bo ny

, , , ,

spe ars for exchange The islands a re not assi g ned

,
.

as en c omiendas no r is any tribute collecte d f rom

,

them There a re no S pani ards amon g them as those

.
,

n atives a re of less un de rstanding and less civili z ed

[ than th e othe rs ] A cco rdin g ly no Ch ri s ti.an s have

been made am ong the m and they h ave no justices , .

O the r islands called the C a tendu anes lie o ff the

, ,

othe r he ad o f the isl and of L u z on op p os ite the p rov ,

ince o f C ama rines in fou rteen de g rees of no rth lati ,

tude near the strait of E spi ritu S an to They a re

,
'
.

isl an ds densely populated with n atives of goo d dis

position who a re all assigned to S pani a rds They
,
.

p ossess instruction and chu rches and have an alcalde ,

m ayo r wh o administe rs justice to them M ost of .

them cultivate the soil b u t some a re engaged in gold ,

wa s hing and in trading between va rious islands an d

, ,

with the mainl and of L u zo n very ne a r thos e islands ,

.
1 20

erh aps M r g llude t the i m y whi h w as w ven

P o a a s o s na a ,
c o

fr m ab k a fil ment f the pl nt M u t x til i T h ab k a is

o a ,
or a o a sa e s . e a

t k en from the trun k nd n t the le f

a RI Z A L a o a . .

T hi n ame s ms t o b e M l ay B bu u t n wild s wine

s ee \ a ,
a -
a ,
.

STA N L EY .

T h men o f the e i s l a nds were excelle nt ca rpe nters and s hip

e s
 ’
MORGA S SUCESOS

T he islan d of L uzon h as a b ay thi rty leguas in

c i rcumfe r e nce on its sou the rn c o ast situated about ,

one hund re d le g uas f rom the cape o f E spi ritu S anto ,

which I s the entrance to the Ca p ul ch annel I ts en .

trance is na rro w an d mi d way contains an isl an d ,

called M i ravel es Corre g i do r ] lyin g o bliquely

ac ross I t whi ch m akes the entrance na rrow T his
,
.

isl and is a b out two le g uas lon g an d one h alf legu a -

wi de I t is high lan d an d well sha d ed by its many

.

trees I t c ontains a native s ettlement of fi fty pe rs ons

.
,

and the re the watchman of the b ay has his fixed

abode and re s idence The re a re ch annels at b oth ends .

of the isl and whe re one may ente r the b ay T he one

,
.

a t the south is o ne h al f le g ua wide an d h as a rock i n -

,

its middle called E l Fraile the f ria r The one

o n the no rth is much n a rro we r but any ship s of a n y ,

builde rs . Th y e ma k e
m any very li ght vess el s whi ch they t ake ,

t hr u gh the vi c inity fo s a le in a very curi ou s m a nner

o r Th ey b u ild .

a l a r ge ve ss el undec k ed with ut ir n n il
, a ny f as tenin g, T hen o o a or .
,

acc o rdin g to the meas ure f i t s hu ll they m ak e a n ther ves el th a t o , o s

fit s int o it Within th a t they p u t

. s c nd and a thi d T hu s a a e o r .

l a r ge biroc o cont ins ten o twelve ves s el s called bi c virey bar

a r ,
r o o, ,

a n ga y an d bi ni t an Thes e n tives were ta ttooed and were ex

”
, . a ,

c el l nt row ers and s il o rs ; and alth u gh they a

e a ups et ften they o re o ,

never drown T he women e very m s culine .

”
T hey do n t ar a .
“
o

drin k fr m the rivers alth ou gh the water i very cle r beca u s e

o , s a ,

it gives them n au s ea The w men s os tumes . h s te o

’
c a re c a

a n d pretty f they we r petti coa ts in the B i s y n m an ner

,
or a a a ,

o f fine medri n que an d Z mb n ill a which res em b le cl os e fitting

, a '
o e os , -

sa y u l ose w len s hi ft w rn b y ert

oo a in c l s e s f reli g i o sus ] o
“

c a s o .

Th ey we a r l n g ro b es o f the s am e fine medri naque

o They gather .

t he h a ir whi ch i s ne a tly c om b ed int o a k n t

,
n t op f the hea d ,
o , o o ,

a nd pl ac e a r s e in it O n their forehea d they we a r b and of ve ry

o . a

fine wrou ght gold two fin g ers wid e I t is ve y neatly wo rk ed and

, . r

n the s ide en ircl in g t he he a d it is c ver d with col red t ff t

'

o c o e o a e a.

I n e h a they we r three g ld e rrin g ne in the pl ce where

ac e r a o a s, o a

Sp ani s h w men we r th m o nd t w h i gher upa O n their feet

e , a o .

they we r ert in verin gs f thin b r a s whi h und when t hey

a c a co o s ,
c so

w lk a .
( T
”
h e c it ti n s herein fro m Ca o lin o ) T he se i l a nd s a re . s

h ave ls retrogra ded R I ZA L

a o . .
 TH E PHI LIPPI N E IS LA ND S [ VOL 1 6

d raft wh ateve r can ente r and g o out b y both ch annels .

T he enti re b ay is of g ood depth an d cle an and h as , ,

goo d ancho ra ges in all pa rts I t is ei ght le guas f rom .

these entrances to the co l ony of M anil a an d the b ar

of the rive r A l a rge ha rb o r is fo rmed two legu as
.

south of M anil a with a point of lan d that shelte rs it , .

m
T hat point has a n ative settlement called C ab i t ,

an d it gives n ame to t he ha rb o r which is used as a ,

.

p ort fo r the vessels I t is ve ry capacio us and well .

—
shelte re d f rom the vend aval s whethe r the s outh
east, and so uthwest the wes t and west s outhwest o r , ,
-
,

the n o rth no rtheast and no rth winds I t has a goo d

-
.

anchora ge with a clean and g o od bottom T he re is

,
.

a good entrance quite ne ar the l and mo re th an o ne ,

a nd one h alf le g uas wide fo r the in g ress and egres s

-
,

o f ve s sels A ll the sho re s of this bay a re well p ro

.

v i de d with a b und ant fis he ries of all k inds T h ey a re ,

.

d ensely inha b ited b y n ative s A bove M anil a the re i s .

a p ro vince o f mo re th an twenty le gu as in extent called

L a P am p an g a Th is p rovince p ossesses ma ny rive rs
.

an d cree k s that i rrigate it T hey all fl ow and em p ty .

into the b ay T his p rovince contains many settle

.

ments of natives an d consi d e ra b le quantities of rice , ,

m
f ruits fish meat an d othe r foo ds
, , ,
.

” 1
C vite derives i ts name fr m the T gal word vi t a c reek
a o a ca
'

, ,

or b end or hook for s u h is its form STA N L EY

, ,
c . .

1 2”
This pr vinc had dec reas ed s grea tly in populati n and
o e o o

a g ri cu l t ure a h al f c entu y l a t r th a t G as p a r de Sa n A gus ti n s aid :

,
r e ,

N ow it no l n g er has the p pul a ti on of t he p as t b ec a u s e f the

o o ,
o

in s urre ti on of th t provin ce when D on Sabini no M a nriq ue de

c a ,
a

L r a w a g vern o r of thes e i s l a nd s a nd b e cau e of the in c ss an t

a s o ,
s e

c uttin g f the tim b er fo the b uildin g f his Ma jes ty s s hips whi ch

’
o r o ,

prevents them fr m cultiva tin g their extremely fertile pla in

o .

L a ter wh en s p ea k in g of G u a gu a o Waw a he s ays

,
T his t own r ,
:

w s formerly very we althy b e u s e f it s m ny chiefs nd b ec a u e

a ca o a , a s

o f the ab und a nt h a rve s t s g a thered in it s s p aci ou s pl a ins whi ch ,

a e now s u b mer ged b y the wa ter of the s ea RI ZA L ”

r . .
 TH E PHI IPPI N E IS LA ND S
L [ VOL 1 6

isl ands l a r ge and small a re lo c ated ; t hey a re i n

, ,

habited by the same natives as L u z on who have g ol d ,

p l ace rs sowed fields and thei r tradin g S uch a re

, ,
.

M a rin duque Tablas I sland M az b ate Bu ri as B an

, , , ,

ton B anto ni l l o an d othe rs of less impo rtance T he

, ,
.

nearest of them to M anil a is the isl and of M in d o ro .

I t is more than eigh ty le gu as long an d a bo ut two

hund red in ci rcumference I t has many settl ements .

of the s ame na tives an d the si d e lyi n g next the p r ov ,

i nces of B al ayan and C al i l ay a is so nea r and cl os e

to the isl and of L u z on that it fo rms a strait which ,

contains p owe rful cu rren ts an d races th rou gh which ,

the ships go in g to an d from M anila ente r and le ave .

T he win ds and cu rrents the re are very stro n g I t is .

a b out one half a legu a wide I n that p art is the

-
.

chief tow n of this island of M in do ro I t h as a po rt .

th at is calle d E l Va radero the pl ace fo r l aying u p

ships fo r l a rge vessels The re are als o ot he r .

a ncho rages an d b ars th r ou ghout this island fo r

smalle r vessels ; and many settlements an d natives o n
all the coasts of this isl an d A ll of the settlements .

a boun d in rice f ood and gol d pl ace rs and all k inds

, ,
-
,
1 26
of game and timbe r .

The cape of E spi ritu S anto which is si ghte d b y ,

ships ente rin g the Filipin as I sl ands on the way from

”
N u ev a E s p afi a is in an isl and calle d Tend ay afi in
,

M i nd oro is at pres ent [ 1 8 90 ] s dep opul ted tha t the min o a

i s ter f the Co l nies i n rder to remedy thi res ult f S p ani s h

o o , o s o

c ol ni a tio n
o z wi sh es t s end there the w rs t d es pera d oes o f the
,
o o

penin s ul t s e if g re t crimin als will m ak e goo d colo ni s ts and

a, o e a

fa rmers A ll thin gs c ns idered given the nditi on of th s e w ho

. o ,
co o

g o
,
it i indu bsit b le th t the r
a ac e th t u c eedas mus t k n w h w a s c o o

t o defend its elf a nd live s t h a t the i s l a nd m y not b e dep pul ted

, o a o a

a ga in RI ZA L
. .

S amar T his pr ves c ntra ry t the opini on of C lin w ho

1 2"
. o o o o ,

places T nday a in Leite RI ZA L

e . .
 ’
M ORGA S SU CESOS

ab out thi rteen de grees Twen ty le gu as so uth afte r.

tu rning this cape of E spi ritu S anto lie the isl and of
Vi ri and many othe rs which a re sighte d Th rough
,
.

them an entrance O pens to the island o f S e b u b y a

s trait called S an J u a ni l l o which is f o rme d by these
-
,

isl an ds I t is no t ve ry good o r safe fo r the l ar ge r

.

s hips But toward t h e no rth afte r le aving this cou rse

.
,

o ne reaches the isl and of Capul which forms a strait ,

and channel of many cu rrents and rou g h w aves ,

th rou g h which the ships enter Befo re reaching the .

s trait the re is a rock o r b a rren islet c alle d S an

, ,

Be rn a rdino ; this strait is fo rmed by the co ast of the

islan d of L u z on an d th at o f the isl and of C apul I ts .

ch annel is a b out one le gua long and le s s wi de .

O n leavin g this strait afte r having ente re d by it , ,

th ree small islets fo rm a tri angle T hey a re called .

the isl an ds of N aranjos ”

O ranges J and a re lof ty ,

an d in accessi b le with steep ro cks U p on them ships .

a re wont to b e d riven by the p owerful cu rrents even ,

though they try to escape them These a re not i n .

h abited but the othe rs [ Capul Vi ri etc ] a re large

, , ,
.

islands containing many settlements of natives and all

kinds of p rovisions an d fo o d .

S outh of this district lie the islands of B i gay as o r , ,

as they a re also called P intad os They a re many in

,
.

n umbe r thickly p o pulated with n atives

,
T hose of .

most reno wn are L eite Y baba o C ama r [ S amar ]

, ,
1 28
,

B ohol isl an d of Negros S ebu P anay Cuyo an d

, , , , ,

the C al a mi anes A ll the n atives of these isl ands both

.
,

men and w omen a re well featu red of a good d isposi

,
-
,

tion an d of bette r natu re and mo re noble in thei r

, ,

a ctions than the inh abitants of the islands of L u z on

and its vicinity .

S uthe te n p a rt of S m a r R I Z A L
o as r a . .
 TH E P I IPPI N E IS LA ND S
H L [ VOL 1 6

T hey diffe r f ro m them in thei r h ai r which the ,

men wea r cut in a cue li ke the ancient s tyle i n ,

E s p a n a T hei r b odies are tattooed with many de

.

m
si gns b ut the face is not touched
,
They we a r l a rge .

e arrin gs of gold an d ivo ry in thei r ears an d b race ,

lets o i the s ame ; certain scarfs w rap p e d round the

he ad ve ry showy which resemble tu rb ans and
, , ,

k n o tted ve ry g racefully and e d ged with gold T hey .

wea r also a loose coll arless j ac ket with ti ght sleeve s ,

who s e s k i rts reach half way down the le g These .

g a rments a re fastened in f ront and are made o f

medri n aque and colo red sil ks They wea r no shi rts .

o r drawe rs b ut b ah aq ues breech cl outs ] of many

‘
-
,

w rappings which c over thei r p rivy pa rts when they

, ,

remove thei r s k i rts and j ac kets The women a re .

g oo d loo kin g and g raceful T hey a re ve ry neat and

-
.
,

wal k sl owl y T hei r h ai r is b l ack lon g an d d rawn

.
, ,

into a knot on the head Thei r robes a re wrap p e d .

ab out the waist and fall d ownward T hes e a re made .

o f all colo rs an d t hey we ar co ll arless j ackets o f

,

th e same mat e rial B o th men and wo men g o na k e d .

130
and without any cove rin gs an d barefo ot and with , ,

Co li n s ays th t they did ta ttoo the chin s nd ab out

, however , a a

the eyes [ b bas y j a ] The same author s tates also th a t t he

ar ce s .

ta ttoo in g was done little by little and no t ll at once T he chil a .

dren were not tattooed b ut the women t t tooed one h and nd p a rt ,

a a

o f the o ther I n thi s i s l and of M anil a the I l ocos al so t tt ed

. a oo

thems elves alth ou gh not so much as did the Vis aya ns

, T he .
”

N e grit os , I go o tes an d ther independent tri b es of the Filipin as

rr , o

s t il l t a tt oo th ems elve s T h Chris ti n h ve for gotten the p ac

. e a s a r

tice T h Filip inas u ed only the b l ack colo r thu s di fferin g fr m

. e s ,
o

the J p ane wh empl y di ff erent c lor

a se, o red nd blue nd o o s, as a , a

c a rry the t t a r re perfe ti on

ar o I n ther i s l nds of the P c i fic
a c . o a a ,

the w men ta ttoo them elves alm os t as mu h as the men D

o s c . r .

Wilhelm J es t s Tii t wi n N a b n i hn n nd K d p b m hl n
o
’
o re r e ze c e a r er e a e

( B erlin ,
1 8 8 7) tre t s the m tter very u inatly R I Z A L a s cc c . .

13°
This is a confu s ed s tatement a fter wh a t jus t precedes it ,
 TH E PHI LIPPI N E IS LA ND S [ VO L 1 6

p ro duces considerable quantities of rice palm wine ,

-
,

a nd all manne r of p rovisi ons I t h as fl ou rishin g and .

wealthy settlements on what is calle d th e rive r o f ,

P ana y The chief o ne is O ton which has a ba r and

.
,

p o rt fo r g alleys and shi p s shi pya rds fo r b uildin g ,

l a rge s hi ps and a g reat amount o f timbe r fo r thei r

,

constructio n T he re a re many n atives who are mas

.
,

te rs o f all kinds of ship b uilding Ne a r this isl and .

lies an islet eight leguas in ci rcumfe rence whic h is ,

densely p opul ated by natives who a re all ca rpenters .

T hey a re excellent w o rkmen and p ractice no othe r ,

trade or o ccupation ; and without a sin g le tree of ,

any s ize on this whole islet they p ractice this art ,

with great ability From the re all the isl ands a re .

fu rnished with wo rk men fo r ca rpentry The islan d .

is call ed that of the C ag ay anes .

A fte r the isl an d of S e b u follow imme d i ately the

i s land o f M indanao an island o f mo re th an th ree ,

hun d re d le gu as in ci rcum fe rence and Jol O which i s , ,

small L owe r d own is the isl an d of B o rneo a ve ry

.
,

l a rge island mo re than five hund red leguas in ci r

,

cu mfe rence A ll of these islan d s are densely p op u

.

l ate d althou gh that of Borne o is not su b dued

,
.

Neithe r is that of M indanao in enti re ty but only the ,

rive r o f B otu an D a p itan and the p rovin ce and coast

, ,

of C a rag an .

Bel ow this isl and [ Mindanao ] befo re reaching ,

th at of B o rneo lie the islands of the C al ami anes .

s ays Sa n A g us t i n it was s aid t have more th an

, famili es
o .

B u t they dec reas ed g rea tly nd t pres e nt it h s b ut a a a a o

tribut ri os a pp rti ned t the cr wn nd a o too o o ,

a

individu al n omender s e c They had m any g ld mi n es and oh

o .
”
o -
,

t i n d g ld b y w a h in g the
a e o nd in the P an y R iver ; b ut i n ti
s sa a s

g ted by the utra ge re eived from the l lde m y r says the

a o s c a ca s -
a o ,

s ame h i s to ri a n they h ave ceas ed t di g it preferrin g to liv e in

,
o ,

p o verty th a n t endure s u c
o h tro u b l es R I ZA L .
”
.
 ’
M ORGA S SU CESOS r1 5

T hey a re ve ry numerous an d consist of islands o f ,

va rious si z es which are densely inh ab ited with n a

,

ti v es ; t h ey have some su pply of p r ovisions an d e n

gage i n ce rtain kinds of husband ry H oweve r the .

mos t usual o ccup ati o n is that o f thei r n avigati o ns

f rom isl and to islan d in pu rsuit of thei r tra d ing and
exchange an d thei r fi sh eries ; while tho se who live
,

ne arest the island of Bo rneo a re wo nt to go on p i rat

ical raids and pill age the n atives in othe r islands .

T he fl ow and e b b ti des and the hi gh and l ow tides

-
,

a mong these isl ands a re so d ive rse in them that they

h ave no fixed rule eithe r b ecause o f the powe rful cu r

,

rents am ong these islan ds o r by so me o the r n atu ral ,

se cret of the fl ux an d re fl ux which the moon c au ses .

N o de fi nite k n owledge h as b een a rrived at in this t e

g ard fo r althou gh the ti des are hi ghest du ring the
,

O pp o sition of the moon an d a re hi g he r in the mo nth

,

o f M a rch th an th ro ughout the rest of the yea r the re ,

is so great vari ation in the daily tides th at it causes

surp rise S ome days the re a re two equ al tides b e
.

tween d ay and night while othe r days the re 1 8 b ut

,

one A t othe r times the fl ow du rin g the day is low ,

.

an d th at of the ni ght greate r T hey usually h ave no .

fi xe d hou r fo r it may happen to be hi gh tid e o ne day

,
-

at n oon while next d ay high tide may be anticipated

,
-

o r p ostpone d many hou rs O r the tide of o ne day .

m ay be low and when a smalle r one is expected fo r

,

next day I t may be much greater

,
.

T he lang u age o f all the P intados and B i c ayas is

one and the same by which they unde rstand one an
,

othe r when talking o r when writing with the lette rs

,

and cha racte rs of thei r own which they possess These .

resemble those of the A rabs The c o mmon m anne r .

of writing among the natives is on leaves of trees an d ,

 TH E PHI LIPPI N E IS LA ND S [ Vol 1 6

on bamboo b a rk T h roughout the islands the b am

.

b oo is abundant ; i t has huge and missh apen j oints ,

”
and lowe r part is a ve ry thic k and solid tree ?
T he langu age of L u z o n and tho se isl ands in its
“
vicinity diffe rs widely f rom that o f the B i cay as f‘

T he langua ge of the isl and of L uzon is not uniform ,

fo r the Cagayans h ave one lan gua ge and the Yl ocos

anothe r The Z ambales have thei r own pa rticul a r
.

l anguage while the P amp angos al s o have one diffe r

,

ent f rom the othe rs T he inha b it ants of the p rovin ce.

of M anila the T ag a ls have thei r own l an g uage

, , ,

which is ve ry rich an d co p ious By means o f it one .

c an ex p ress ele g antly whateve r he wi s h es and i n ,

many m o des and manners I t is no t diffi cult, eith e r .

to le arn o r to p ronoun ce .

T he natives th rou ghout the isl ands can w rite ex

cel l entl y with ce rtain cha r a cte rs a lmost li k e the ,

G ree k o r A rabic T hese ch a racte rs are fi fteen in all

. .

T h ree a re v owels which a re used as a re ou r five ,

.

T he consonants numbe r twelve and each an d all o f ,

them c ombine with ce rtain dots o r commas an d so ,

s i g nify wh ateve r one wishes to write as fl uently and ,

e asil y a s is don e with ou r S p anish alphabet T he .

metho d of w ritin g was on b am bo o but is now on ,

p a p e r commencin g the line s at the ri ght and runnin g

,

to the left in the A rabic fashion A lmost all the

,
.

Thi enti r p r gr p h i mitt d

s e a a a s o e in t he Ri l
za dit i
e on
. In
t he o ri gin l it i
a f ll w s as o o s

L a L eng u a d e t oda s l as P i ntad os y B i cay as es v na mefma p a r

, , ,

d o fe ent i end e n ha bl a nd o y efcr i ui e nd o e n l et r as y ca ra t ores q ue

, ,

t i enen p a r t i cul a r es q ue [ e mej a n é l as Ar a big os y [ a c o mu n efer i bi r

-
, ,

e nt r e l a s na t ur a l es es en hoj as d e a r bol es
, y en ca fi as fobre l a , ,

c or t ez a ; q ue e n t oda s l as i s l a s ay mu cha s de d is for me g r uefo l as ,

'

ca ii ut os y el p i e es v n a r bol ma y g r uefo y ma c i go
'

.
,

1“
hi s difference is no grea ter th an tha t b etween the S p anis h
T ,

P or t u gu es e and I t ali n RI Z A L
, a . .
 TH E PHI LIPPI N E IS LA ND S [ Vo l 1 6

sm all an d the roo fs l ow They a re b uilt and tiled .

with wo o d and b amboo s and c ove re d an d ro o fed ,

with nip a palm leaves E ach house is sepa rate and

-
.
,

is not built adjoining anothe r I n the l owe r pa rt a re .

enclosu res made by sta kes and b amboos whe re thei r ,

fo wls and cattle are reared an d the rice pounde d ,

an d cleaned O ne ascends into the houses by means of

.

l adde rs that can be d rawn u p whi ch are made f ro m ,

two bam b oos A bove a re thei r open ba ta l a nes [ gal

.

l eri es ] used fo r househol d duties ; the p a rents and

[ gr o wn ] chil dren live togethe r T he re is little .

adornment an d fine ry in the houses which are called ,

3”
ba ha nd i n
Besi des these houses which are thos e of the com ,

mo n pe o ple an d those of less impo rtance the re a re ,

’
the chiefs houses They a re built upon trees an d .

thic k a ri g ues with many room s and c omf o rts T hey

,
.

a re well constructed of timbe r and plan k s and a re ,

stron g and l a r ge T hey are fu rnished and supplied .

with all that is necessa ry and a re much fine r and ,

more substan tial than the othe rs T hey are roo fed .
,

ho weve r as are the othe rs with the p alm le aves

, ,
-

called nip a These keep out the wate r an d the s u n

.

more than do shingles or tiles althou gh the dange r ,

from fi res is greate r .

T he natives do not inhabit the lowe r pa rt of thei r

‘ ‘
houses because they r a ise th e i r f owls and cat tle
,
”

the re and because of the damp and heat of the earth

, ,

and the many rats which a re eno rmous and d es t ru c ,

tive b oth in the houses and s owed fields ; and because ,

13°
T hi s
porti n f thi s s enten c e is omitted in Sta nley
o o .

B ah ay is h us e in T a gal p m m hay is th t whi ch is in

o a a a
’

the interi r nd the h u e B h di m y b e mi p rint f

o a o s . a an n a a s or

b hay i n a n obs lete deriv a tive R I Z A L

a , o . .
 ’
M ORGA S S UC ESOS

as thei r ho uses are gene rally b uilt on the se a shore ,

or on the ban ks of rive rs and c reeks the wate rs bathe ,

the l owe r p a rts and the l atte r a re consequently left

,

open .

The re we re no kings o r l o rds th ro u gh out these

islands who rule d ove r them as in the m anne r of ou r
kin g do ms an d p rovinces ; b ut in eve ry isl an d an d in ,

each p ro vince of it many chiefs we re reco gnized by ,

th e n atives themselves S ome we re mo re p owe rful .

than othe rs and each one h a d h is fo llowe rs an d sub

,

j e c ts by,
districts and families ; and these obeyed an d
resp ected the chief S ome chiefs had f riendshi p and .

communicatio n with othe rs , an d at times w a rs an d

?“
qu a rrels
T hese p rinci p alities and lo rdshi p s we re inhe rited
in the male line an d by succession o f fathe r and son
and thei r descendants I f these we re l a ckin g then .
,

thei r b rothe rs and collate ral relatives succeeded .

Thei r duty was to rule and gove rn thei r subjects an d

followe rs an d to assist them in thei r inte rests and
,

necessities What the chiefs l C CC l VC d f rom thei r fol

.
’

l owe rs was to be hel d by them in great vene ration

an d res p ect ; an d they we re se rve d in thei r wa rs a nd
vo yages and in thei r tilling sowing fishing and the
, , , ,

b uilding o f thei r houses To these duties the natives .

a ttended very p romptly wheneve r summoned by ,

thei r c hief They also pai d the chie fs tribute

.

( w hich they called b u i z

) in va rying quantities in , ,

the c rops th at they gathe red The descen dants of .

such chiefs and thei r relatives even thou gh they di d

, ,

not inherit the lo rdship we re held in the s ame respect ,

and c o nside ration S uch we re all rega rded as nobl es.

,

Cf thi s nd f ll win g ec ti ns with L

. a o rel ti n VO L
o s o
’
o a rc a s a o , .

V f thi s erie s ; nd with P l s nci a s a c unt VO L VII pp 1 73

,
o s a a e
’
c o , .
, .

1 96 .
 TH E PHI IPPI N E IS A ND S
L L [ VOL 1 6

and as pe rso ns exempt from the se rvices rendere d by

the othe rs o r the p lebeians wh o were called ti ma
, ,

u
‘ f”
T he sa me right of n o b ili ty an d chieftain
g a s

ship was p rese rved fo r the wo men just as fo r the ,

.

men When any of these chiefs was mo re c ou rageous

.

than othe rs in wa r and u p on othe r occasi ons such a ,

one enj oyed mo re followe rs and men ; and the othe rs

we re un de r his leade rship even if they we re chiefs ,
.

T hese l atte r retained to themselves the l o rdshi p and

pa rticula r gove rn ment of thei r own f ollowin g which ,

is called ha ra ng ui amon g them They had d a tos an d .

othe r s p ecial leade rs [ ma nd a d or es ] who attende d to

the inte re s ts of the b a rangay .

T he superio rity of these chiefs ove r those o f thei r

b a r ang ai w as so great that they hel d the l atte r as sub
j e ers ; they treated these well o r ill an d dis p osed of ,

thei r p e rsons thei r child ren and thei r possessions

, , ,

at will without any resistance o r rende rin g account

, ,

to anyone Fo r ve ry sli ght annoyances and fo r sligh t

.

o ccasions they we re wo nt to k ill and woun d them

, ,

an d to ensl ave them I t h as happened that the .

chiefs h ave made perpetual sl aves of persons who

have gone by them while b athing in the rive r o r , ,

who have raised their eyes to look at them less re

s p e c t fu l l y and fo r othe r simila r causes .

The nditi n f the e l ve

co o o lways a mel anch ly
s s a s was not a o

o n e . Ar g n l
s e
a sy th t they t
o t t he s me t b le with thei
a s a a e a a a r

m t r and ma rried int their families T he his to ries fa il t

as e s , o . o

re rd the as sas s in ti n f m otives f ven ge nce f any m as te

co a o or o a o r or

c hief by the n tive they d f en mender A fter the c nque t

a s , as o o co os . o s

the evil deep ened The S p ani ards m a de s l v es without thes e pre
. a

texts nd with ut th s e en sl aved b ein g I ndi n of their j u i di

, a o o a s r s c

t io n g in g m or ver t t k e them aw y fr m their own vill a ges

o eo , o a a o

a n d i l a nd s
s Fern nd d l s R i os Co ronel in hi mem ri al to the
. a o e o , s o

k in g ( M a drid 1 62 1 ) p p 2 4 2 5 s pe k in a thin g terms f the

, .
-
,
a s sc o

c rueltie s in fl i c ted n the n a tiv es in the c n s tru c ti on o f s hip s durin g

o o
 TH E PHI LIPPI N E IS LA ND S [ Vol 1 6

fo r all k inds of wor k an d slave ry like those wh ich ,

we ourselve s hold S uch a re called s a g u i g u i l i .

“
r es f they se rved inside the house as di d l ikewise ,

the child ren bo rn of them The re a re o the rs who live .

in thei r own houses with thei r families outside the ,

house o f thei r lord ; and come at the season to aid , ,

him in his sowings and h a rvests among his rowe rs ,

when he emba rks in the constructio n o f h is house ,

when it is being built and to se rve in his house w hen ,

the re a re guests o f distinction These a re bound to .

’
come to thei r l o rd s house wheneve r he summons
them and to se rve in these offi ces without any pay
,

o r sti pend These slaves are called na ma ma ha y s

.
,
“

and thei r child ren an d descend ants are sl aves o f the

s ame class From these sl aves — s a u z u i l i r s a nd
g g .

na ma ma ha y s — a re issue some of whom are whole ,

slaves so me of whom a re half sl aves and still othe rs

, ,

one fou rth sl aves I t h a p pens thus : if ei th e r the

-
.

“ 3
Thi wo rd mu s t e s ag ig i l id in i ts
s a al fo rm bT he roo t Tg .

g id s i g n ifies in
i l a al ,
”
Tg
m a r gin , s trand , or s h ore T he ”
.

r edupli c a ti on o f the fir s t s yll a le , if t oni c s i ni fi es ac tiv e future b , g

act ion .I f not toni c and the s uffix a n be a dd ed , it d enotes the p l ac e
where the ac tion of the ver is frequently execut ed T he p repos i b .

t i on s a i ndi ca tes p l ace , time , referen c e T he a t onic re d u plica tion .

g
may al s o s i nify plur ality in whi ch cas e the s i ngul a r no u n wo uld ,

b e s ag i l i d i e , a t the m ar i n , o r the l as t th a t is , the s l ave

, .
”
. g .

T ' '

g
im”aw a s i nifi es now in T a al , in p ea ce, in q uietn”ess , t ra nquil
“
g ,

free , et c M ag i n oo, fr om the root g i n oo, di nity , is now t he

. g
t itl e o f t he c hie fs ; and t he chie fs reuni on is s tyled hag i n ooha n
’ ’

Colin s ays , never theless , th a t the chie fs us ed the title g a t o r l a ka n ,

a n d the women d ay a ng T he title of ma ma applied now t o men ,

.

e p nds t un le
corr s o o c ,
”
S en r M ns ieu r
o , Mn”
t ; nd o ,
”
,
”
e c . a

the ti tl e l f w men to a o o t h feminine ti tle c rr s p ondin g t

e thes e s o e o .

RI z AL .

1“
N a ma ma ha y ( from ba hay , h us e he wh lives in his o o

h u e T hi s l f s l v s if they m y b e s al l ed exi t
”
ow n o s . c as s o a e ,
a o c ,
s s

even yet T h y . e a re ca lled h a m i ( b e us e f b ein g n w the

as i ca o o

l b rers of a c pit ali t

a o a s or f rmer ) b t n s e rv nt
a , d mes a aa a ,
”
or o

t ic ha mp o n ,
ta o, et c .
 ’
M ORGA S SU C ESOS

fathe r o r the mo the r was f ree and they h ad an only ,

chil d he was hal f f ree and hal f slave I f they h ad

,
.

mo re th an one child thev we re divi de d as foll ows

,

the fi rst foll ows the co ndition of the father f ree o r ,

sl ave ; the second th at of the mothe r I f the re we re .

an odd numbe r of chi ld ren the last was half f ree an d,

h alf s l ave Th ose who descended f ro m these i f

.
,

chil d ren of a f ree mothe r o r f athe r, we re only o ne

fou rth sl aves be cause of bein g ch ild ren of a f ree
,

fathe r o r mo the r an d of a h alf slave T hese hal f -

.

sl aves o r one fou rth sl aves whethe r s ag u i g ui l i rs or

-
,

namama h ay s se rved thei r maste rs du ring eve ry o the r

,

moon ; and in this respe ct so is suc h co nditio n sl ave ry .

I n the s ame way it may ha pp en in divisions b e

,

tween heI rs that a slave will fall to seve ral an d s erves ,

each one fo r the time that is due him When the .

s l ave is not wholly sl ave but half o r fou rth he h as

, ,

the right because of that p a rt that is f ree to com p el

, ,

his master to emanc rp ate him fo r a j ust p rice T his :

price is ap p raised and regul ate d fo r pe rson s acco rd

in g to the qu ali ty of thei r slave ry whether it be sagui ,

g u i l i r o r na m a m a h ay h alf s l,
ave o r qua rte r sl ave .

B ut if he is wholly sl ave the maste r cannot b e com

, ,

p e l l e d to ranso m o r emancip ate him fo r any p rice .

T he usu al p rice o f a s ang u i gu i l i r slave among the

n atives is at most gene rally ten taes o f good gol d o r
, , ,

ei ghty peso s ; i f he is namamah ay h alf of that sum ,

.

The othe rs are in the s ame p ro p o rtion ta k ing into ,

conside ratio n the pe rson and his age .

N 0 fixed beginnin g can b e assi gned as the o r i g i n

o f these kinds o f sl ave ry among these natives b ecause
,

all the sl aves are n atives of the isl ands an d no t ,

s trange rs . I t is thought that they we re made in thei r

w ars an d qu arrels The most ce rtai n knowledge is
.
 TH E PHI LIPPI N E I SLA ND S [ VO L 1 6

th at the most p owe rful ma d e the others sl aves and ,

seized them fo r slight cau s e o r occasion and many ,

times fo r loans an d usu rious contracts which we re

cu rrent amo ng them T he interest c apital and debt .
, , ,

increased so much w i th del ay that the b o rro we rs be

c ame s l aves Consequently all thes e slaveries h ave
.

violent an d unjust beginnin gs ; an d most of the suits

among the natives a re ove r these an d they occu p y the ,

j ud ges in the exterio r co u rt with them and thei r con ,

fesso rs in that of conscience

1 46
.

T hese slaves comp rise the g reatest wealth and capi

tal o f the n atives of these islands fo r they are ve ry ,

useful to the m an d necess a ry for the cultivation o f

thei r p rope r ty T hey are sol d traded and exch an ged
.
, ,

among them j ust as any othe r me rc antile a rticle

, ,

f rom one villa ge to anoth e r f rom one p rovince to ,

anothe r ,
and li kewise from one isl and to a n o the r .

T he refo re an d to avoid so many suits as woul d occu r

,

i f these slaveries we re examined and thei r ori g in ,

an d s ou rce asce rtained they a re p rese rve d and held ,

as they w e re f o rme rly .

T he ma rria ges of these natives commonly and ,

gene rally we re and are : Chiefs with women chiefs ;

,

ti mag u as with those of that ran k ; and sl aves with

This clas s of s l avery s till exis ts [ 1 8 90 ] in many dis tricts ,

Cs pec i a lly i n t he pr ovin ce of B a tan gas ; b ut i t mu s t b e a dmitted th at

t he i c nditi on i s quit e di fferent f ro m th a t o f t he s l av e i n G re ece

r o

o r R ome , o r th a t of the ne g ro and even f th os e m de s l av es ,

o a

formerly by the Sp ani a rd s Tha n ks to their s ci al conditi n and to

. o o

their numb er in th a t time the S p ni s h d min ti on met ve y li t tl e

, a o a r

res i t n e while the Filipin chiefs e ily l s t their ind ependenc e

s a c ,
o as o

a n d li b erty T he pe ple
. c u s tomed t
o the y k e did not defend
,
ac o o ,

the chiefs from the inv ader n r a ttempt t tru ggle f li b erties , o o s or

th a t they never enj oyed For the people it w as only a ch an ge f

.
, o

m as ters T he n ob les accus t med to tyr an ni e by force h d to

.
,
o z , a

accept the fo rei g n tyr nny wh en it sh wed its elf s tr n ge r th an

a , o o

their ow n Not en c unterin g l ve r eleva ted feelin gs in th en

. o o o e

s l aved m ass they f ound them s elv es with out f r e o p ower

,
RIZA L o c r . .
 TH E PHI LIPPI N E IS LA ND S [ Vol 1 6

( w hich th ey call v i g a d i cay a ) unless it h a pp en ed ,

’
th at they sep a rated th rou gh the husband s fault ; fo r
’
then it was not retu rned to him an d the wi fe s pa r ,

ents kept it T he p rope rty that they ha d acqui re d

.

togethe r was d ivi ded into h alves and each one dis ,

posed of his own I f one made any p ro fi ts in whi ch

.

the othe r d i d no t h ave a share or pa rtici pate he ,

acqui re d it fo r himself alone .

The I ndi ans were ad o pted one by anothe r in ,

p resence of the relatives T he adopted pe rson .

g ave and delive red all his actual possessions to the

one who adopted him Thereu p on he remaine d in .

his h o use and care an d ha d a ri g ht to inhe rit wi th

,

the othe r chil d ren .

”

A dulte ries we re not p unish a b le co r p orally If .

th e a d ultere r p aid the a gg rieved p a r ty the am ount

a dj udge d by the ol d men and a g reed u p on by them ,

then the inju ry was p a r d one d an d the hus b and was ,

a pp eased and retained h is h ono r H e woul d stil l .

live with his wife an d the re w ould be no fu rthe r

talk about the matte r .

I n inhe ritances all the l egitimate chil d ren i nhe r

i te d equally f rom thei r p arents whateve r p rope rty
they h ad acqui red I f the re we re any movable .

o r landed p rope rty which they h ad received f rom

thei r p a rents such went to the nearest rel atives and
,

“ 8
B ig ay ki fy a ,
-
to g ve wh t
i volunta ry offerin g
a o ne c an,
”
a ,

a p re s ent gof oo d will T hi s big y k y devolved enti r e a -

'

a a

to the m rried uple

a co rdin g t C lin if the s n in l aw was
, a cco o o , o - -

ob edient t o his p a rent s i n l aw ; if n t it w as divided am n g al l the

- -
o ,
o

heir s .B es ides the d ow y the chiefs u s ed t o g ive c ert a in g ifts to

r ,

the p rent s and rel tives and ev en to the s l ave whi ch were g eat
a a ,
s, r

or le s cc rdin g to the r n k of the one m a rried ( Coli n )

s a o a .

RI Z A L
T hi s goo d cu s tom s till exi s t s lthou gh it is g rad u,
a "

ally p ass in g a way RI ZA L . .

 ’
M ORGA S SU CESOS

the coll ate ral si d e o f th at sto c k i f the re we re no ,

l e gitimate child ren b y an y nas ab a T h is was the .

case eithe r with o r without a will I n the act of .

d rawin g a will the re was no fu rthe r ce remony than

,

to have written it o r to h ave state d it o rally befo re

acquaintances .

I f any chief w as l o rd of a b arang ai then in that ,

case the eldest son of an y nas ab a succeeded him I f

,
.

he died the sec ond so n succeeded I f the re we re

,
.

no son s then the dau ghte rs succeede d in the same

,

o rde r . I f the re we re no legitimate s uccesso rs the ,

succes s ion went to the ne arest relative belon gin g to

the linea ge and relationship o f the chief who h ad
been the l ast possesso r of it .

I f any n ative who h ad sl ave women m a d e con

c ub i nes of any of the m an d such sl ave woman ha d
,

chil dren those child ren we re f ree as was the sl ave

, ,
.

But i f she had no chil d ren she remained a sl ave ”

,
.
0

T hese child ren by a slave woman an d thos e b o rne ,

b y a m a rried woman we re re g a rded as ille g itim ate

, ,

and did not succeed to the inhe ritance wi th the othe r

chil d ren neithe r we re the p a rents o b liged to leave
,

them anything E ven i f they we re the s ons o f

.

chie fs they did no t succeed to the nobili ty o r chief

,

ta i ns h i p of the pa rents nor to thei r p rivileges but

, ,

they remained and we re reckone d as plebei ans and

in the numbe r and ran k of the othe r ti mag u as .

The contracts and a Otl a tI O I l S o f t hese natives '

were gene rally illegal each one p aying attention to

,

ho w he might bette r his own business and inte r est .

L oans with inte rest were ve ry c ommon and much

the l w throu gh ut m t p a rts f A s i a ; in S i am the
Su ch is a o os o

w m n b ecomes free with ut h vin g children I t is nly in Amer

o a o a . o

i
ca th t f thers c uld and did s ell their own children into s lavery
a a o .

STA N L EY .
 TH E PHI LIPPI N E IS LA ND S [ l
Vo 1 6

p racticed an d the inte rest incu rred was excessive

,
.

The de b t d oubled an d inc rease d all the time while

payme nt was delayed u ntil it stripped the debto r of ,

all his possessions and he and his child ren wh en , ,

all thei r prope r ty was gone became sl aves ,

.
15 1

Thei r customa ry method of trading was by b a rte r

ing one thing for another such as foo d clot h cattl e , , , ,

f owls l and s houses fiel d s sl aves fis h i ng g rounds

, , , , ,
-
,

and p alm trees ( both nip a an d wil d ) S ome

-
.

times a p rice inte rvened which was paid in gold , ,

as agreed upon o r in metal bells b rou g ht fro m ,

China These bells they regard as p re c i ous jewels ;

.

”
they resembl e l a r ge p ans and a re ve ry s ono rous f

T hey play upon these at thei r fea s ts an d ca rry them ,

to the wa r in thei r boats in s tead of d rums and othe r

instruments The re a re o ften delays an d te rms fo r .

ce rt ain p ayments and b o ndsmen who inte rvene and ,

b ind themselves , but always with ve ry usu rio us an d

excessiv e p ro fi ts an d inte rests .

C rimes we re p unishe d by request of the aggrieved

pa rties E specially we re thefts pun ished with
.

greate r seve ri ty the ro bbe rs being ensl aved or some ,

times p ut to death T he same was true of insult .

1 53

T h is c on diti
the collection f u s u ry is t ue
on o f affa irs and o r

s t ill M r g s wo rd s pro ve true n t nly of the I ndi an

o a
’
o o ,

b ut al s of the mes ti os the Sp a ni ard s nd ev en of va ri us rel i

o z , , a o

g i ou s S o fa
. r h a s it go ne th a t t he gov ernment it s elf no t onl y per
mits it b ut al so exac ts the capital nd even the p rs on to p ay the
,
a e

deb ts of others as h ppens with the b a d ba ng ay [ he d f a

, a ca ez e ra a o

b r ng y]
a a R I ZA L
a .

T h t m t m nd the p u m pi ng
152
e a till u ed RI Z A L
-
a a -
a a re s s . .

T h e a rly Filipin s h d a g re t h rr r f thef t an d even the

e o a a o o o ,

m o t nti Filipin hi t ri n uld n t

s a -
u s e them f b ein g a
o s o a co o acc o

thievis h ra e T d ay h wever they h ve los t their h rr r f th a t

c . o ,
o ,
a o o o

c rime O n f the l d Filipin method s f inve ti ga tin g the ft w as

. e o o o o s

as f ll ws :o I f the ime was p ved b ut not t he cri min al i f

o cr ro , ,

m re tha n one was su s pected

o e ch s u p ec t w firs t a s as
 TH E PHI LIPPI N E IS LA ND S [ VOL 1 6

A s lon g as these natives l ived in thei r p a g anism ,

it was not known that they had fallen into the ab om

inable sin against n ature B ut afte r the S p ani a r ds .

had ente red thei r country th rough communication ,

—
with the m and still mo re th rough that with the ,

Sa ng l ey s who h ave come f rom China and are much

, ,

given to that v ice it h as been communicated to th em

so mewhat b oth to men and to women I n this mat
,
.

te r it has b een necessa ry to ta ke action .

of P intados es p ecially ,

th

ve rs enes s h as m
mu ni c a ti on b etween men and women ; and the re is
o ne to which they a re accustomed fr o m thei r you th .

The men s k il fully m a ke a hole in thei r V i rile mem

’
b e r nea r i ts hea d an d inse rt the rein a se rp ent s head
, ,

eithe r o f metal o r ivo ry and fasten it with a pe g of ,

the s a me mate ri al passed th rou g h the hole so th at ,

it cannot b ecome unfastened With this device .

,

they have co mmunication with thei r wives and a re ,

una b le to withd raw unt il a lon g time afte r copul a

tion T hey a re ve ry fond o f this and receive much
.

pleasu re f rom it so th at althou gh they shed a quan

, ,

tity o f blood and r eceive other ha rm it is cu rrent

, ,

among them These devices a re called s a g ra s an d

.
,

the re are ve ry few of them because since they h ave ,

become Ch ristians strenuous effo rts a re being made ,

to do away w ith these an d not c o nsent to thei r us e ; ,

and conseq uently the p ractice has been chec k ed i n

”
great pa rt .
56

I n s peak in g of a s imil r cu s tom in A u tr l i a Eyre ( C nt l

a s a ,
e ra

Au t l i i p
s ra a, ,
y : T hi s extra rdin ry nd inexpli c ble
. sa s o a a a

cu t m mu t h ave g re t tenden cy t prevent the r pid in c re e

s o s a a o a as

of the p o pul a tio n S TA N L EY [ S t a nley d es n t trans l ate this

. . o o

p r graph of the text ]

a a .
 ’
MORGA S SU CESOS

H e rbalis ts an d wit ches a re common amon g these

n ativ es b ut a re not punished o r p rohibite d amon g
, ,

them so lo n g as they do no t cause any speci al h a rm

,
.

B ut seldo m coul d that be ascertaine d o r kn own .

The re we re also men whose business was to ravish

an d ta ke away vi rgini ty f rom youn g g irls T hes e .

g i rls we re ta k en to such men an d the l atte r we re ,

p aid fo r r avishing them fo r the n atives consid e re d ,

it a hind rance and impediment if the g i rl s we re vi r

g ins when they m a rried .

I n matte rs o i reli g ion the natives p r oceeded mo re ,

barb arously an d with greate r blindness th an in all

th e rest Fo r b esides being p agans w i tho ut any
.
,

k nowled ge of the true G od they neithe r strove to ,

d iscove r H im b y way of reason no r h ad any fixed ,

belief T he devil usu ally deceived them with a

.

thous and e rro rs an d blindnesses H e app ea red to .

them in vario us ho rrible and fri g htful f o rms and as ,

fi e rce animals so that they feare d him an d trem bled

,

befo re him T hey gene rally w o rsh iped him and

.
,

m ade images of him in the said fo rms T hese they .

kept in caves an d p rivate houses whe re they offe red ,

them pe rfumes and o d o rs and food an d f ruit calling , ,

them a ni tos .
157

O the rs wo rshi p ed the sun and the moon and made ,

feasts and d runken revels at the conjunction of those

bodies S ome wo rshi ped a yell ow colo red bi rd th at
.
-

d wells in thei r woods called b a ta l a T hey gene rally

,
.

wo rshi p and ado re the croco d iles when they s ee

them by kneelin g down an d claspin g thei r hands
, ,

because o f th e ha rm th at they receive f rom those

157
I t ppea rs th at the n tives c lled a ni t a tutel ry geniu s
a a a o a ,

either f the f mily o extr ne u s to it N ow with their n w

o a , r a o .
, e re

l i g i us ide s the Ta gal s apply the term ni t to any s upers titi on

o a , a o ,

fal e w r hip id ol etc R I Z A L

s o s , , . .
 TH E PHI LIPPI N E IS LA ND S [ Vol 1 6

reptiles ; they believe th at by so doin g the crocodiles

will bec ome appeased an d leave them T hei r oaths .
,

exec rati ons and p romises are all as above mentione d

, ,
“
namely M ay b u ha y a n eat thee i f thou dost not
, ,

spea k truth o r ful fil wh at thou h ast p romised an d

,
”
,

simila r thin gs .

T he re we re no temples th roughout those isl ands ,

no r houses gene rally used fo r the wo rsh ip of ido ls ;

but each p e rson possessed an d made in his house his
own anitos without any fixed rite o r ce re m on y
,
158
.

T hey h ad no p riests o r religi ous to atten d to reli g ious

a ffai rs exce p t ce rtain ol d men an d women calle d
,

c a ta l o na s T hese we re expe rienced witches an d

.

sorce re rs who k ep t the other people deceived T he

,
.

latte r commu ni c a td to these so rcere rs thei r desi res

an d needs an d the c atal onas tol d them innume rable
,

extravagancies an d lies T he c atal onas utte re d .

p raye rs and p e rfo rmed othe r ce remonies to the idols

fo r the sic k ; an d they believed in omens an d supe r
s ti ti ons wi th which the devil ins p i re d them whe re
, ,

b y they decl ared whethe r the p atient woul d recove r

or die S uch we re thei r cu res an d methods an d
.
,

they used va rious kinds of divin ations fo r all thin gs .

A ll this was with so little ai d appa ratus o r found a , ,

—
tion which G od pe rmitted so th at the p reach in g ,

of the holy gospel shoul d find those of that re g ion

better p repared fo r it and so that those n atives woul d ,

confess th e truth more e asily and it would be les s ,

di ffi cult to withd raw them f rom thei r d arkness an d ,

O ther b es ides M o r g a menti on o r t rie s in caves where the

“ 58
s a o ,

id ols were k ept a nd where a rom ti s were b urned in s m all

,
a c

b ras ier C hirino f und m ll templ e in T ai t y dj inin g th

s . o s a s a a o e

p rin cip al h u es [ S VO L X I I f this s erie s ch pter xxi ] I t

o s . ee .
,
o ,
a .

a ppe r th t temples were never dedi ted t b th l m y hap l

a s a ca o a a a a a ,

n r w s s ac ri fi c e eve
o a ffered him The temples dedicated to the
r o .

a ni t were called ul fig RI Z A L
o a o . .
1
34 TH E PHI LIPPI N E IS LA ND S [ VO L 1 6

A few years befo re the S p ania rds sub dued the

isl an d of L u z on ce rtain n atives of the island of ,

Bo rneo began to g o thither to trade especially to the ,

settlement of M anila and T on d o ; an d the inh ab itants

of the one isl and inte rmarried with thos e of the
othe r These B o rneans are M ahometans an d we re
.
,

al ready introducing thei r religion among the n atives

o f L u zo n and we re giving them instructions ce re
, ,

monies an d the form o f obse rving thei r religion by

, ,

means of ce rtain g a z i z es whom they b rought with 1 61

them A l ready a conside rable numbe r an d those

.
,

the chiefest men we re com mencing alth o ugh by , ,

piecem eal to b e come Mo r os and were being ci r ,

c u mc i s e d and taking the n ames of M o ros H ad .

pl aces a rdin g t o the in clin a ti n nd rran gement o f the de

, cco o a a

c e as ed either u t op o f the h ou s e m n g the tre ures

o a o as or

underne th it b ut r ai s ed fr m the g r und ; in the g ou id it elf

,

a ,
o o or r r s ,

in a n open h le s urr unded with a m ll r ilin g o ne rb y o s a a a

they were w nt to p l ace n ther b x filled with the b e t cl thes f

o a o o s o o

the deceas ed ; and a t me l time th ey t v rious rti les of f d a -

se a a c oo

there in di s hes B es ide the men were l id their we p n s and b

. a a o ,
e

s ide the w omen their l o m r o ther implement s o f w r k ( C lin ) o s o o o .

R IZAL .

Ka s i Thi s is an ther in s tan e f the mi sappli cati on of thi s

s . o c o

A r b i c term which me ns exclu s ively a Chris ti an pri es t STA N L EY

a , a . .

Thi s cus tom has not fallen int o di u s e am n g the Filipin s s o o ,

even am n g the C th li cs R I Z A L
o a o . .

L ieuten nt Ch a rle N rt n B a rney of the medi c l dep r tment

a s o o ,
a a

o f the U S A rmy h s n rti cle in J u n l of th As s ci a ti on f

. .
,
a a a o r a e o o

M ilit a ry S ur ge n s f r S eptem b er 1 9 0 3 on Cir umc i s i n nd

o o , ,
c o a

Fl a gell ti n m n g the Filipin s I n re ga rd t ir um i s i n he

a o a o o .
”
o c c c o

t tes th at it is very n ient u s t m m n g the P hilippi ne i d i

s a
“
a a c c o a o n os ,

a n d so g ener li d th t t leas t s eventy r ei ghty per c ent f

a ze a a o o

m le in the T g l c untry h ve under g ne the per ti n T h s e

a s a a o a o o a o .
”
o

un circum i ed t the g f pub erty c s taunted by their fe) w

a a e o a re o s,

a nd su h c lled
c up ut are a w rd f merly me nin g
a n
“
s ,
”
o or a co

t ic t d
s r e ti ght b ut n w b ein g extended t me n on w h
or ,
”
o o a e o

ca nn t e s ily g in entr n e in s exu l inter ur e T h

o a a per a c a co s .
”
e o a

ti n has n reli gi u s i gnifi an e n i it d ne f le nline

o o o s c c ,
”
or s o or c a ss,

b ut fr om cu s tom and dis inclin ati on t b e ridi culed prob ab ly [ s o ,

”
a
 ’
M ORGA S SU C ESOS

the S pani ards coming been delayed longe r th at

’
,

religion woul d h ave Sp read th rou gh out the island ,

an d even th rough the othe rs and it woul d h ave been ,

di ffi cult to exti rp ate it The me rcy of G o d checked .

it I n time ; fo r because of being in so ea rly sta ges

, ,

it was up rooted f rom the islands an d they we re freed ,

f rom it th at is in all th at the S p aniards h ave p aci

, ,

fi e d and th at are unde r the gove rnment o f the Fili

,

pinas Th at reli gion h as sp read an d extended ve ry

.

wi dely in the othe r islands outside of this gove rn

ment so that now almost all o f thei r n a tives are
,

M ahometan M o ros an d a re ruled and instructed by,

thei r g a gi z es and othe r m o r a b i tos ; these O ften c o me 18 3

to p reach to an d teach them b y way of the strait of

M a [ l a ] ca an d the R ed S e a th rough which they n avi ,

gate to reach these islands .

The arrival of the S p an iards in these Filipin as

I slands since the ye ar one thous and fiv e hun dre d
,

an d sixty fou r the p aci fi c ati on and conve rsion that

-
,

has been made therein thei r mode of gove rning an d , ,

the p rovisions of his M aj esty du ring these yea rs fo r

thei r welfa re have caused innovations in many
,

thi ngs such as a re usual to kingdoms and p rovinces

,

that change thei r religion an d sove reign T he fo re .

most has been that beside s the name of Fi l i p i n as

,

which all the isl ands took an d receive d f rom the b e

g inning o f thei r conquest they belon g to a new ,

ki ngdom and seignio ry to which his M aj es ty Fili po ,

M r g pr v ] h vin g b een le rned fr m the M r

o a o es a T h fri r a o o os . e a s
were un b le t he k t h u t m A m n g the T gal the per ti n
a o c c e c s o . o a s O a o
lled t l i d the meth d f ir um i in g i de ri b ed t
”
i
s ca u , an o o c c c s s sc a
len gth The u th r derive hi inf rm ti fr m me ti
. a o snd s o a on o a s zo a a
full bl ded n tive T h u t m i menti ned by F rem n
-
oo a . e c s o s o o a .

App ll ti n given t their e le i ti l ge b y M h m

e a o o cc s as ca sa s a o e
 TH E PHI L IPPI N E IS LA ND S [ Vo l 1 6

S econd ou r s ove reign gave the n ame of Nuevo

, ,

R eyno de Castilla New Kingdom o f C astilla J ”

.

By h i s royal concessio n he made the city o f M anil a ,

capi tal of it and gave to it as a special favo r among

, ,

other things a c rowned co at of arms wh ich was — -

,

chosen an d assigned by his royal pe rson This is an .

escutcheon divi ded ac ross I n the up per p art is a .

castle on a red field and I n the lowe r a lion o f gol d , ,

c r owned and rampant hol ding a n aked swo rd in its ,

right p aw O ne hal f of the body is in the fo rm of

.
-

a d ol phin upon the wate rs of the sea to si gni fy th at ,

the S p ani ards c rosse d the sea with thei r arms to

conque r this ki ngdom fo r the crown of C as ti l l a ‘ f “

The city of M anil a was f ounded by the adel antado

M iguel L ope z de L ega z pi fi rst gove rno r o f the Fili
.

pin as in the islan d of L u z on I t occupies the s ame

,
.

s ite whe re R aj amo r a had his settlement and fo rt as

h as been rel ated mo re at length at the mouth of the
rive r whi ch empties into the b ay on a point between ,

the rive r an d the sea The whole site was occup ied .

by this new settlement and L e g a z pi appo rtioned it ,

to the S p ania rds in equal buil ding lots I t was l aid -

.

out with well a rranged streets and squa res straigh t

-
,

an d level A suffi ci ently la rge main squa re [ P l a z a

.

m a y o r ] was left f ro nting which were e rected the ,

cathed ral chu rch and municip al buildings H e left .

anothe r squa re th at of arms [ P la z a d e a r ma s ] f ront

, ,

ing which was built the fo rt as well as the royal ,

buildings H e gave sites fo r the

.

hospital an d ch apels which were to be built as being

, ,

a ci ty which was to g row an d inc reas e continually

S
1 “
ee the k in g de c ree g r ntin g thi
’
s t i rm in VO L 1 X a s co a -
o -
a s, .
,

with repre ent ti n t f— rm

pp 2 1 1 2 5
. 1 - t w
,
s f t h o o s s a o o e c a -
o a .

1“Convents occupy alm t ne third p art of the walled ci ty os o - .

RI Z A L .
 TH E PHI LIPPI N E IS LA ND S [ VO L 1 6

the cu rtain which extends along the sho re of the

,

b ay I t is called Nuestra S e n o ra de G ui a an d is a
.
,

ve ry l a rge roun d towe r I t h as its own cou rt well .

, ,

and qu arte rs inside a s well as the maga z ine an d

, ,

othe r ro oms fo r wo rk I t h as a trave rse exten ding

.

to the beach on which a re mounte d a do z en l a rge

,

an d mod e rate s i z e d p ieces which command the bay

-
,

and sweep the wall which extends along th e sho re

,

to the gate and to the fort of S anti ago O n t h e othe r .

side the f o rtre ss has a la rge salient towe r mounted ,

with fou r l a rge pieces which command the sho re ,

ahead in the di rection of the ch apel of Nuestra S e

fi ora de G uia The gate an d entra nce is within the
.

city an d is guarded by a comp any of t wenty soldie rs

and thei r o ffi cers s i x artille rymen and one com
, ,

mandant and his lieuten ant who live inside ,

.

O n the land si d e whe re the wall extends the re is

, ,

a rampa rt called S ant A n dres which mounts six ,

p ieces of artille ry that c omman d in all di rections an d ,

some swivel guns Fa rthe r on is anothe r traverse

-
.

called S an G ab riel opposite the pa ri a n of the S an

,

gleys with a like amount of a rtille ry B oth h ave

,
.

s ome sol diers an d an o rdinary gua rd .

The wall h as a su ffi cient hei ght an d is fu rnished ,

with b attlements and tu rrets built in the mode rn ,

sty le fo r its defense I t has a ci rcuit o f about on e

,
.

legua which can be made enti rely on to p I t h as

,
.

many b r o ad steps of the same hewn stone at inte r ,

vals in s ide The re are th ree p rincip al city gates on

.

the land side an d m any othe r poste rns O pening at

,

c onvenient pl aces on the a v e r and be ach fo r the ,

se rvice of the city E ach and all of them a re locked

.

bef o re n i ghtf all by the o rdina ry p atrols These .

ca rry the keys to the gu ard room of the royal buil d -

 M ORGA S SU C ESOS
’
1 39

ings I n the mo rning when day co m es the patrols

.
,

retu rn w ith the keys and O pen th e city .

1 68

The royal arsen als f ront on the P la z a de a rmas .

I n them a re kept an d gu a rded a l l the supplies of

ammunitio n f o od rigging i ron coppe r le ad a r , , , , , ,

tille ry a rquebuses and othe r things belonging to the

, ,

royal estate They have their o wn offi ce rs an d .

wo rkmen an d a re pl aced in ch a rge of the ro yal o f

,

fi c i al s .

Nea r these a rsenals is located the powde r house -

,

with i ts maste r wo rkmen an d convicts whe re pow , , ,

der is gene rally ground in th irty mo rtars and th at ,

?”
w hich is spoiled is re fin e d
The buil ding fo r the founding of a rtille ry is lo
c a te d on a suitable site in anothe r p art of th e city .

I t h as its m ol d s ov ens an d t o ols foun de rs an d , , , ,

1 70
wo rkmen who w o rk i r .

T he royal buildings a re v e ry beautiful an d s fig y

h t l ,

an d c ontain m any ro oms Th ey h ave many win .

do ws open ing towa r d the sea and the P l a z a de

a rmas They a re all built of stone an d have two
.

cou rts with uppe r an d lowe r galle ries raised on

,

sto ut pilla rs The gove rno r and p resident lives i n

.

side w ith his family The re is a hall fo r the r oyal .

A udi enci a w hich is ve ry l arge and stately ; als o a

,

the ga tes f the city e pen all ni gh t and in

N ow [ 1 8 90 ] o ar o ,

c ert in peri d
a p a ge l n g the treets nd thr u gh the w lls is
o s, ssa a o s a o a

a ll wed t l l h ur R IZA L
o a a o s . .

T hi s p wder mill h ever l time h n g ed its s ite I t w as

o -
as s a s c a .

a fterw a rd ne r M a l t n the ea h ore and then w s m oved to

a a a o s s , a

N g t ha n the b n k f the P as i g R I ZA L
a a , o a o . .

P r b b ly o n the
1 7°
me Site where the great T a gal cann on
o a sa

f undry h d f rmerly t d whi h was b urned and de tr yed b y

o a o s oo ,
c s o

the Sp m ds t their fir t rriv l in M nil S n A gu tin de

a ar a s a a a a . a s

cl the T gal f undry t h ve b een l a r ge s th t t M al ga

a r es

fiIZA L
a o o a as a a a a

.
 TH E PHI LIPPI N E IS LA ND S [ Vo l 1 6

sep arate chapel a r oom fo r the ro y al seal an d, ,

offi ces fo r the scriveners of the A udiencia an d the ,

gove rnment The re a re also othe r apartments fo r

.

the roy al treasu ry an d the administration of the royal

o ffi cials while a l arge porch opens o n the street with
,

two p rincipal doors where the gua rd room is loc ated ,

.

The re is one com pany of regul ar a rquebusie rs who ,

come in d aily with thei r b anners to stand gua rd .

O pposite on the other side of the street is anothe r

, ,

edi fi ce fo r the royal treasu ry an d those in ch a rge

of i t .
1 72

The houses of the cabildo located on the squ a re , ,

a re built o f stone They a re ve ry sightly and h ave .

h a n dsome halls O n the groun d floo r is the p rison .

,

and the cou rt of the alc aldes i n o rdinary - -

.
1 73

O n the s ame squ are is situ ated the cathe dral

chu rch I t is built o f hewn stone an d has th ree
.

naves an d its main ch apel and cho i r with high an d

, , ,

low seats The choi r is shut in by railings and h as its

.
,

o rgan missal stands an d other necessa ry things The

,
-
,
.

c athed ral h as also its sac ristan an d his a p artments 1“

and offi ces .

Within the ci ty is the monaste ry of S t A ugustine . .

I t is ve ry la r ge and h as many do rm ito ries a r efecto ry ,

and k itchens Th ey are now completing a chu rch .

,

which is one of the most sumptuous in those districts .

”
T his convent h as gene rally fi fty religious .

The Ri l editi n mit the w rd

za o o s o s, ma y g r a nd e y a u t o ri zad a,

ca p ill a ap a r t e, ca ma r a d el fel l o rea l .

" 2
treas ury b uildin g T he govern or s p al ace was de
T he .
’

s tr yed in 1 8 63
o R I ZAL . .

"
The A udienci a and cab ild b uildin gs were al so des troyed
3
o ,

b ut the l tter ha b een reb uilt RI Z A L

a s . .

The Ri z al editi on mi s prints f c ift n as s a is t i as

1 “
a r a cr .

Thi s is the l r ges t c nvent in M anil a RI ZA L a o . .

 TH E PHI IPPI N E IS A ND S
L L [ Vo l 1 6

con fi dential assistants ; and the re shelte r is given to

ne e dy women and girls of the city in the fo rm of ,

religious reti rement S ome of the gi rls leave the .

house to be married while others remain the re pe r ,

manentl y I t h as its own house for work an d its

.
,

choi r H is M ajes ty assists them with a po rtion of

.

the i r mainten ance ; the rest is p rovi ded by thei r own

industry and p rope rty They h ave thei r own stew .

a rd and thei r p riest who administe rs the sacraments ,

to them .

I n anothe r part is the royal ho s pital fo r S p ania rds ,

with its physici an apothecary surgeons m anage rs , , , ,

an d se rvants I t and its church are built of stone

.

and it has its sick rooms an d the bed se rvice I n it .

all the S paniards are tre ated I t is usually quite .

full ; it is un de r the royal p atron age H is M ajes ty .

p rovi des the most necessa ry thin g s fo r it T h ree .

discalced religious of S t Francis act the re as su p e r .

i nt end ents and they p rove ve ry adva ntageous fo r the

,

co rp oral an d Spi ritual relief of the sick I t was .

bu rned in the confl ag r ati on of the forme r yea r six

hun d red an d th ree an d is now being rebuilt ,
.

The re is an o the r ch aritable hospital in ch ar ge of

the Conf rate rni ty of that name I t was founded in .

the city of M anila by the Con f rate rnity of L a M ise ri

co rdi a of L is b oa an d by the othe r conf rate rnities of
,
” 9
I ndia I t has apostolic bulls fo r wo rks of cha rity ,

such as bu rying the dead suppo rting the mo dest ,

poo r marrying o rphans an d relieving many neces

, ,

sities The re the slaves of the ci ty are treated an d

.
,

A fter m any v a ryin g fo rt unes thi s in s titution ,

has wh lly o

di sappe ared RI Z A L . .

T he C nfr ternity of M er cy
” 9
o a [ H er ma n d a d d e l a M i s er i
c ord i ] was f ounded in 1 5 9 4 by
a , an e ccles i as ti c n am ed Ju an

F nénde de Le6n RI ZA L
er z . .
 ’
M ORGA S SU C ESOS

l odgings a re l ike wise p rovide d fo r poo r wo men .

Next to the mon aste ry of S t Francis is located the .

h osp ital fo r natives which is unde r royal p atron

,
180

‘
age I t was founded with a l ms by a holy lay ,
.

b rothe r of S t F rancis one Fray J oa n Clemente A

.
,
.

great many n atives su ffe ring from all diseases a re, ,

treated the re with great care an d attent ion I t has .

a go o d edi fi ce an d wo rk ro oms buil t of stone The .

d iscal ced religious of S t Francis manage it ; and .

th ree p riests an d fou r l ay b rothe rs of exempla ry -

,

life live the re T hese a re the p hysicians su rgeons

,
.
, ,

an d ap othecari es of the h o spital an d a re s o skil ful ,

a nd useful th at they cau s e many m a rvelous cu res

, ,

b oth in me dicine an d in su rge ry .

The streets o f the city a re comp actly buil t up with

houses mostly of stone although s ome a re of w o od
, ,
.

M any a re roofed with clay tiling an d o the rs with ,

nip a T hey a re excellent edi fi ces l o fty an d spacious

.
, ,

an d h ave large ro oms and many win dows and bal ,

conies with i r on g ratings that embell ish them

, ,
.

M ore a re daily bein g built and finished T he re a re .

ab out six hun d red houses within the walls an d a ,

gre ate r numbe r built of wo od in the subu rbs ; and

, ,

all a re the h abi ta ti on s and ho mes of S pani ards .

The streets squa res and chu rches a re gene rally

, ,

fi lled with people of all cl asses especi ally S p an ,

i a r d s all b oth men an d women clad and g o r geously

, ,

ado rned in silks T hey wear many o rnaments an d

.

all kin ds of fine clothes bec ause of the e as e with ,

which these are ob tained Consequently this is o ne .

of the settlements most highly p rais e d by the fo r ,

eigners w h o reso rt to it of all in the wo rld b o th fo r , ,

the ab ove rea s on an d fo r the g re at p rovision an d

,

Sa n Ju an de D i os [ St . J hn o of G od ] . R I ZA L .
 TH E PHI L IPPI N E IS LA ND S [ Vo l 1 6

abun dance of food an d othe r necessa ries fo r human

l ife found the re an d s ol d at mo de rate p rices ,
.

M ani l a has two d rives fo r rec reation O ne is by .

l an d along the point called Nuestra S e n ora de G ui a

,
.

I t exten ds fo r abo ut a legua along the sho re an d is ,

ve ry clean and level Thence it p asses th rough a .

n ative street an d settlement c alled B ag unb ay a n to , ,

a ch apel much f requented b y the devout called

, ,

N u es tr a S e no ra de G uia an d continues fo r a goodly ,

dista nce fu rthe r to a monastery and mission hous e -

of the Augustinians called M ah al at ,

.
1 81

T he othe r drive extends th rough one of the ci ty

gates to a n ative settlement called L aguio by which , ,

o ne may g o to a chapel of S an A nt on an d to a ,

monastery and mission house of discalce d Francis -

cans a pl ace o f g reat devotion ne ar the city calle d

, , ,

L a C andela ri a .

This city is the capital of the k ingdom and the head

of the government o f all the island s I t is the me .

t ro p ol i s of the othe r cities and settlements of the

islands I n it reside the A udienci a and C h anc i l l e ri a
.

of his M ajesty an d the gove rnor and ca p tain gene ral

,
-

of the isl an ds .
1 83

etter M aa l a t T h S p ani ard s pron unced thi s l ter

1 81
B , . e o a

M l te T here lived the chief T a gal s fter they were deprived

a a . a

o f their h u s es in M nil am n g wh m were the f amilies f R j a

o a a, o o o a

M a t nd and R aj a S lim n San Au gu tin ys th t even in hi

a a o a . s sa a s

d y m ny o f the an c ient n b ility dwelt there

a a nd th t th y were o ,
a a e

very urb ne nd ultured a T he men h ld v ri ou s p it n s in

a c .
“
o a os io

M anil nd cert ain up ti n in s me f the l c l pub li func

a, a occ a o s o o o a c

ti ons T h women m k e ex ellent l ace in which they a e s k il

. e a c ,
r so

ful th t the D utch w men canno t s urp s them Thi is till

a o as .
”
s s

true f the w men R I Z A L

o o . .

1 82
N ow the town of P aco R IZ AL
. .

R ec op i l a czo n d e l ey es , lib tit xv ley xi de fines the dis

. II , .
, ,

tri et of A the udien i

c a , a nd s t a te s cert in prer ga tive s o f the g v
a o o
 TH E PHI LIPPI N E IS LA ND S [ VO L 1 6

—
b ishops na mely, in the isl and of S ebu and in
,

C agayan an d Cam a rines .

“ 5

The re is a royal treasu ry with th ree royal offi cials

factor accountant and treasu re r by whom the royal
, ,
1 86
revenue of all the islands is m an aged .

T he vessels sailing annually to N u eva E sp a n a with

the me rchan dise an d investments o f all the isla nds
are despatched f rom the city of M anil a ; an d they t e
tu rn thithe r from N uev a E spa n a with the p roceeds
of th is me rchandise and the usual re e nf o rcements ,
.

I n the city is esta b lished the cam p of the regul ar

soldie rs whom his M ajesty has h a d s tationed in the
islands .

S eve ral g alleys a re also statione d at M a nil a with

thei r gene ral an d captains as well as othe r war ves ,
-

sels of de ep d ra ft and sma lle r on es built like those

, ,

use d b y the natives to atten d to the needs of all the ,

islands .

T he maj o ri ty of the vessels f rom Ch ina J apon , ,

M alu co B o rney S ian M al aca and I nd i a tha t come

, , , , ,

to the Filipinas with thei r merch andise and a rticles

of tr a de gathe r I n the b ay and rive r of M anila I n
,
.

th at city they sell and trade fo r all the islan ds an d

thei r se ttlements .

I n the p rovince [o f Cag ay a n ] of this same isl and

o f L u z on was founded the city of S eg ovi a du rin g 1 87
,

Liter lly the ri gin l tran sl tes n the i sl nd s of S eb u

a , o a a I a ,

Cagay n nd C m a rin
a ,
a a es .
”

1 8“
T hi i s ch n g ed n w [ 1 8 9 0 ] n d the em p l yees s i n
s s o a o a o o

c re as ed i n num b er th t the a nnu a l expen e, am unt t m re th a n

a s s o o o

p es os while the intend nt s l ry i s

,
pes os a
’
s a a .

RIZ A L
T hi city has di s ppe a red from the m ap a nd fr m th e a rth
s a o e .

A n in n iderab le t wn n med La l lo upies i ts ite I t i till

co s o a -
oc c s . s s

h wever n amed as the app intment of the b i hopri c of

o ,
o s

B i gan the c tu al re s iden e of the b i s h p R I ZA L

, a c o . .
 M ORGA S SUC ESOS
’
1 47

the te rm of D on G on c alo R onquillo the thir d ,

gove rnor I t h as two hundred S p anish inhab itants

.

wh o l ive in woo den houses on the sh o re of the T aj o

R ive r two legu as f rom the sea an d po rt o f C a m a
,

l ay u g a There is a stone fo rt ne ar the city fo r the

.

defense of it and o f the rive r T his f o rt mounts some .

a rtille ry an d h as its own c omma n dant Besides

,
.

the I nhabitants the re a re gene rally one hund red reg ,

ula r sol die rs a rquebusie rs an d thei r offi ce rs They , ,

.

a re all in cha rge and u nde r com mand of the alcalde

m ayo r of the p rov ince who is its milit a ry com ,

mande r .

I n that city is established a bishop and his chu rch ,

although at p resent the l atte r has no dignitaries o r

p reben d aries The re is a city cabildo consistin g
.
1 88

‘
of two alcald es six r e g i do rs and an algu acil mayo r -
.
, ,

The city abounds in all kin d s of food and refresh

ment at ve ry cheap p rices .

T he ci ty of C a c eres was f o unde d in the p rovince

of Camarines of the s ame isl and of L u z on du ring ,

the te rm o f Docto r S an de gove rno r of the Fili pinas ,

.

I t has about one hun dre d S p anish inhabitants ; and

A n attempt was m a de to supply the lack of preb end s in the
c a thedr al c ities o f the P hilippine s b y the f ll win g l w I n as o o a :

mu h as the b i h p s f the churches f N ueva C a ere N uev Se

c s o o o c s, a

g vi and f the Name of Jes us f the Filipin I sl nd s s h uld

o a, o o as a o

h ve men t
a i s t them in the p ont ifi al c ts and the b i h ops h uld
o as s c a , s s o

h ve al l the pr priety p s i b le in their hurche nd divine w rs hip

a o o s c s, a o

m re rever n e ; n d in mu ch a s there a n tithes w ith which

o e c a as re o

a few pre b end rie s c n b e s u s t ined in the chur hes : theref re

a a u a c o o r

g vern
o o r f th e i s l a nd o
s h ll a pp int t e
osac h o f the s id hur he s s a o o a c c

t w e c le s i ti
o c f goo d life a nd ex ample wh
as cs o h ll i d nd s i s t , o s a a a as

the b i h p in the p nt ifi l ts and in al l el e rel tin g t divine

s o o ca ac , s a o

w rs hip H s h all i gn them

o . ert ain m de t um f their
e as s a c o s s or

s up p ort fr m u r y l t e s ury s th t with th t they m y f

o o r o a r a , o a a a or

the pres ent erv e the chur hes until there b e m re pportunity f r
s c , o o o

end win g them with preb end ries nd pr vidin g ther ne e ry

o a a o o c ss a

thin gs Felipe I II S n L o ren O c tob er 5 1 606 R p l a

.
”
, a z o, , . ec o
'

c o
’

i n d l y li b i tit vi ley xviii

e e es , .
, .
, .
 TH E PHI L IPPI N E I SLA ND S [ VO L 1 6

h as its cabild o consisting of alcaldes r eg i d o rs and

, , ,

offi ci als A bishop o f that p rovince is establ i shed

.

the re and has his chu rch although with out d i g ni ,

ta ries o r prebe nda ries A monaste ry of disc alced .

Franciscans is locate d the re The gove rnment a nd .

m i lita ry a ffai rs of that p rovince a re unde r o ne a l

- —
calde mayo r and war captain who resi des in Ca c e res .
,

The l atte r is a pl ace a bounding in an d fu rnished

with all ki n ds of p rovisions at very low rates I t ,
.

is foun ded on the bank of a rive r four leguas inl and ,

f rom the sea an d its houses a re of woo d

,
'
.

The fou rth c ity is th at calle d S antisimo Nomb re

de J esus ; it is located in the islan d of S ebu in the ,

p rovince of B icayas o r P int a do s I t was the fi rst .

S panish settlement an d was founde d by the adel

antado M iguel Lo pe z de L ega z pi the fi rst gove rno r ,
.

I t is a fine seap o rt whose w ate r is ve ry clea r an d ,

deep an d cap able o f hol ding man y vessels The city

,
.

has an excellent stone fo rt which mounts a co nsi de r ,

able quantity of a rtillery and which h as i ts co m ,

man dant an d o ffi cers fo r the gu a rd and defense of

the po rt and o f the city I t is su ffi ciently ga rris o ned .

with regul a rs and is un de r command o f the alca lde

,

mayo r the milita ry com man de r of the p rovince wh o

, ,

lives in the city The settle ment contains about two .

hun dred S p a nish in h abitants who live in houses of

wood I t h as a c abildo consisting of two alcal d e s
.
,

i n o rdina ry ei ght reg i d o r s an d an alguacil mayo r

-
, ,
-

an d his o ffi ce rs I t has a bishop an d his chu rch l ike

.
,

those of othe r cities of these isl an ds without p re h ,

en d a r i es
1 89
.

T he R i z a l editi on omit s a c on s ider able p o rti on o f thi s p ara

g ra ph T he omi s s i on is a s follows : pa r a g ua r d a d el p uer t o y
. ,

d efenfa d e l a ci ud a d ca n bafta n t e g ua r ni ci on d e fol d a d os d e pag er

, ,

a o r d en d el a l ca l d e may o r capi ta n a g u er m d e l a p r oui n cia

, ,
 TH E PHI LIPPI N E IS LA ND S [ VO L 1 6

alcalde mayo r o f the p ro vince resides the re an d

-
,

the town is situ ated in the dioc ese of the Cagayan

b ishopric .

From the ea rliest beginning o f the conquest an d

p a c i fi c a t i o n of the Filipin as I sl ands the p reaching ,

of the holy gospel the rein an d the conve rsio n of the

n atives to ou r holy Catholic f aith we re unde rtaken .

T he fi rst to set hand to this task we re the religi ous

of the O rder of S t A ugustine who went there with .
,

the adel antado L ega z pi in the fleet of discove ry an d ,

th ose of the s ame o rde r who wen t afte rwa r d to l abo r

in this work and toile d the rein with great fe rv o r an d
,

z eal Thus fi nding the ha rvest in go o d seas on they

.
, ,

gathe red the fi rst f ruits of it an d conve rte d an d ,

b apti z ed many i nfidel s th roughout the s aid isl an ds .

1 92

N ext to them in the fame of this conve rsion the ,

discalced relig i ous o f the O rde r of S t Francis went .

to the isl ands by way o f N neva E spa n a ; then those

of the O rde r o f S t Dominic and of the S o ciety of .
,

J esus L astly the discalced A ugustinian R ecol

1 93
,

lects went O ne and all afte r being established in the

.
,

isl ands wo rke d in the conve rsion and instruction of

,

the natives Consequently they h ave m ade a nd

.
—

the re are now in all the islands a great numbe r of

b apti z ed natives bes i des many others in m any pa rts
, ,

who fo r want of l abo re rs have bee n put o ff an d

, , ,

a re awaiting this blessing an d p riests to ministe r to

them H itherto the re h ave been but few missi ons in
.

ch a rge of secul a r p riests as not many of these have ,

e g p i l h d tw ecu l r pries ts Ju n de Viver n d

L az a so a o s a ,
a o a

Ju n de Vill nuev a who ha d p rt in the firs t nver i n R I Z A L

a a , a co s o s . .

T h Je uit pre eded the D mini n s even ye r a mi

e s s c o ca s a s s s

si n
o i
a r es t the Filipino T h fir s t Je uit me over with Das . e s s ca o

min g de S l a r the fi rs t b i s hop and his D mini can assoc i ate

o a az , ,
o .

R I ZA L .
 ’
M ORGA S SU C ESOS

gone to the isl ands ; and as ve ry few h ave b een o r

dained there fo r l ack of students ,
.

The O rde r of S t A ugustine h a s many missions in .

the isl ands of P intad os and h as establi s hed an d o c

c u p i e d m onaste ries an d va ri o us visitas I n the .
1 94

isl an d of L u z on they h ave those of the p rovince of ,

Y l o c os some in P a ngasin a n an d all t h ose of L a

, ,

—
Pa mp anga a l arge numbe r o f mo naste ries ; while
in the p rovince of M anil a an d its vicinity they h ave
othe rs which a re flou rishing
,
.

The O r de r of S t D omini c h as the m i ssio ns of the .

p rovince of C agayan an d others in the p rovince of ,

P angasinan where a re many mona ste ries an d visitas

,
.

They also administe r othe rs about the ci ty .

The O rde r of S t Francis h as some missions an d .

mon aste ries ab out M anil a all the p rovince of ,

C ama rines an d the coast op posite and L a L aguna de ,

B ay The s e include many missions

. .

The S ociety o f J e s us has th ree l arge mis s ions in

the neighbo rhood o f M anil a which have many v i s ,

itas I n the P intados it h as many othe rs on the islan ds

.

of S ebu L eite Ybaba o C ama r [ S am ar ] B oho l an d

, , , , ,

othe rs ne ar by They have good men who a re .

solicitous fo r the conve rsion of the n atives .

These fo u r o rders h ave pr o duced many goo d re

s u l ts in the conve rsion of these isl ands as above ,

s tated ; an d in good soo th the people h ave taken fi rm

h ol d o f the f aith as they are a people o f s o good ,

unde rstan ding They h ave recognized the e rro rs of

.

thei r paganism an d the truths of the Ch ristian re

l i g i o n ; and they possess good an d well buil t chu rches -

an d monaste ries of woo d with thei r re redoses an d

Vis i ta : here me nin g a di s tri t whi h h n res ident mi
a c c as o s
s i o n a ry , bu t i vi ited by reli g i u fr m s ome mi s s i n s t a ti n
s s o s n o o o ,
o
Wt h the t is theref re dependent
V l Sl a . o .
1 5 2 TH E PHI LIPPI N E IS LA ND S [ V O L 1 6

be auti ful o rnaments an d all the utensils crosses , , ,

candlesticks and ch alices of silver an d gol d M any

,
.

devotions a re o ffe red and the re are m any confr a ,

te rni t i es The re is assi dui ty in taking the s ac raments

.

and in atten dance on the D ivine services ; an d the p eo

ple a re careful to entertain and sup po rt thei r reli
g i o u s ( to whom they S how great o bedience and r e

spect ) by the many alms th at they give them as well ,

as by those th at they give fo r the su ffrages an d the

bu ri al of thei r dead which they p rovide with all ,

punctuality an d libe rality .

A t the s ame time that the reli g i ous u nde rtook to

teach the natives the p recepts of religion they l a ,

bo red to instruct them in matte rs of thei r own i m

p rovement and established schools fo r the reading
,

and writing o f S pani s h amon g the boys They tau ght .

them to serve i n the ch urch to sing the pl ain s on g ,

-
,

an d to the acc o mpaniment of the o rgan ; to play the

flute to dance and to sing ; an d to pl ay the harp
, , ,

guita r and o ther instruments I n this they show

,
.

ve ry great adapta b ility es p ecially about M anil a ; ,

whe re the e a re many fi ne choi rs of ch a nte rs an d

.

musicians c omposed of n at i ves who are skilful and ,

h ave goo d voices The re are m any dance rs an d .

,

musicians on the othe r instruments which solemni z e

and adorn the feasts of the most holy s ac rament an d ,

m any other feasts du rin g the year The n ative boys .

p resent d ramas and come dies both in S p anish an d i n ,

thei r own language ve ry charmingly This is due ,

.

to the care an d interest o f the religious who wor k ,

’
ti relessly fo r the natives advancement .
1 95

Cf with the mu ic l b i l ity f the Filipin th t di s pl ayed

. s a a o os a

by the N orth Ameri n I ndi an des cri b ed i n T h J ui t R

ca s, as e es e

l t i n v l s vi p 1 8 3 ; xviii p 1 61 ; xxiii p 2 1 3 ; xxvii p 1 1 7;

a o s, o .
, .
, .
, .
, .

xxxi p 2 1 9 ; xxxviii pp 2 5 9 2 63 ; etc

,
.
, .
,
.
 TH E PHI IPPI N E IS A ND S
L L [ V ol 1 6

inspection and supe rinten dence of the bishops as they ,

1 97
h ave endeavo red to obtain .

T he gove rno r and royal A udiencia of M anil a at

ten d to wh at it is advisable to p rovide and di rect
for the greatest accomplishment and advancement of
this conversion and the administration of the natives ,

and thei r missions both by causing the encomen

—

d e ros to assist the religious an d chu rches in the

'

encomiendas th at they enjoy with the sti pends and ,

necessary expenses of the missi ons ; and by fu rnish

ing f rom the royal revenues what pe rtains to it ,

which is no less a sum They also o rdain what .

198

eve r else is requi red to be p rovide d an d remedied fo r

the s aid missions and fo r the advancement of the n a
fives This also is attended to by the archbish o p an d
.

the bishops in What pe rtains to them in thei r du ty an d

charge as pasto rs .

The H oly O ffi ce of the I nquisition residing in ,

Mexico of Nueva E spa n a has its com miss aries se rv , ,

ants an d helpers in M anil a and in the bishop rics

,

o f the islan ds who attend to matters touch ing the ,

M r g refer with
o a h ar a teri ti prudence to the gre at
s, his c c s c ,

ques ti n f di oces n vi s it which mmen ced with Fr y D omin g

o o a s, co a o

de S al r nd whi ch c uld not b e ended until 1 775 in the time

a za , a o ,

o f A nd — th nks t the ener gy of the l tter and the c urage f

a a o a o o

A rch b i h p D on B as ili o S n ch o de S nta Ju s ta y Ru fin when

s o a a a,

a fter g re t di s turb a n a s they s u c eeded i n s u b je c tin g the re g ul a

ce c r

c ur as t the in specti n f the b i s h ps M or ga h wever s h ws

o o o o .
,
o , o

th a t he did n t approve the cl aims of the reli gi ou s t independen ce

o o ,

b ut d e n t d a re to s t te s di s tinctly R IZA L
o s o a o . .

T he A u gu s tini a n re eived a l so n f urth p a rt f the tri b ute

193
s c o e -
o o

fr m the vill ges while they were b uildin g churches ; nd 2 00 pe sos

o a a

fuertes ten real pie e ] nd 200 av ns [ the cav an eq u al s

-
c s a c a

2 5 ga nt as 1 3 7 S p a ni h li b r as ]
,
or f le ned ri ce f f ur reli gi u
s o c a or o o s

wh he rd c nfe s i n durin g L ent

o a o s Fifty cava ns f le ned ri ce
o s . o c a

per per n eems t u t mu h I t e ult s th t e h f i a r n

so s o s oo c . r s a ac r co

s ume 1 2 33 li b r as
1
s f ri e 2 7 c hup o[ the chup i c g nta o 3
or as a s a r

litros ] d ily thirteen times as mu ch a s any I ndi an R IZA L

a ,
. .
 ’
M ORGA S SU C ESOS I 55

H oly O ffi ce They neve r fail to h ave plenty to do

.

the re because of the entrance of so many strange rs

i nto those districts H oweve r this holy tribun al does
.
,

not have j u risdiction of the causes pe rtaining to the

n atives as the l atte r a re s o recently converted
,
.

A ll these isl ands are subdued an d are gove rned ,

f rom M anila by means o f alcaldes mayo r co rregi -

,

do rs an d lieutenants each of whom rules an d a d

, ,

mini s te rs justice i n h i s own district an d p rovince .

A ppeals f rom thei r acts an d sentences g o to the royal

A udienci a The gove rno r and captain general p ro
.
-

vi des wh a t pe rtains to gove rnment and wa r :

.

The chiefs who forme rly held the othe r n atives

,

in subjection now have no powe r ove r them in the

,

tyrannical m anne r o f fo rme r days This was not the .

least bene fi t received by these na tives in h aving been

f ree d from such se rvitude H oweve r it is true th at .
,

m atte rs touching the slave ry of fo rme r days have re

m ained on the s ame footing as be fo re The king ou r .

s ov e reign has o rdered by his dec rees th at the hono rs

of the chiefs be p rese rved to them as s u ch ; an d that
the othe r n atives rec ogni z e them and assist them with
ce rtain o f the labors th at they used to give when
pagans This is done with the lo rds an d pos s esso rs
.

o f b a r a n a y s an d those belonging to such and such a

g ,
’
b a rangay a re un de r that chief s control When he .

ha rvests his rice they go one day to hel p him ; an d

,

the same i f he builds a house o r rebuil ds one This ,

.

chie f lo rd of a b a rangay collects tribute from his

adhe rents and takes ch arge o f these collections to
, ,

p ay them to the e ncomen de ro .

1 99

li b vi tit vii ley xvi nt in the

R ec opzl a czo n d e l ey es , .
, .
, , co a s

f ll win g in reg rd t the n tive hief

o o a I t i n t ri ght th t
o a c s s o a

the I ndi n hief f Filipin b e in w r e nditi n fter n

a c s o as a o s co o a co

ver i n ; r ther h uld they h ve s u h tre tment th a t w uld g i n

s o a s o a c a o a
 TH E PHI L IPPI N E IS LA ND S [ Vol 1 6

Besides the ab ove each village has a gove rno r ,

who is elected H e an d his constables who are called .

vi l a ng os
2“
r
comp rise the usual magistracy among t h e
n atives T he gove rno r hears civil suits whe re a
.

mode rate sum is inv olved ; in appeal the case goes ,

to the co rregidor o r alcalde mayo r of the p rovince -

.

T hese gove rno rs a re elected annually by the votes o f

all the ma rried natives of such and such a vill age .

The gove rno r of M anil a con fi rms the election an d ,

gives the title of gov e rn o r to the one elected an d ,

o rde rs him to take the residenci a of the outgoi ng

govern o r T his g ove rnor in addition to the

.
2 02
,

v i l ang os an d sc rivene r ( be fore whom he makes h is

acts in writing in the language of the n atives of that ,

p rovince ) —
holds also the chiefs lo rds of b aran
2 03
,

gays and those who are not so unde r his rule an d

,

gove r nment and fo r any speci al s e rvice such as col

, , ,

lections of tributes an d assignments of personal serv ,

their ffec ti on nd k eep them l oy l

a th t with the s piritu al
a a , so a

b les s in gs th at G d h mmunic ted t them by llin g them to

o a s co a o ca

H is true k n owled ge t h temp ra l b les s in gs m y b e j ined a nd ,

e o a o ,

they may live ntentedly nd c mf rt b ly T heref re we order

co a o o a . o ,

the g vern rs f th e i l nd t Show them g d tre tment and

o o o os s a s o oo a

entru s t them in u n me with the g vernment f the I ndi ans

, o r a ,
o o ,

o f wh m they were f rmerly the l rd s

o I n l l els e the govern rs o o . a o

sh ll s th a t the hiefs
a ee b en fited ju s tly n d the I ndi ans sh all
c are e ,
a

p y a them s methin g s re
o g niti o n as they did durin g the peri
a d a co ,
o

o f their p ga ni s m pr vided it b e with ut prej udi e t t he tri b ute s

a , o o c o

th a t a e to b e m d u s
r prej udici al to th t whi h pert ain s to
a , or a c

their en comender Felipe I I M a drid June 1 1 1 5 9 4

os .
, , , .

T he g b n d il l olittle p etty g ve n r J
er a orc o or
(
o r o
”
.

B i l ng o s i gni fie t d y in T a gal
2 01
the t of impri sonin g
'

a s o a ac ,

a n d bi l ng u n a the pri n R I Z A L
a so .
”
.

F g od exp iti n s f l cal g vernment in m dern time s

or o os o o o o o ,

s ee B wrin g Vi i t t t h P hil ippi n I l

o , ( L
s nd n pp o e e s es o o , .

8 7 9 3 ; nd M ntero y Vid l A hip i l g

— M drid ’

a o F i l ipi ( a ,
rc e a o no a ,

pp 1 62 1 68 .
-
.

T hese a e n w [ 1 8 90 ] ma de in S p a ni s h R I Z A L
2 03
r o . .
 TH E PHI LIPPI N E IS LA ND S [ VOL 1 6

manne r the vill ages that become vacant are assigned .

The re a re ma ny very excellent encomiendas th ro ugh

o u t the isl an ds and they o ffe r many p ro fi ts both by
, ,

the amount of thei r tributes and by the n atu re and

value of what is pai d as tribute The encom ienda .

lasts acco rding to the royal l aws an d dec rees and by

, ,

the regular orde r and manne r of succession to them ,

fo r two l ives ; but it may be exten ded to a thi rd life ,

by pe rmiss i on A fte r it becomes vacant it is a g ain

.
,

assigned an d grante d anew .

The tributes p a id to thei r encomende ros by the

natives were assigned by the fi rst gove rnor M iguel ,

L ope z de L ega z pi in the p rovinces of V i c ay as and ,

P intados and in the islands of L uzon an d its vicinity ;

,

they were equ al to the sum of eight re als annually

fo r an enti re tribute f rom each tributa rio The na .

t i v e s we re to p ay it in thei r p roducts in gol d cloth , ,

cotton rice bells fowls and wh ate v e r el s e they pos

, , , ,
’

sessed o r h a rvested The fixed p rice an d value o f .

en da s , in acc rd an ce with the re gul a ti ons to w rthy pers n s with

o o o ,

o u t h vin g ther re spe t th n t the s ervi ce f G d u L ord nd

a o c a o o o o r , a

o u s ervi c e the welf re

r f the pub li c c au s e nd the remuner a ti n
a o a o

Wi thin s ixty d y re k ned from the

, ,

o f the m s t de s ervin g o . a s, c o

time th t he s h all h ve he rd of the v acan y he s h all b e ob li ged

a a a c ,

to pp rti on them I f he d es n t do s the ri g ht t o app orti n

a o . o o o, o

them s h all devolve up n nd pert in t ou r y l Audienci f o a a o r o a a o

th e i l nd s a nd we rder the A udien i a t pp rti on them p ay

os s a ,
o c o a o ,

in g heed t the l aws within s ix d ays nd to av il it elf of the

o , ,
a a s

edi t nd dili genc es i sued b y the govern r with out ther new
c s a s o o

o ne I n cas e the g vern r s h all n t h ve i s ued edi ts and dili

s . o o o a s c

g nec the A udi

es , n c i h a ll i ue t h em
e n d m k e
a the prsvi i n ss a a o s o

within twenty d ays Fe l ipe I I I M a drid June 4 1 620

.
”
, , , .

T he r a pidity with w hi h m any f the s e en mender s c o co o

a m ed gre t we alth in a few ye r is k n wn nd th a t they left

as s a a s o , a

l s l f rtu nes at their de th S ome were n t ti fied with the

co o sa o a . o sa s

tri b ute nd with wh a t they dem nded b ut m de f ls e me as ure

s a a ,
a a s,

a n d b l n ce s th t wei ghed twi e a s mu ch

a a a wa indi ca ted T hey c as s .

o ften ex ted the tri bute in cert in pr du t nly nd appr i ed

ac s a o c s o ,
a a s

the ame at wha t v lue they wis hed R IZA L

s a . .
 ’
M ORGA S SU C ESOS

each rticle was assi gne d so th at when the tribute

a ,

w as pai d in any one of them o r in all of them it , ,

should not exceed the value of the eight re als S o .

it has continued until now and the governo rs have ,

inc re ased the ap p raisements and values of the p r o d

u c ts a t di ffe rent times as they h ave deemed advi s able
,
.

The encomende ros h ave made great p ro fi ts in col

l e c ti ng in kind fo r afte r they acqui red possession of
, ,

the p rod u cts they sol d them at highe r p rices By

,
.

this they increased thei r incomes and the p roceeds

o f thei r encomien das consi de rably ; until a few yea rs

ago his M ajesty by petition of the reli gious and the

,

p ressu re th at they b rought to bear on him in this mat

te r o rde red fo r this regi on th at the n atives should pay
,

thei r tribute in wh ateve r they wishe d in kin d o r in

—
money without being compelled to d o otherwise .

Consequently when they shoul d h ave p ai d thei r eight

,

re a ls they would h ave ful filled thei r obligation A c

,
.

co r d i n g l y this rule was initiated ; but expe rience

demonstr ates th at although it seemed a me rciful

,

measu re and one favo rable to the natives it is doing

, ,

them great inj u ry Fo r since they n atu rally dislike

.
,

t o work they do no t sow spin dig gol d rea r fowls

, , , , ,

or raise othe r food supplies as they did befo re whe n , ,

th ey had to pay the tribute in those articl es They .

easily obtain without so much wo rk the peso o f

, ,

m oney which is the amount of thei r tribute Co use .

quently it f ollows that the n atives have less capital

and wealth because they do not wo rk ; and the
,

country wh ich w as for me rly v e ry well provided an d

,

well supplie d with all p roducts is now su ffe ring

-
,

w ant and dep rivation of them The owners of the .

encomien das both those of his M ajesty and those o f

,

p rivate persons who possess them have sustained ,

l
 TH E PHI IPPI N E I SLA ND S
L [ VO L 1 6

consi de rable loss an d re duction in the value of the

encomiendas .

When G omez P ere z D asmari n as was appointe d

gove rno r of the Filip in as he b rought royal decrees ,

o rdering the fo rma tI on of the camp in M anila with ,

an en roll ment of fou r hundred pai d sol die rs with ,

thei r o ffi ce rs galleys and othe r military supplies for

, , ,

the defense an d secu ri ty o f the c oun try Befo re that .

time all the S panish inhabitants had atten ded to th at

without any p ay Then an increase of two reals to .

e ach tributari o ove r the eight reals was o rde red T his .

was to be collect e d by the enc o men de ros at the same

time when they collected the eight reals of the
tribute and was to be del ive red an d placed in the
,

royal tre asu ry There this amount was to be ente red.

on an account sepa rate from th at of the othe r revenue

o f his M ajesty a nd was to be applied in the follow ,

ing manne r : one and one h al f reals fo r the expense s -

o f the sai d cam p an d wa r sto res ; and the remaining

h alf real fo r the p ay of the p rebendaries of the M a
nil a chu rch whi ch his M ajesty pays from his treas
,

u ry until such time as thei r tithes an d incomes su ffi ce

,
" 07
fo r thei r sustenance .

2 07
Ain R pil i n d l y ( l ib vi tit v ley lxv ) cites
l aw ec o ac o
'

e e es .
,
.
,

the ab ve pr vi s i on and n fi m s it new

o o I n order t pr vide co r a o o

in s tructi n f c ert in vill ges of the Filipin as I sl and whi ch did

o or a a s,

not enj y it if they h d it it was n t ufficient it was res olved

o , or a , o s ,

t o in c re e t he tri b ute whi h was f ormerly ei ght re l

as i t v lue
,
c a s, or s a ,

per pe t the pr p rti n f ten C tili n re al apie e I t w as

so, o o o o o as a s c .

o rde ed th t the in re ed m unt b e pl ed in u r y l tre as ury

r a c as a o ac o r o a ,

a n d on h lf re l e
-
f it b e pplied t p yin g the b li g ti n whi h
a a o a o a o a o s c

h d t b e met in re g rd t the tithes while the n

a o nda n h lf o ,
o e a o e -
a

re l w uld rem in t p y th s e s ldier there nd f t her pur

a s o a o a o o s a or o

p e ; in n ider ti on f the fact th t the funds n ece ry to s end

os s co s a o a ssa

o u t reli g i u wh a o empl yed in the pre chin g o f the h ly g os

s, o re o a o

pel a upplied f m u r yal tre ury nd th t the enmen

, re s ro o r o as , a a ch

der were b li ged t p y f the rdin ry in tru ti n fr m the

os o o a or o a s c o o

ei ght re l nd the p rt f the b uildin g f chur he th t fell to

a s, a a o o c s a
 TH E PHI LIPPI N E I SLA ND S [ VOL 1 6

comende r os an d thei r collecto rs th rough the chiefs ,

o f thei r enco miendas by means of the lists an d mem ,

o rand a o f fo rme r yea rs Fr om them the n ames of .

the deceas e d an d o f th ose who h ave changed thei r

resi dence a re e rased an d the n ames of those wh o ,

h ave grown u p and of those who h ave recently ,

moved into the encomiend a are added When any ,

.

sho rta ge is pe rceived in the accounts a new count is ,

requested and made .

The natives a re f ree to move f rom one islan d to

anothe r an d f rom one p rovince to anothe r an d p ay
, ,

thei r tribute fo r that ye ar in which they move an d

cha nge thei r residence in the pl ace to which they
move ; an d to m ove from a Ch risti an village that h as
instruction to anothe r vill a g e possessing it But on .
,

the othe r h and they may not m ove f rom a p lace h av

,

ing instruction to one withou t it no r in the same ,

villa ge fr om one barangay to anothe r no r f rom one ,

faction to another I n this res p ect th e necess a ry .

p recauti ons a re made b y the gove rnment and th e ,

necess ary p rovisions by the A udienci a s o that this ,

system may be kept and so that all an noyances re ,

s u l ti ng f rom the mov ing of the settled n atives of one

place to anothe r p lace m ay be avoi ded .

Neithe r are the natives allowed to g o o ut of thei r

vill a ges fo r trade except by pe rmission of the g ov ,

e rno r o r o f his alcaldes mayo r and justices o r

,
-
,

even of the religious who most o ften have been em ,

b a rr as s e d by this because of the instruction This is

,
.

r y l Audien i s h all inve ti ga te them bef re they are finis hed ;

o a c a s o

a n d h a ll s k n d s ee th t they a e exe uted with the c re th t the

s a a a r c a a

m tter require in e ga rd to their items h a r ge rti les nd b l

a s r ,
c s, a c ,
a a

a n a n d wh tever el s e i
c es , a dvi s b le
a H e s h ll dvi e ou pres s a . a a s r

ident nd g vern r f it l l th t he m y as s i t him in wh t m y

a o o o a , so a a s a a

b e necess ary and advis e us f the res ult Felipe II I M a drid

, o .
, ,

June 4 1 620 in R pil i n d l y li b i tit xiii ley xiv

, ,
ec o ac o
'

e e es , .
, .
, .
 ’
M ORGA S SU CESOS
‘
done so th at th e natives may not w ande r a b out aim
lessly w hen the re is no need of it awa y f r om thei r ,

homes and settlements .

Those n atives who pos sess slaves p ay thei r tributes

fo r the m if the sl aves a re s a g u i g u i l i r s I f the sl aves .

’
a re na ma ma hay s living outside thei r owne rs houses ,

they pay thei r own tributes in asmuch as they possess ,

thei r own houses an d means of gain .

The S p ani ards used to h ave sl aves f rom these na

ti ves whom they had bou ght f rom them an d othe rs
, ,

whom they obtained in ce rtain expeditions du ring

the conquest an d p a ci fic a ti on o f the isl ands This .

was stopped b y a b rief of his H oliness an d by royal

dec rees Consequently all of these sl aves who were
.
,

then in the possession of the S panish an d who were ,

n atives of these islands in wh ateve r manne r they h ad ,

been acqui red were f reed ; an d the S pani ards we re ,

fo reve r p rohibite d from hol ding them as slave s o r ,

The b ull here referred t w i ued by G re g ry X I V d

209
o as ss o ,
an

d ted Ap il 8 5 9
a The eventh e ti n re d
r 1 f ll w,
1 1 . s s c o a s as o o s :

Fin lly s inc e a we h ve le a rned u very de r s on i n Chri s t

a , , s a , o r a ,

P hilip C th lic K in g f the S p ain

,
a o n acc u n t f the m ny de O s, o o o a

c it s w nt t o b e pr
e o ti s ed therein h s forb idden a ny Sp ani d in
ac , a ar

the a f re id P hilippine I s l and s t d re t o tak e o h ave o h ld

o sa o a , r , r o

a ny s l ve a s er va nt
s, even b y ri ght Of j us t and unj us t w
or s, ar , or

o f pur h e r by wh a tsoever other title

c as ,
o pretex t ; alth u gh ,
or o

s ome de pite the edi t

, s m and te f Kin g P hili p him self s till
c ,
or a , o ,

k eep the me sl aves in their power therefore in order th t s is

sa : a , a

b efittin g t reas on nd equity the I ndi ns t h ms elves may freely

o a , a e

a nd s fely with out

a ny fe r f b nd ge come and g o t o their Chri s
a a o o a

t i an d trina s and t their ow n h mes and pos sess i ons we rd r

oc ,
o o , o e

and c mm nd all a n d s in gul a r the pers n s livin g in the

o a me o sa

i s l and s f wh atsoever s t te de gree nditi n order and ran k they

,
o a , ,
co o , ,

may b e in virtue Of h oly ob edien e n d under p a in of xcommu ni

,
c a e

ca ti n
o n the p u b li
,
o ti n f the e p re ents in rd nc e w ith th
ca o o s s , acc o a e

edi tc , m nd a te f the s aid K in g P hilip t o releas e wh olly fr e

or a o ,
e ,

w ith out de eit and guile w h a t s ever I ndi an l ve s and s erv a nt s

c ,
o s a

they m y h ve o h ld ; no ever f the future in ny m anner to

a a , r o r or a

tak e o k eep captive

r s erv a nt s [ Tr an s l ted fr m the o i g in al
s, or . a o r

b y R EV T C MIDDLE TO N
. . .
,
 TH E PHI L IPPI N E IS LA ND S [ VO L 1 6

f rom captu ring them fo r any rea s on o r un de r p retext ,

of wa r o r in any othe r manne r The se rvice ren

,
.

de red by the s e natives is in return fo r p ay and daily

wages The othe r slaves an d captives that the S p an
.

l a r d s posse s s are Caf res an d bl a cks b rou ght by the

P o rtuguese by way of I n di a and a re hel d in sl ave ry ,

j usti fi ably i n acco rd a nce with the p rovincial coun

,

cils and the pe rmissions of the p relates an d justices

of those districts .

The n atives of these islands have also thei r pe r

sonal se r vices which they a re obliged to rende r in ,

some p arts mo re th an in othe rs to the S pani a rd s

— .

These are done in di ffe rent ways and are commonly ,

c a lled the p o l o Fo r whe re there are alcaldes .

21 0
,

mayo r an d j ustice s they as s ign and distribute ce r ,

t a in natives by the week fo r the se rvice of thei r

houses They p ay these se rv a nts a mode rate w age
.
,

wh ich gene rally amounts to one fourth real pe r d ay -

,

and rice fo r thei r foo d The same is do ne by the re .

l i g i ou s fo r the mission and fo r thei r m o n aste ries and ,

chu rches an d fo r thei r wo rks an d fo r public

, ,

wo rks .
21 1

The I ndians al so f u rnish rice an d food of all ,

Thi [ 1 8 90 ] has di appe red fr m le gi l a ti n lth u gh the

21 °
s s a o s o ,
a o

pers n l ervi es fo Es p na a s till c ntinued nd a fi fteen

o a s c r a re o ,
a re

d y R IZAL
a s . .

R
2“
p i l n d e l ec o
y li b vi ti t ley x tre tin g o f per
a czo e es , .
, . X11 , 11, a

s n l
o aervi e e d s s f ll ws
s T h reli gi u
c s, r n d the mini ter s
a a o o : e o s a s

o f the in t u ti n n d the l ldes m y r f the Filipin I l nd s

s r c o , a a ca -
a o o as s a

h ve week ly rep rtimient f I ndi n whi h t hey ll t

a a a o o a s c ca a u a r es , so

th t the I ndi ns m y e ve them with u t p y ; nd b e id s the vil

a a a s r o a a s e

l ge ntribute t o them the fi h ne es ry t them n Frid y

a s co s c sa o o a s,

whi h is g in t re s n and j us ti e W rder th g vern r nd

c a a s a o c . e o e o o a

c pt in g en r l
a a the A udienci nd ny ther f u j u ti es t
-
e a ,
a, a a o o o r s c ,
o

s top an d n t l l w thi per n l ervi ce nd ntri buti n th t the

o a o s so a s a co o , SO a

vill ge Sh ll in n m nne perf rm it nd we de l re the vill ges

a s a o a r o ,
a c a a

free fr m any b li g ti n th t they h ve m y h ve Thi s l aw

o o a o a a or a a .
”

is d ted M drid M r h 1 7 1 60 8
a a ,
a c , .
 TH E PHI LIPPI N E IS LA ND S [ Vo l 1 6

d om, and whe re the chief tra de and comme rce is c a r

ried on S ome encomenderos live in p rovinces o r
.

districts a dj acent to M anil a while othe r S p ani ards ,

live in the cities of S egovia C a c e res S antisimo , ,

Nomb re de J esus ( in S ebu ) and in the town of ,

A revalo whe re they are settled an d wh ere most of

, ,

them h ave thei r encomien das .

S p ania rds m ay not go to the I ndian villages ex ,

cept fo r the collection of the tributes when they a re

due ; an d then only the alcaldes mayo r co rregido rs -
, ,

and j ustices I t is not pe rmitted these to remain con

.

t i nu a l l y in one settlement O f thei r district but they ,

must visit as much of it as possible They must .

change thei r resi dence and pl ace of abo de eve ry fou r

months to anothe r chief vill age and settlement whe re ,

all the natives may obtain the bene fi t of thei r p res

en ce ; and so th at the n atives may receive as slight
annoyance as possible in suppo rting them and in the
21 6
o rdina ry se rvice that they rende r them .

The gove rnor makes appointments to all Offi ces .

Wh en the te rm of Offi ce expi res the royal Au dienci a ,

o rde rs the residencia of each offi ci al to be taken an d ,

his case is decided in acco rdance the rewith ; and u n

til the res i de ncia is completed the incumbent can ,

not be appointe d to any othe r duty o r offi ce The .

gove rno r also appoints commandants of fo rts com ,

fr m ne i s l nd to an other forci b ly in rde to m k e in curs i n s

o o a o r a o ,

a nd g in t their will unle it be under very ne e a ry ir um

a a s , ss c ss c c

s t a n es
c n d p yin g them f
, a their w rk and troub le T hey h l l
a or o . s a

b e well tre ted nd re eive n inj ury Felipe I I M drid N vem

a a c o .
”
,
a , o

b er 7 1 5 74,

I n J v l so the D u tc h re tri t E ur p e n fr m r min g

a a a s c o a s o oa

a b ut the untry ; this is a g od re gul ti n f the pr tec ti n of

o co o a o or o o

the inh b it nts S TA N L EY

a a . .

S ta nley prai s es thes e re gul ti n ; R i al dep l res them as

21 “
a o s z o ,

k eepin g the men in auth rity out of t uch with the people o o .
 ’
M ORGA S SU CESOS

p ani c s an d othe r military Offi cials in all the cities

, , ,
21 7
towns an d h amlets of the islands
,
.

Ce rtain O fii ces of reg i d o rs and nota ries have been

s ol d by royal dec ree fo r one life B ut the sale of .

these offi ces h as been supe rseded as it is now con ,

s i d e re d that the p rice paid fo r them is of little con

side ration while the d is advanta ge o f p e rpetuatin g

,

the pu rch ase rs in o ffi ce by this metho d is gre ate r .

E lecti o ns O f alcal des i n o rdin ary fo r all the S pan - -

’
ish towns a re hel d on New Yea r s day b y the cabil do
an d magistracy The residencias of these alcal des .

i n o rdina ry and thei r cabil dos are o rde red by his

-

M ajes ty to be taken at the same time as th at of the

gove rno r an d captain gene r al of the islands is ta ken ; -

an d they give acco u nt of the administration of the

revenues an d the estates unde r thei r care H oweve r .
,

the gove rno r may take it b efore this eve ry yea r or , ,

wheneve r he thinks it expedient an d cause the b al

anc es of thei r accoun ts to be collected With the .

gove rnor s advice an d pe rmission the ex p en ses de

’

si red by the towns a re made .

The city of M anil a h as su ffi cient pu b lic funds fo r

ce rtain years th rough the fines imposed by its j ud ges ;
,

in its own p articul a r possessions insi de and outsi de ,

the city ; in the rewei ghing of the me rchan dise an d

the rents o f all the shops an d sites o f the S ang l ey s
in the p a ri a n ; an d in the monopoly on pl ayin g
ca rds A ll this w as co nceded to the city by his
.

R e c opi l a ezon d e l ey es , the foll win glib iv tit x ley V

.
, .
, II , has o
l aw d a ted M drid M rch
, 1 60 8 a T h g vern r a n d cap
, a e o o
t in gener l of F ilipin as sh ll f the pre ent pp int the m agi tracy
a — a a or s a o s

[ g i mi n t ] f the city of M a nil

re e o h os in g person wh s h ll
o a, c o s o a
prove to b e s uitab le fo the ffice nd e l u f the s e vi ce f r O a z a o s or r o
G od u Lo rd nd fo r urs ; nd he s h ll n t rem ve the m with
, a or o a a o o
u r S pe c i a l rder ”
o ut o o .
 TH E PHI LIPPI N E IS LA ND S [ V ol 1 6

M ajesty especially fo r the expenses of its forti fic a

,

ti on . T hese reve nu es are spent fo r that pu rpose ; fo r

21 8

the s al a ries of its offi cials and those of the agents ,

sent to E sp a n a ; an d fo r the fe asts of the city chief of ,

which a re S t P otenc i a na s day M ay nineteen when

.
’
, ,

the S pania rds ente red and sei zed the city and the ,

day of S t A n d rew Novembe r 3 0 the d ate on which

.
, ,

the pi rate L i ma hon was conque re d and d riven f rom

the city O n that day the city o ffi ci als take out the
.

municip al stand ard and to the sound of music go ,

to vespers an d mass at the chu rch of S an A n d res

‘

where the enti re city with the ma g istracy and c a ,

b i l d o and the royal A u dienci a assemble with all ,

solemnity The above revenues a re also used in t e

.

cei v i ng the gove rnors at thei r fi rst a rriv a l in the

’
country in th e k ings marriage feasts and the births
, ,

of p rinces and in the hono rs and funeral celeb rations

,

fo r the kings and p rinces who die I n al l the above .

the greatest pos si b le dis p lay is made .

‘
The other c i ti es and settleme nts do not possess as
yet so many sou rces of wealth o r revenue o r the occa ,

sions o n which to spend them althou gh as fa r as ,

possible they take pa rt in them in all cele b rations

, ,

of the same kind .

T he S pania rds living in the isl ands a re divided

into five cl asses of people : n amely p rel ates religious , , ,

an d ecclesiastical ministe rs both secular and regul a r ; ,

encomende ros settle rs and conque rors ; sol die rs o ffi

, , ,

ce rs an d o ffi cials of wa r ( both on lan d an d sea )

, ,

and th ose fo r navigation ; me rchants business men , ,

’
an d traders ; an d h i s M ajes ty s agents fo r g ove rn
M ny r y l de ree rel ted t pl yin g rd T h m n p ly
21 8
a o a c s a o a ca s . e o o o

e ed t exi t p h p b ef re the g vern me t m n p ly

c as o s er a b et l
s o o n o o o on e

was ini ti t d RI Z A L ( in p rt )
a e . a .
 TH E PHI L IPPI N E IS LA ND S [ Vol 1 6

The b ishop of the ci ty of S antisimo Nomb re de

J esus in S ibu that of S e govi a in Cagayan an d th a t
, ,

of C ace res in Ca m ari nes have th e same rights of ,

j u ris d iction and enj oy the same p rivileges i n thei r

di o ceses since they a re su ffragans Of the a rchbishop
,

o f M anil a ; appeal f rom thei r judgments is m ade to

the latte r and he su mmons an d convokes them to his
,

p rovincial councils wheneve r necessa ry T hey re .

cei v e each an annual s al ary o f fiv e hund red thousan d

maravedis fo r thei r suppo rt which is paid f rom the ,

royal treasu ry o f M anil a besides thei r o ffe rings and ,

p o n ti fic al dues A ll t o gethe r it
. is quite suffi cient for
thei r s u pport acco rding to the convenience of things
,

an d the cheapness of the country A t p res ent the .

bishops do not possess chu rches with p reben daries

? ”
no r is any money set aside fo r that
T he regul a r p rel ates are the p rovincials o f the f ou r
mendicant o rde rs namely S t D omI ni c S t A ugus , ,
.
,
.

tine Sr Francis the S ociety of J esus and the dis

,
.
, ,

calced A u gustini ans E ach p rel ate g ove rns his .

own o rde r an d visits the ho u ses The o rde rs have .

nearly all the missions to the n atives unde r thei r

cha rge in whateve r pe rtains to the a dministration of
,

the s acraments and conve rsion by f avo r of and in ,

acco rdance with thei r p rivileges an d the apostolic ,

bulls in which until now they have maintained them

,

selves an d in wh a t pe rtains to judicial matte rs as ,

o n e de n f ur di gni t io fiv an n f ur aci n
a ,
o ar s, f ur e c o s, o r o e ro s , o

medi i n os and ther inferi r helper

o r ac o
-
er , in cludin g the h ir
o o s, c o ,

a t t l
o a f twenty s ix ind ividu l ;
o -
p nnu a lly i s t be
a s es os a o

a dd d f
e c ri s t n s
or S in ger
sa nd arc hes tr R I Z A L
, s, a o a . .

T heir s al a ry am unted t o fr m 75 0 t o pes os N w o o . o

[ 9 ]
1 8 0 the s al ry o f e h b i sah op i s pes s withac t w o f ther o ,
a

as i t nt s
s s a t 1 00 t 1 5 0 pe
a per m onth R IZA L
o sos . .

223
T hu s in ori gin l b ut it is ca ele s ly w rded ; for the S iety
a ,
r s o oc

o f Je u s i not
s n of the mendi c a nt orders
s o e .
 M ORGA
’
S SUC ESOS

vica rs of the bisho p s an d th rou gh appointment and

,

auth ori zation of the latter T he discalced A ugus .

t i ni ans as yet h ave no mi s si ons as they h ave but re ,

centl y entere d the isl ands .

The monaste ries are suppo rted b y ce rtain special

incomes that they p ossess an d have acqui red es —

p e c i al l y those of the A ugustinians and those of the

S ociety and by hel p and concessions grante d by his
M ajesty The D ominicans an d Franciscans do not
.

p ossess o r allow i ncomes o r p rope rties f and fo r "

them as fo r the other o rde rs the p rincipal sou rce of

, ,

revenue is in the alms O fferings and ai d given by

, ,

the districts whe re they a re estab lishe d and whe re

they have ch arge T his help is given by both S p an
.

i a r d s and natives ve ry piously and gene rously T hey

,
.

a re aided also by the stipen d given them f ro m the

encomien das fo r the instruction th at they give the re .

Consequently the religious o f the o rde rs live well and

with the comf o rt necessa ry .

T he fi rst encomenderos conquero rs an d settlers Of, ,

the isl ands an d thei r issue are hono rably sup p o rted
, ,

by the p roducts of thei r encomiendas an d by ce rt ain ,

means of gain an d trading inte rests th at they possess ,

as do the rest of the p eo p le T he re are a great num .

be r of them each one of whom l ives an d possesses

,

his house in the city and settlement O f S p ani a rds in

whose p rovince he h as his encomien da T his they .

do in o r d e r not to a b andon thei r encomiendas an d ,

th u s they a re nea re r the latte r fo r thei r need s and fo r

collecti ons .

N ow but few of the fi rst conque rors wh o gained

the co u ntry and went the re fo r its conquest wi th the
A ll of the rders held pr perty and had re gul r me an s f
o o a o

reven u e l a ter ; while the D mini an held en orm u property in

, o c s o s

b th the i sl and s nd at H on g K n g R I Z A L
o a o . .
 TH E PHI LIPPI N E IS LA ND S [ VO L 1 6

adel antado M iguel L opez de L egaspi remain alive .

The sol diers and offi ce rs of war an d of n aval ex

p e d i ti o ns fo rme rly consiste d O f all the dwelle rs and
inh abitants of the islands who rende re d milita ry ,

se rvice without any pay o r salary They went on all .

the expeditions and p ac i fic ati ons that a rose an d ,

gua rded the fo rts an d p resi dios an d cities and set ,

tl ements T his was thei r p rincipal exercise and oc en

.

p a t i o n T hey.we re rewa rde d b y the gove rn o r who ,

p rovided the m with encomiendas offi ces and p ro fits , ,

of the country accordin g to thei r me rits and

se rvices .
2 25

A t th at time the s oldie rs of the isl ands we re the

b est in the I ndi as T hey we re ve ry skil ful an d well .

disciplined b y both lan d an d sea and we re esteemed ,

and respecte d by all those n ations T hey glo ried in .

thei r arms and in acquittin g themselves vali antly

,
.

A fte rwa rd when G omez P e re z D as M a ri n as en

,

te re d upo n the gove rnment of the Filipi n as he ,

fou n ded the re gula r camp of fou r h un dred sol die rs

the a rque b usie rs with p ay o f six pesos pe r month ; ,

the musketeers with ei ght p esos ; six captains with , ,

ann u al pay of fou r h u nd red and twenty pesos a p iece ;

thei r al f ereces se rgeants co r p o rals standa rd b ea re rs
, , ,
-
,

and d rumme rs with p ay in p ropo rtion to thei r d u ,

ties ; one master o f cam p with annual p ay of one - -

,

thousan d fou r hund re d pes os ; one sa rge nto

’
mayo r with captain s p ay ; one adjutant of the sa r
followin g l w is f om R pil n d l y ( lib iii
T he a r ec o aa o e e es .
,

tit x ley xiv )

.
,
The g vernor and capt in gene al of the Fili o a -
r

pin I s l nd s s h l l b e reful t reward the ldier who s h all h ve

as a a ca o so s a

s erved u there and their n s with the p ts a nd em lument t

s ,
so ,
os o s a

hi s di p sl in acc rd an e with the o rdin an e nd [ he s h ll d it ]

os a ,
o c c s, a a o

w ith l l f irnes s s o th t they may h ave

a a , me remunera ti on H
a so . e

s h ll k eep i n t t the l w rela tin g to thi Felip e I II L erm a ”

a o o a s s .
, ,

July 2 3 1 605 ; M a drid D ec em b er 1 9 1 61 8

, , , .
 TH E PHI L IPPI N E IS LA ND S [ Vol 1 6

I n the vessels an d fleets o f l arge vessels fo r the

N uev a E s p afi a line the shi p s that a re sen t ca rry a ,

gene ral admi ral maste rs boatswains commissa ries

, , , , ,

s t ewards alguacils se rgeants of ma rine a rtille ry

, ,

c o n d es ta b l es
[ ], artille rymen s ailo rs p ilots an d thei r , ,

assistants common seamen car p ente rs calke rs an d

, , , ,
’
C oope rs all in his M ajesty s pay on the acc ount of
, ,

N uev a E s p afi a from wh ose royal treasu ry the y a re ,

pai d A ll that is necessa ry fo r this navigati on I s

.

supplied the re Thei r p rovisions an d ap pointments .

are m ade by the V ice roy ; an d this h as hithe rto p e r

t ai ne d to him even though the ships may have b een ,

c onstructed in the Filipin as T hey sail thence wi th .

thei r ca r g o O f me rchandise fo r N uev a E sp a n a an d ,

retu rn thence to the Filipinas with the re e nfo rce

ments of soldie rs an d sup plies an d whateve r else i s ,

necess a ry fo r the camp besides p assenge rs and reli ,

a ny pt ains officers o soldie rs with an encomiend a or

o f t he ca r

ther p os t he s h all n t a ll ow him to dr aw p ay While they d raw

, , ,

o , o .

p y they s h al l not b e a ll owed t o tr a de or traffic s o th a t th a t oc cu

a ,

pa t i n mo ay no t divert di tr ct them from their proper exerci s e or s a

a nd empl oym ent f wa Fo the s am e e as on no p y s h all be

o r . r r ,
a

g r nted to any soldier who s erves any other pers n wh oms eve he
a o ,
o r

b e Felipe II Anover Au gus t 9 1 5 8 9 cl us e 3 4 of his in

.
”
, , , ,
a

s t u t i ns ; Felip e III Vent os ill a N ovem b er 4

r c o 1 60 6 ; li b iii t it
, , , .
,
.

x ley xiii
, .

We order th t when the p os t of gener l of a rtille y of t he

“
a a r

Filipin as I s l an ds b ec mes v ac nt either b y the de ath pr m o

o a ,
or o

ti n f its occup ant or f any ther ca u se the g vern r and cap

o o ,
or o ,
o o

t in gener al s h all not fil l it with out fi rs t n otifyin g us and Without

a -

o u peci al order f it We permit him t pp int a pta in of

r s or . o a o ca

a rtillery a nd a sa r gent may r and he may as i gn e c h o f them o- o ,

s a

thi ty pes os p ay We pprove the increas e f tw pes in the

r
’
. a o o os

p ya f the o mu s k eteer I t i s u r will th a t the p y o f t h go ver

s n
. o a e

c pt a in f the gu rd b e in re s ed fi ve pes in dditi n t his

’
or s a o a c a os , a o o

fifteen pes s an d th t a li k e o m b e g r nted t the c mm a nd a nts of

,
a su a o o

f rt whe n they h ve
o s a pt in
" f infant y Feli p e I I claus e
a a c a o r .
”
,

O f letter M a drid June I 1 1 5 9 4 ; Felipe I V M drid J n ua ry 3 0

, , , , a , a ,

1 63 1 li b iii tit v l ey iii

.
, .
, .
 ’
M ORGA S SUC ESOS

g i ou s ,and the money p roceeding f rom the invest

?”
ments an d me rchan dise
A fte r the establishment of a regul a r cam p fo r
gu ard an d expe ditions the othe r inhabitants dwell , ,

e rs and residents we re en rolled without p ay unde r

,

the b anne rs of six ca p tains of the Fili pinas fo r spe ,

c i a l occasions requi ring the defe nse of the city But .

they we re relieved of all othe r duties pe rtaining to

the troops unless they should o ff e r of thei r own a c
,

co rd to go upon any expedition or volunt ee r fo r any ,

special occasion in o rde r to acqui re me rits and bene ,

fi ts so th at they may be given encomiend as that b e

,

come vacant and O fli c es and the means of p ro fit of , ,

the country They a re not compelle d o r obliged to .

do this unless they are encomenderos Consequently

,
.

all h ave given themselves to trading as the re is no ,

2 28
A de fi nite
as h ow n in R p i l l aw ,
a n al l y s li b iii Is s eco czo e e e , . .

tit iv ley xiii ch r ged the vi cer ys o f N u eva Es p na to send help

a o a

The l aw is as foll w s : We ch a r ge and

.
, ,

t o the P hilippine s . o

o rder the vi cer y f N u v E p a i t i d the g vern r and c p

o s o e a s
‘
ra o a o o a

t in gener l f Filipin as on al l cc s i n s th t ris e with very s p e

a -
a o o a o a a ,

c i l ca re pr omptne ss a nd dili gen ce with wh a tever the l a tte r s h a l l

a , , ,

req ue s t ; n d wi th the men rm mmu niti n and money th t he

a , a s, a o , ,
a

deem s ne e a ry f the c ns erva ti on of th s e is l a nds al ries [ the

c ss or o o , s a

o ri gin l i s s u l d perhap s mi s print f u l s i gni fyin g prov

a e os , a or s e os ,

in ces di s tri ct
’
or pres idi s nd wh atever el s e is u nder his
s o ,
a

c h a r ge Felipe III A ranj ue M ay 2 5 1 60 7

”
.
,
z, , .

T he t wo f ll owin g l aws imp os e cert a in re s tri c ti n s on the e

o o r

enf r ements s ent t the P hilippines fr om N u eva E p fi :

o c o s a a

O ne f the pt in s who s h all r ai s e men in N uev a E sp fia as

o ca a a

reenf cement f the Filipin as I s l nds s h ll ct as their gent t

or s or a , a a a o

the p ort of Ac pulc T here he s hall deliver them t the general

a o . o ,

or c mm nder o f the s hip

o a b ut t s il ; b ut no pta in h all t k e s a o o a ca s a

p a ge g t the i l nd s with the men f his mp ny

ssa or o o Felipe
s a o co a .
”

I I I Z m r Fe b ru ry 1 6 1 60 2 ; li b iii tit iv ley xvi

a o a, a , .
, .
, .

Am n g the men ent by the V i er y w h s h ll g as

o s c o ,
o a o a re

e nf r ement fr m N uev a Es p fi
o c t Filipin as he s hall n t allow
o a a o , o ,

und r ny ir um t n e
e a dmit ny me ti
c c s amul tt e b c s, or a , a s z os or a o s, e

ca u e f the nn y n es th t h ve b een experien ed fr m them

s O a o a c a a c o .
”

Felipe I I I V ll d lid A u gu s t 3 0 1 60 8 ; li b iii tit iv ley xv

,
a a o , , .
, .
, .
1
76 TH E PHI IPPI N E IS LA ND S
L [ VO L 1 6

othe r occup ation but they a re not unmindful O f mil i ,

ta ry se rvice .

H is M ajesty p rohibits all who a re in his p ay in the

military fo rces of the isl an ds from engaging in com
me rce ; and orde rs the gove rnor not to allow this o r ,

pe rmit them to export goods to N uev a E sp a n a I f .

the gove rno rs woul d obse rve th at o rde r it woul d not ,

be a miss ” ?

The me rchants and business men fo rm the bul k

o f the residents o f the isl ands b e c ause of the g re at ,
—
amou nt of me rch andise b rought the re outside of
n ative p r o ducts f rom China J a p on M aluco M a , , ,

l aca S i an Camboj a B orneo an d othe r districts

, , , ,
.

They invest in this me rchan dise an d export it annual

l y in the vessels th at sail to N uev a E sp a n a and at ,

ti mes to J apon whe re great p ro fits are made f rom,

raw silk T hence on the return to M a nil a a re b rought

.

the p roce eds which hithe rto h ave resulte d in l a rge

,

an d splendid p ro fi ts .

T h rough the ve ry great increase of this trade

which was h armful an d p rejudicial to the S p anish
me rchants who shippe d goods to P e ru and N uev a
E s pa n a an d to the royal duties collected on the shi p
,

ments f rom E s p afi a an d th rough the business men

of Mexico and P e ru havin g become greedy o f trade
and comme rce with the Filipinas by means o f thei r ,

agents an d facto rs so th at the trade wi th E sp a n a was ,

ceasing in great measure and the me rch ants we re ,

sending to the F i l i p i nas fo r thei r investments gre at

consignments of silve r which by th at means flowe d ,
’
yearly from his M ajesty s kingdoms to fall into the ,

possession of i nfi de l s : all pe rsons o f N uev a E sp a n a

“ 29
See n te 2 2 7 the it ati on Of the l aw fr m
a n t e, o , c o R e eopil a czon
d e l ey es , li b iii tit x ley xiii
.
,
.
, .
1 78 TH E PHI LIPPI N E IS LA ND S [ L 16
VO

—
Fo Kien
[ ] and sail f rom those
,
p rovinces They .

make thei r voyage to the city of M anila in fi fteen o r

twenty days sell thei r me rchandise and retu rn in, ,

good season befo re the vend av al s set in the end of

,

—
M ay and a few days of J une i n o rde r not to en
dange r thei r voyage .

These vessels come l aden with me rchan dise and ,

b ri ng w ealthy me rchants who own the ships and ,

se rv ants and f acto rs of othe r me rchants who remain

in China They leave China with the pe rmission
.

and license of the Chinese viceroys an d mandarins .

The me rch an dise that they gene rally b ring and sell
to the S pan iards consists o f raw silk in bun dles of ,

the fineness of two strands [ d os ca b e ga s ] and othe r ,

silk of poore r qua l i ty ; fine untw i sted silk white and ,

o f all col o rs woun d in smal l skeins ; quantities of

,

velvets some plain an d s ome emb roide red in al l

, ,

so rts of figu res col Ors and fashions others wi th —

, ,

body o f gol d and emb roi de red with gold ; woven ,

stu ffs and b rocades of gol d and silve r upon silk of ,

va rious co lo rs and p atte rns ; quantities of gol d and

silv e r th re ad in skeins ove r th read and Silk b ut the
glitte r o f all the gold and silve r is false and only on ,

pape r ; damas k s satins ta ffe tans g o r o a ra nes p i , , , ,

c o res and othe r cloths of all colors some fine r an d

,
23 2
,

bette r th an othe rs ; a quantity of linen made f rom

grass calle d l e nges u e l o [ h andke rchief ] ; and white 23 3

C a rs e s tu ff m de f g at h air
o a gl s y s il k s tu ff ; pr b
a o o
’
s ,
or o s o

ab ly the l tter is intended in the t xt G m n g g n i

a e . o or a or or or a s a

so rt f il k g g ram
O s ro .

T hi s fab i i n w c lled P i fi a I t is m de fr m thr d

r c s o a . a o ea s

stripped fr m fib ers f the le f f th at pl n t

o f u t n d whi ch
o a o a or r I ,
a

a renever l n ger th n h lf y rd I t ca nn t b e w ven at l l times

o a a a a . o o a ,

as extreme h t humidity ffe t the fiber T h m a hinery em

ea or a c s . e c

pl yed is f w d unmixed with any met l and f rude cons t uc

o o oo ,
a ,
o r

ti n T hi s fab ri c is s tr n ger th an ny ther f equ l fineness and

o . o a o o a ,
 ’
M ORGA S SU C ESOS 1 79

cotton cloth of di ffe rent kinds and qualities fo r all ,

uses T hey also b rin g musk b enz o in and ivo ry ;

.
, ,

m any bed o rn aments h angings c ove rlets an d tapes , , ,

tries o f emb roide re d velvet ; damask a nd g o rv a r a n

of di ffe rent shades ; tablecloths cu s hions an d ca r , ,

pets ; ho rse trappings o f the same stu ff an d emb roi d

-
,

e red with glass beads an d seed pe a rls ; al s o some -

pea rls an d rubies s apphires and c rystal stones ; metal ,

-

b asins co ppe r kettles and othe r coppe r and cast i ron

, ,
-

pots ; quantities of all so rts of nails sheet i ron tin ,

-
,

an d le ad ; saltpetre an d gunpowde r T hey s u pply the .

S p ani ards with wheat flou r ; p rese rves made of

o range peach w: o r z o ner a
,
p ea r nutmeg an d ,
.
,
23 4
, ,

ginge r an d othe r f ruits of China ; salt po rk an d

,

othe r salt meats ; live fowls o f good b reed ,

an d very fine capons ; quantities o f green f ruit ,

o ranges of all kin ds ; excellent chestnuts wal ,

i ts l r is un a ffected by time or w as hin g The p i eces are gener

co o .

a lly nly 1 5 feet wide the pri ce v ries fr m 1 5 4d to 25 6d p e

o : a o . . . . r

ya rd P i fi f y ard wide is from s ix re l s t a d ll a r ( of ei ght

. a o a a o o

re ls ) y a rd A ll the j inin gs f the thre d s a f kn ts m ad e

a a . o o a re o o

by the fi n gers I t is f b rica ted solely by n ative I ndi ans in m any

. a

p a rts f the P hilippines b ut es peci lly in 110 1 1 T he us of

o ,
a -
0 . e

thi s s t u ff is exten s ive and the v alue is es tim ated at

, d ll rs o a

or the v alue of the nnu l export of it to E ur pe f a a o or

dress es h and k erchiefs c ll rs sc rfs and wri s tb a nds which e

, ,
o a , a , ,
ar

b e utifully em b r idered at M anila is es tim ated a t

a o d oll a rs ,

a nnu ally ( M r C n s ul F a rren Ja nua ry 2 1

. . o STA N L EY , ,
.

I n rder t b t in the fib er of thi s pl nt the f ru it is firs t u t

o o o a a , c ,

so th t the le f may b ecome as l n g nd b road as p s i b le When

a a o a os .

the leave a e well d veloped they e t rn ff and sc raped wi th

s r e ar o O ,

a S h rp in s trument t o s ep
a a te the fl e s hy p rt a n d le ave the fib er ; ar a

thi is wa hed dried in the s u n c mb ed u t and cl as ed in f u r

s s , ,
o o , s o

g ra de ccordin g t i ts finene s T h cl th has a peculi a r so ftnes s

s a o s . e o

a n d d li y ; nd it i id th t th t m ade f merly ( on
e cac a s two
sa a a or e or

c enturie a g ) w as mu ch finer th a n th a t m de n w
s o a o .

S n is
cor z ogenu of c mp i te pl a nt f numer u s
er a a s o os s, o o
sp ce I es ; the le ve s r ts f m any a e u s ed s ve get b le
a or oo l o r a a s or s a
a d s .S t ub a an d
. ther E s tern s pecies have edib le ro t
er os o a o s .
 TH E PHI LIPPI N E IS LA ND S [ VOL 1 6

nuts pea rs and c h i c n ey es

, ( both green
,
an d
d ried a delicious fruit ) ; quantities of fine th re ad
,

of all kinds needles and knick kn ac ks ; little boxes , ,

-

and w ri ting c ases ; beds tables chai rs and g ilded

-
, , ,

be nches p ainted in many fi gu res and patte rns They

,
.

b ring d omestic bu ffal oes ; geese th at resemb l e swans ;

h o rses some mules and asses ; even caged bi rds some
, ,

O f which talk while othe rs sin g and they m a ke them , ,

play innume rable tricks The Chinese fu rnish num .

b e rl es s othe r gewgaws an d o rnaments of lit t le value

an d wo rth which a re esteemed amo ng the S p an
,

i a r d s ; besides a qu antity of fi ne c r ocke ry of all kinds ;

c a ng a n es S i n es and bl ack and blue robes ; ta c l ey
,
23 6
, ,

which a re beads of a l l kin ds ; strings of co rneli ans ,

an d othe r be ads and p recious stones o f all colo rs ;

peppe r and othe r spices ; an d ra rities which di d I -
,

refe r to them all I woul d neve r finish no r h ave suf , ,

fi c i ent p ape r fo r it ,
.

A s so on as the ship reaches the mouth O f the b ay

o f M anil a the watchman stationed at the isl and of
,

M i r avel es goes out to it in a light vessel H avin g .

ex amined the s hi p he puts a gua rd of t wo o r th ree ,

g
D el a d o ( a t s upr a ) s ays th a t thi s fruit ( D i os py r os ha hi ,

L inn . b g b
) w as r o u ht y the Chine s e tr a de rs a nd ca lled X i —
c n in ,

their l an gu a ge whence is derived the w rd hi q n y I t is a b e u

,
o c e . a

tiful sca rl et fruit alth u g h there i a n ther peci es f yell w ,

o s o s o a o

c ol r oB th a e s weet an d pleas ant t the t s te

. o r S me f the yel o a . o o

l ow v a rie ty were g rown in the Vi s y b ut D el ga d s ys the tree a as , o a

i n t indi g en u s t the i s l nd
s o T h fruit is h ped li k e a n
o orn a s . e s a a co

b ut is ab ut as l ar ge as a lem n T h peel is ft nd the interi r

o o . e so a o

li k e h ney and it c ntain s everal s eed T he tree is wide prea d

o ,
o s s .
-
s

in g b ut n t very t ll T h le ve
o m all and lm t r und a . e a s are s a os o .

D h hi i the Chines e o J p a n e pers immo n ; D i g i ni n is the

. a s r a es . v r a a

Am eri n p er imm n Fr m ther s p e ies i b t ined the valu ab le

ca s o . o o c s o a

w od c lled eb ny
o a o .

Thi s mu s t b e the cl th nd not the p rcel ain of Ka ga which

23 “
o a o ,

ev en t d ay i s so hi ghly es teemed RI ZA L o . .
 TH E PHI LIPPI N E IS LA ND S [ Vo l 1 6

to the P a rI an or to othe r houses an d m a g azines out

, ,

s i de O f the city The re the goods a re f reely sold

. .

No S pani a rd S angley o r othe r pe rs on is allowed

, ,

to go to the ship to buy o r trade me rch andise food , ,

o r anythin g else Neithe r is it allowed when the

.
,

me rch an dise I s asho re to take it f rom them o r buy ,

it with fo rce an d vi olence ; but the trade must b e

f ree an d the S ang l ey s can do wh at they like with
,

thei r p rope rty .

T he ordin a ry p rice O f the silks ( both r aw and

w oven ) and the cloths which f o rm the bulk O f the -

ca rgo is settled leisu rely an d by pe rs ons who un ,

de rs tand it b o th on the p art of the S pani ards and

,

that of the S ang l ey s T he pu rchase p rice is p ai d in

.

silve r an d reals fo r the S ang l ey s do not want gol d

, ,

or any othe r a rticles and will not t ake o the r thin gs

,

to Chin a A ll the trading must be com p leted by the

.

end of the month of M ay o r the reabout in o rde r , ,

that the S ang l ey s may retu rn and the S p ania rds h ave
the goo ds ready to lade up on the vessels that g o to
N u ev a E s p afi a by the end of J une H oweve r the .
,

l a rge r deale rs and those who have mos t money usu

ally do thei r tradin g afte r that ti me at lowe r rates , ,

and kee p the me rchan dise until the following yea r .

Ce rtain S ang l ey s remain in M anil a with a po rtion o f

thei r me rchan dise fo r the same pu rp ose when they ,

have not had a good sale fo r it in o rde r to g o on sell ,

ing it mo re leisu rely The S ang l ey s a re ve ry skil ful

.

o ther pl es where they m y and s h all b e t ak en

ac E l P rd a . a o,

N ovem b er 1 1 5 9 1 ,( L y xxi ) . e .

“
We order th a t the duty f three per cent c llected in the o o

Filipin I l nd n the mer h andi s e t k en thither by the Chines e

as s a s o c a

b e in r as ed by an ther three p cent E l P ard o N vemb er 20

c e o er .
”
,
o ,

1 60 6 ( y
.L xx iii
e ) .

The ab ove l aws a e from R pila n d l y lib viii tit xv

r ec o cro e e es , .
,
. .
 M ORGA
’
S SU C ESOS 1 83

and intelligent trade rs and of g re at coolness and ,

mode ration in orde r to ca rry on thei r business bette r

,
.

They are ready to trust an d accommodate f reely

whoeve r they know treats them f ai rly and does not ,

fai l in his p ayments to them when these a re due O n .

the othe r h an d as they a re a people with out religion

,
-

o r conscience and so greedy they commit i nnu me r

, ,

able f rau ds an d deceits in thei r me rchandise The .

p u rch ase r must watch them ve ry clos ely and kn ow ,

them in o rde r not to be cheated by the m T he pu r

,
.

chase rs howeve r acquit themselves by thei r poo r

, ,

p ayments and the debts that they incu r ; and both

si des generally keep the j udges an d A udiencia quite
busy .

S ome J ap anese an d P o rtuguese me rchantmen als o

come eve ry year f rom the p o rt o f N ang as aq ue in
J a p on at the end of O ctobe r with the north win ds
, ,

and at the end of M a rch T hey ente r and ancho r at .

M anil a in the same way T he bulk of thei r ca rgo .

is excellent wheat fl ou r for the p rovisi oning o f M a

-

nila and highly p rized s alt meats They also b ring

,
.

some fi ne woven silk goods O f mixed colo rs ; beauti

ful an d finel y deco r ate d screens done in oil an d gilt ;
-

all kin ds of cutle ry ; many suits of armo r spea rs ca , ,

tans and othe r wea p ons all finely wrought ; w riting

, ,

cases b oxes an d small cases of wood j apanned an d

, ,

cu riously ma rked ; othe r p retty gewgaws ; excellent

fresh pea rs ; b arrels and casks O f g oo d salt tunny ;
cages of sweet voice d l arks called fimba r os ; and
-
,

othe r t ri fl es I n this tra ding s ome pu rchases a re also

.
,

m ade without royal duties being collected fr o m

,

those vessels T he bulk of the merch an dise is used

.

in the country but some go o ds are expo rted to N u ev a

,

E sp a n a The p rice is gene r ally p aid in re als al

.
,
 TH E PHI LIPPI N E IS LA ND S [ V O L 1 6

though they a re not so greedy fo r them as the Chi

nese fo r the re is silve r in J
,
apon T hey gene rally .

b ring a quantity of it as me rch andise in pl ates an d ,

it is s old at m o de rate rates .

These vessels retu rn to J apon at the season o f the

v en d av a l s du ring the months o f J une and J uly
, .

They ca rry f rom M anil a thei r pu rchases which are ,

composed of raw Chinese sil k gol d dee rskin and , , ,

b ra z il woo d fo r thei r dyes They take honey m anu

-
.
,

fac tu re d wax palm an d Castili a n wine civet cats

, ,
-
,

l a rge ti b o rs in which to sto re thei r tea glass cloth , , ,

a nd o the r curiosities f r o m E spa n a .

S ome P o rtuguese vessels sail to M an ila annuall y

du rin g the monsoon of the vend av al s f rom M al uco , ,

M alaca an d I n di a They take me rchandise con

,
.

—
sisting of Spices cloves cinnamon and pep pe r ; , ,

slaves both blacks and C af res ; cotton cloth of all

,

so rts fine muslin s [ c a ni q u i es ] linens gau z es r a m

, , , ,

b n ti es an d othe r del icate and p recious cloths ; am

,

be r and ivo ry ; cloths edged with p i ta

,
fo r use as ,
23 9

bed cove rs ; hangings and rich counte rp anes f rom

-
,

V e ng al a [ Bengal ] Coch in an d other countries ; , ,

m any gilt a rticles and cu riosities ; j ewels of dia

monds rubies sapphi res topa z es bal as rubies an d
, , , ,
-
,

other p recious stones both set and loose ; many ,

trinkets and o rnaments f rom I ndi a ; wine raisins , ,

an d alm onds ; delicious p rese rves and othe r f ruits ,

b rought f rom P o rtugal and p repa red in G oa ; car

pets an d tapestrie s f r om P e r s ia and Tu rquia made ,

T he a g ve
a ( Ag a v e a me r i ca na ; the mag u ey o f exi co ) is M
f und in the P hilippin s a nd i lled pi t b
o g e ,
s ca a, ut D el ad o and B l a nco
thin k th t it w s n t indi gen u there
a a b o o s . I t s fi er s were u se d in
f rmer times f makin g the n tive textile lled ipi m nu
o or a ca n s, a

f t u d in the Vi y
ac re A u s ed in the tex t p i t me n
sa asp . s ,
a a s, a

p ently me b r id
at ,
ther rn ament f ag ve fib ers
so a or o o o a .
 TH E PHI LIPPI N E I SLA ND S [ V ol 1 6

pe r ivory and cotto n cloth ; rubi es and sapphi res

, , ,

badly cut an d set ; a few sl aves ; rhinoce ros horns ,

an d the hi des hoofs an d teeth of this animal ; and

, ,

othe r goods I n retu rn they take the w ares found

.

in M anila Thei r coming and retu rn is between the

.

b risas and the vend av al s during the months of A p ril , ,

M ay and J une,
.

I n these classes of me rchandi se and in the p rod ,

u c ts of the isl ands namely gold cotton cloth men , , ,

d ri fi aq u e an d cakes o f white and yellow wax d o —

,

the S pan iards e ffect thei r pu rchases investments , ,

and exports fo r N uev a E s p afi a They make these as .

is most suitable fo r each pe rson and l ade them on the ,

vessels that are to make the voyage They value and .

registe r these goods fo r they pay into the royal treas ,

u ry of M anila b efo re the v oyage the two pe r cen t

, ,

royal duties on expo rts besides the f re i ght charges of ,

the vessel which a mount to fo rty Castili an duc a

,

dos pe r tonelad a T his l atte r is pai d at the po rt

24 °
.

of A capulco in Nueva E s p a n a into the royal treas ,

u ry of the sai d po rt in addition to the ten pe r cent ,

” 1
duti es fo r entrance and fi rs t s ale in N ueva E s p a fi a .

I nasmuch as the ships which a re desp atched with

’
the said me rch andise a re at his M ajesty s account ,

and othe r ships cannot be sent the re is gene rally too ,

small a place in the cargo for all the pu r chases Fo r .

th at reason the gove rno r divi des the ca rgo roo m -

among all the sh ippe rs according to thei r wealth ,

du d f C s till a w s w rth s li ghtly m re th an two

T he ca o o a a o o

pes os RIZAL
. .

T he e imp s t
s nd fetters whi c h the pr du c ts
o s a f the country , o o

did n t e pe o s cas till [ 1 8 9 0 ] in f r c e

, a re o th a t f rei gn m r k et s o ,
s o a

mu s t b e u ght s in e the m rkets f the m ther country ffer n

so ,
c a o o -
O o

g e ter a dv ant ages Acc rdin g to d ocument O f 1 640 thi s om

r a . o a ,
c

merce netted the g vernment pe os nnu lly R I Z A L

o s a a . .
 ’
M ORGA S SU C ESOS

an d me rits afte r they h ave been examine d by i h

,

te l l i g ent men appointed fo r th at purpose

,
Co use .

quently eve ry man knows f rom his share how much

he can expo rt an d only that amou nt is received in
,

the vessel ; and careful and exact acc o unt is taken o f

i t T rustwo rthy pe rsons a re appointe d who a re
.

p resent at the l ading ; and space is left fo r the provi

sions an d passengers that a re to go in the vessels .

When the ships are l aden an d rea dy to sail they are ,

delive red to the general and the offi cials who h ave
them in charge Then they sta rt on thei r voyage at
.

the end of the m onth o f J une with the fi rst v end aval s ,
.

This trade and comme rce is so great and p ro fi t

—
able an d easy to control fo r it only l asts th ree
,

mo nths in the year f rom the time of the arrival of

,

the ships with thei r me rchandise until those vessels ,

that go to N u ev a E s p afi a take that me rch an d ise

th at the S p aniards d o not ap ply themselves to or en ,

gage in any othe r industry Consequently the re is

,
.
,

no husband ry o r fiel d l abo r worthy of consi de ration

-
.

Neithe r do the S p aniards wo rk the gold mines o r

pl ace rs which a re nume rous T hey do not eng age
,
.

in many othe r industries that they coul d tu rn to with

great p ro fi t if the Chinese trade shoul d fail them
,
.

That trade has been ve ry hu rtful and p rej udicial in

this respect as well as for the occu pations an d fa rm
,

in dustries in which the n atives used to engage Now .

the l atte r a re abandoning an d fo rgetting th ose l abo rs .

Be s ides the re is the great h a rm and l oss resulting

,

f rom the immense amount of silve r that p asses annu

ally by this way [ of the trade ] into the possession o f ,

i nfi d e l s which can neve r by any way retu rn into the

, , ,

possession of the S p ania rds .

H is M ajes ty s a gents fo r the gove rnment and j us

’
 TH E PHI LIPPI N E I SLA ND S [ VOL 1 6

tice and the royal o ffi cials fo r the m an agement of his

,
’
M ajesty s revenue a re as follows : Fi rst the gov , ,

e rno r an d c a ptain gene ral of all the islands who is -

,

at the s ame time p resident o f the royal Au dienci a of

M anila H e has a s al a ry of eight th o usand p esos de
.

minas pe r yea r for all his o ffi ce s H e possesses his .

own body gu ard o f twelve h albe rdie rs whose captain

-
,

receives th ree hund red pesos pe r year The gov .

e rno r al o ne p rovi des and regul ates all that pertains

to war an d government with the advice of the au ,

d i to rs o f the A udienci a in di ffi cult matte rs H e tries .

in the fi rst instance the c rimin al cases of the regul a r

sol d i e rs and any appe als from his decisions go to the
,

A u dienci a ” 3
The g overno r appoint s m any alcaldes
.

mayo r co rregi dors deputies an d other magistrates

, , , ,

th roughout the islands and thei r p rovinces fo r c arry ,

ing on the gove rnment and j ustice an d for milita ry ,

matte rs These appointments a re made befo re a

.

gove rnment chief scrivene r appointed by his M aj

esty who helps the gove rno r
,
.

T he s al a ry is n ow [ 1 8 90 ] pe s os . RIZ A L .

li b iv tit i ley v utlin the

R ec opi l a czo n d e l ey es ( , , ) o e s . .

g vern r
o o s an d A
’
udien i p wer in re g rd
’
c a s o a n ue t by priv te
t o co q s s a

indivi u l f ll w
d a s , as o o s : W gr nt permi i n
e a the g vern r
ss o to o o

a nd pre ident
s Ofthe Filipin l nd
as I s a udien i
s and its A m ke c a to a

co ntr t
ac s fo r new expl r ti no a o s a n d co qn ue t with
s s [ p a c ifica c i o n es ]

per n
so s w ho a r e
, willin g ven nt
t o co a it
t o do th ir at exe ow n

pen es a n d no tth t a r y l tre ury

o f ou r o a as ; agive them the
n d to
title pt in
s o f ca a m ter
s a nd as mp b ut
—
s o f ca ,
th e n o t del nt d
o s o f a a -
a o s

g vern r
o o s ] and m rh l a s a s h e ntr t
T o s co greement
ac s a nd a s.

u h men
s c may exe ute with
c ,
t h en urren e
c o c the udien i
c o f A c a ,

until we ppr ve them pr vided th t they b erve the l ws en t ed

a o , o a o s a ac

for w n q ues t nd e pl r ti n
ar, co tr itly th t f ny ne gli
, a x o a o , so s a , a or a

gen e the term f their ntr t will b e b erved nd th e

c ,
s o co ac o s ,
a os

w h ex eed the
o c ntr t s h ll in ur the p en ltie imp s ed ; l
co ac a c a s o a so

pr vided the p rtie s h ll re eive u

o anfirm ti n within brief
s a c o r co a o a

pe ri d i gned by the g vern r Feli p I I G u d lu p A pril 1

o as s
‘
o o .
”
e , a a e, ,

1 5 8 0 ; T led o M y 2 5 o 1 5 96 cl a u e
,
f in tru cti on s
a , ,
a s o s .
 TH E PHI LIPPI N E IS LA ND S [ V O L 1 6

side in M anila From th at ci ty they manage and at

.

tend to eve rything pe rtainin g to the royal revenues

th roughout the isl ands .

H is M ajesty has a numbe r of encomiendas a p p o r

ti o ne d to his royal crown th roughout the p rovinces
of the Filipinas I slan ds The tributes of those en .

c om i e nd a s a re collected fo r his royal treasu ry by his

royal ofli c i al s and the collecto rs eng age d for that p u r

pose by the royal offi ci als Fr om yea r to yea r these .

amount to thi rty thousand p esos afte r deducting ,

costs and expenses They collect f rom one yea r to

.
,

anothe r ei g ht thousand pesos in tributes from the

,

S a ng l ey s both Ch ristians an d i nfi del s

246
.

They also collect the fi fth of al l gold dug in the

isl an ds By special concession fo r a limited pe riod
.
,

the tenth is collected instea d of the fi fth The re is .

a declaration c once rning it to the e ffect that the n a ,

t i v es shall p ay no fi fths o r othe r duties on the j ewels

an d gol d inhe rite d by them f rom thei r ancesto rs b e
fo re his M ajesty owned the country S uffi cient .

measu res h ave been taken for th e clea r unde rsta nd

in g of this concession an d its inve s tigation fo r that ,

on whi c h the tenth h as once been paid an d the steps ,

to be taken in the matte r From one year to anothe r .

they collect ten thousand pesos f rom these fi fths fo r ,

?“
much is concealed
tri b utes f the I ndi n s in the Filipin s amount t o m re
T he o a a o

th a n pes os now a n d fr om the Chine s e e de ar

rived pes R I ZA L os . .

N w s in ce there is n expl it ti n o f g ld mine

o n d s in c e
o o a o o s, a

the I ndi n h ve n j ew el th a t w uld j u tify thi tenth fifth

a s a o s o s s or ,

the S p ni d s s ub titute f thi s the imp ts up n pr perty whi h

a ar s or os o o ,
c

a m unt t
o o pesos and th a t up n indus try whi h m unts
,
o , c a o

to pes I n 1 640 the revenue from the bove s urce

os .
,
a o

[ fi fth s tenth
or s ]
‘
h d de c re s ed s g rea tly th a t nly 7 5 0 pae sos o a , o

were llec ted nnu lly R I Z A L

co a a . .
1 60 9 ] M ORGA
’
S SU C ESOS
The assi gnment of t wo reals from e ach tributario
inu res to the royal treasu ry and is p ai d into it fo r the ,

pay of the soldie rs an d the stipend of the p reben

da ri cs These a re collected f rom the encomende ros
.

in p rop o rtion to and on the account o f thei r tributes

, , ,

an d amount annually to thi rty fou r thous and pesos -

.

The fines and expenses of justice are committed to

the ca re of the treasu re r of the royal revenues an d ,

a re ke p t in the treasu ry They amount annually to.

th ree thousand pesos .

The th ree pe r cent duties on the Chinese me r

c h a nd i s e o f the S angley vessels ave rage fo rty thou
24 8
sand pesos annu ally .

The two pe r cent duties p ai d by the S pania rds fo r

expo rting me rch an dise to Nueva E sp a n a amount an
nu a l l y to twenty thousan d pesos O n the me rchan .

dise and money sent f rom N neva E spa n a to the Fili

pinas result eight thous an d pesos mo re C onse
,
.

quently in these things an d in othe r dues o f less

,

impo rtance that belong to the royal treasu ry his ,

M ajesty receives about one hun d red and fi fty thou

sand pesos o r the re about annu ally in the Fili
, ,
“
pin as .

I n asmuch as this amount does not su ffi ce fo r the

expenses th at a re incu rred the royal treasu ry of ,

N uev a E s p afi a sen ds annu ally to that of the Filipinas ,

in addition to the ab ove revenues some assistance in ,

money a greate r o r less sum as necessity requi res ,

.

Fo r his M ajesty has thus p rovided fo r it f rom the

p roceeds of the ten pe r cent duties on the Chinese
merchandise th at a re collected at the po rt of A ca
I mp rt duties n w [ 1 8 9 0 ] m unt t
o o p a o o es os .

R IZAL .

Exp rt duties n w [ 1 8 90 ] am unt t

o o pes o o os .

RI Z A L .
 TH E PHI LIPPI N E IS LA ND S [ V O L 1 6

pul eo in N uev a E sp a n a This assistance is given .

into the keeping of the royal o ffi ci als in M anila and ,

they take charge of it with the rest of the re ve nues ,

that they man age and collect .

’
F rom all this gross sum of his M ajesty s revenue ,

the sala ries of the governo r and royal A udiencia a re

p aid as well as the stipends of p relates and ecclesias
,

tical p rebenda ries the sal aries of the magistrates an d , ,

of the royal o ffi ci als and thei r assistants ; the p ay of

all the military Offi ce rs and regula r s o l die rs ; his M aj
’
e s ty s sh a re of the stipe n ds fo r instruction an d the ,

buil ding of chu rches an d thei r ornaments ; the con

ce ssion s an d g r at i fi c at i ons that he h a s all owe d to ce r
tain monaste ries and p rivate pe rsons ; the buil ding O f
,

l arge vessels fo r the nav igation to Nueva E sp a n a and ,

of galleys and othe r vessels fo r the defense o f the

isl an ds ; expenses fo r gunpowde r an d ammunition ;
the c a s ting of a rtillery and its ca re ; the expense aris ,

ing fo r expeditions an d in dividual un de rtakings i n

the isl an ds and in thei r defense ; th at of navig ations
,

to an d negotiations with the kingdoms in thei r v i

, ,

c i ni ty wh ich a re quite common and n e cess a ry

,
Con .

’
sequently since his M ajesty s re v enu es in these is
,

lands are s o limited an d his expen s es so great the , ,

royal treasu ry fall s sho rt an d su ffe rs pove rty an d ,

need .

The p roceeds f rom the ten per cent duties a nd th e

f reight charges of the ships which a re collecte d at ,

A capul co in Nueva E spa na on the me rch a ndi s e s ent ,

25 °
Accordin g
ern nd de l R i the Filipin I l nd
to H a o os os , as s a s

c uld h ve b een elf u t inin g fr m the be ginnin g fr m their w n

s a o o o
-
o a s s

pr du t h d it n t b een f the expediti n s nd dventu u n

o c s, a o or o a a ro s co

q ue t i n the
s sM lu C m b j t o I n the
cca s , g vern r a o a, e c . o o

ship f D n Ju n de Silv the tre ury wed f the w in the

O o a a, as o ,
or ar

M lu o m re th n
cc a s , pe t the I ndi an be ide wh t it
o a s os o s, s s a

mu t h ve wed to the inh b it nt f M nil R I Z A L

s a o a a s o a a . .
 TH E PHI LIPPI N E IS LA ND S [ VO L 1 6

I n the city of M anila and in all those S p anish set ,

tl ements of the island s reside S ang l ey s who h ave

'

, ,

c ome from G reat China b esides the me rchants T hey ,

.

have appointed settlements an d are engaged in v a

t ious trades and go to the isl ands fo r thei r livelihood
,
.

S ome p ossess thei r p ari a ns and shops S ome en g age .

in fishing an d fa rming among the n ative s th rou g hout ,

the country ; an d go f rom one isl an d to anothe r to

trade in la rge o r small c h amp ans
,
.
’52

T he annual vessels fr om G reat China b rin g these

S ang l ey s in great num b ers especially to the ci ty of ,

M anila fo r the sake of the p ro fi ts that a re gaine d

,

f rom thei r fares A s there is a supe rabundance of .

popul ation in Chin a an d the wages an d p ro fits the re ,

a re little they re g ar d as of i mp ortance whatever they

,

get in the Fili p in as .

Ve ry great annoy ances result from this ; fo r not ,

only can the re b e little secu ri ty to the country with

so many i nfi d el s but the Sang l ey s a re a wicked an d
,

T hes e unts s h all b e c n cluded b ef re the govern r of th os e

acco o o o

i l nd s n d the audit r wh m the Audienci a and the fi sc l f

s a , a o o a O

th t bo dy m y ppoint I n as e of the findin g f a ny d oub ts an d

a a a . c o

rem a rks it i u r w i l l tha t the audit r nd govern r res olve and

s o o a o

determine them so th a t they may b e con cluded and fini hed A nd

, s .

in as much the fac tor nd vers eer mu s t give acc unt of cert ain
as a o o

thin gs in k ind nd pr du ts Of gre t wei ght nd tedi u s nes s we

a o c a a o ,

o rder t ha t th t account b examined eve y three ye rs nd tha t

a e r a ,
a

the c n cl u din g a nd s ettlin g of the d u b ts and rem r ks sh all b e

o o a

m a de in the f m de l red A nd we rde tha t when the s id

or c a . o r a

a c counts f the sa id i l nd a e completed and the net bal an es

o s a s r c

s tru ck they s h ll b e ent t ou C un il of the I ndi s so th t

,
a s o r o c a ,
a

the c unt nts f it s a unts m y revi e and m k e dditi n s t

a co a o cco a s a a o o

them c rdin g to the m nner of the a unt n cy Vall a d lid

ac o a cco a .
”
o ,

J nu a ry 2 5 1 60 5 ( L y
a , . e

Th b ve t w l aw s
e a o t k en fr m R pil n d l y l ib
o are a o eco a czo e e es , .

viii tit xxix

,
. .

T he C hines een g ged in gri ulture a a c and fi shin g n o w [ 1 8 90 ]

a re very few R I Z A L . .
 ’
M ORGA S SUC ESOS

vicious race . Th rough inte rcou rse and commun i

cation with them the natives imp rove little i n Ch ris
,

t i an i ty and morals A nd since they come in such

.

numbe rs and a re so great eate rs they raise the p rice ,

of p rovisions an d consume them

,
.

I t is true th at the city c oul d not be maintained o r

p rese rve d without these S ang l ey s ; fo r they are the
mech anics in all trades an d a re excellent wo rkmen
,

an d wo rk fo r suitable p ri ces But a less numbe r of .

them would su ffi ce for this and woul d av o i d the i n

,

convenience of so many people as are usually in M a

—
nila when the shi ps a rrive to say n othing of the
many Chinese who g o about amon g the islands unde r ,

p retext of trading with the natives and the re commit ,

innume rable c ri mes an d o ffenses A t the le ast they .

,

explo re all the country the rive rs c reeks and p o rts

, , , ,

and know them bette r than the S p an I a rds do ; an d

they will be of great h a rm and inj u ry in case of any
revolt o r hostile invasion of the isl ands .

I n o rde r to remedy all the ab ove it was o rde red ,

that the vessels shoul d not b ring so many people of

this kind unde r pen alties that a re executed ; that
“

, ,

when the vessels retu rn to China they take these S an ,

gleys b ack with them ; that only a convenient num

be r of me rchants remain in M anila in the P a ri a n , ,

an d the me c h anics of all necessa ry trades ; and th at

these must have w ritten license unde r severe pen al ,

ties I n the execution O f this an audito r O f the Au

.
,

d i enc i a is engaged by special commission eve ry yea r ,

togethe r with some as sistants O n petition o f the.

city cabil do he usually allows as many S a ng l ey s to

,

remain as are necessa ry fo r the se rvice of all trade s

and occup ations The rest are emba rke d an d com
.

p e l l e d to retu rn in the vessels going to China an d a ,

 TH E PHI LIPPI N E IS LA ND S [ VO L 1 6

great deal of force and violence is necessary to a c

complish it .

Those me rch ants an d a rtisans wh o remained in

M anil a befo re the revolt of the yea r six hund red and
th ree h ad settled the P a ri a n and its shops The P a .

ri a n is a l arge enclosed alcaice ri a of m any streets at ,

some distance f rom the city walls I t is nea r the .

rive r and its loc a tion is called S an G rav i el The re

, .

they hav e thei r own gove rno r who has his tribunal ,

and p rison and his assistants ; these a d mi nI s te r jus

,

tice to them an d watch the m d ay an d night so that

, ,

they may live in secu ri ty and not commit diso rde rs ,

.

Those who cannot find room in this P ari a n live

opposite on the othe r side of the rive r whe re Tondo
, ,

is in two settlements calle d B aybay an d M i nond oc

, l
.

T hey a re in cha rge of the alcal de mayo r o f T ondo -

,

an d unde r the ministry o f the religious of S t Dom .

i ni c wh o l abo r for thei r conve rsion an d fo r th at pu r

, ,

pose have learned the Chinese language .

T he D ominicans h ave two monasteries with the

requisite assistants an d a goo d hospital fo r the treat
,

ment o f S ang l ey s I n a district kept sepa rate f ro m

.

the i nfi d el s they have a settlement of bapti z ed S an

,

gleys with thei r wives households and families

, , , ,

numbe ring five hund red inhabitants ; an d the rel i

g i o u s a re continually b apti z ing o the rs and settlin g
them in that village But few of them tu rn ou t well
.
,

fo r they a re a vile and restless race with many vices ,

and bad customs Thei r h aving become Ch ristians

.

is not th rough the desi re o r wish fo r salvation but fo r ,

the tempo ral conveniences that they h ave there an d ,

because some are unable to retu rn to Chin a because

of debts incu rred and crimes committed the re .

The R i al editi n mi print s fn g é p emi as fue a é

z o s er a r o rz

p re mi o .
 TH E P HI LIPPI N E IS LA ND S [ VO L 1 6

N O S angley can live o r own a house outside the s e

settlements of the P ari a n and of B aybay and M i ,

nond o c N ative settlements are not allowed in S an

.

gley settlements o r even near them N o S an gley

, .

can g o amon g the islands o r as much as t wo le g uas ,

f rom the ci ty without speci al p e rmissi on

,
M uch .

less can he remain in the city at night afte r the gates ,

a re shut unde r pen alty of death

,
.

T he re a re gene rally some J apanese b oth Ch ristian ,

and in fi del in M anil a These a re left by the ves

,
.

sels f rom J a p on although they a re not so nume rous

,

as the Chinese T hey h ave thei r special settlement

.

and location outsi de the city be tween the S an g ley ,

P a ri a n and the subu rb of L a guio nea r the mon aste ry ,

of L a C andel aria T he re they a re di rected by dis

.

calced religious of S t Francis by means of inte r p ret

.
,

e rs whom the fathe rs keep fo r that pur p ose T hey .

a re a s p i rited race of good dis p osition and b rav e

, ,
.

T hey we ar thei r own costume namely kimonos of , ,

col ore d silks and cotton reaching hal f way down the ,

leg and o p en in f ront ; wi de sho rt d rawers ; close

, ,
” 5
fi tti ng half boots of leathe r
-
an d s hoes li k e s an dals , ,

with the soles O f well woven straw T hey g o b a re - .

heade d and sh ave the top of the head as far b ack as

,

the c rown T hei r b ack hai r is lon g and fastene d

.
,

u pon the skull in a graceful knot T hey ca rry thei r .

c a t ans l a rge and small in the be lt

,
T hey h ave scant
,
.

beards and a re a race of noble bearin g an d behavio r

,
.

They employ many ceremonies and cou rtesies an d ,

a ttach much imp o rtance to hono r an d soci al standing .

They a re resolute in any necessity o r dange r .

Those who b ecome Ch risti ans p rove ve ry good,

an d are ve ry devout and observant in thei r religion ;
A k i nd t k in g cal led
O f s oc t a bi . RI ZA L .
 ’
M ORGA S SU C ESOS

fo r only the des i re fo r s al vation incites them to adop t

ou r rel igion so th at the re a re many Ch risti ans in
,

J apon A cco rdingly they retu rn f reely and with

.
,

out op position to thei r own country A t mo st the re

,
.

a re about five hun d re d J apanese of this n ation in

M anila fo r they do not go to o the r p arts of the is
,

lands an d such is thei r disposition that they retur n

,

to J apon an d do not ta rry in the isl ands ; consequently

,

ve ry few of them usually remain in the islands They .

a re t reated ve ry co rdially as they a re a race th at ,

deman d good treatment an d it is a d visa b le to do so ,

fo r the friendly rel ations be tween the isl an ds and

’ 5°
J apon .

Few people come f rom the othe r nations S ian —

,

Camboj a Bo rneo P atan and othe r isl ands outsi d e

, , ,

ou r gove rnment ; and they immediately retu rn in

thei r vessels Consequently the re is nothing special
.
,

to be s ai d of them except th at ca re is exe rcised in ,

receiving and desp atching them well and seein g that ,

they retu rn quickly to thei r own countries .

S ince I have told in the short time at my dis p osal , ,

the cha racte ristics o f the Fi l ipinas I sl ands an d thei r ,

customs and p ractices it will not be inap p rop ri ate to ,

discuss the n avigation to them since it is made thithe r

f rom N ne v a E s p afi a ; the retu rn voyage which i s not ,

short o r without great dange rs and h ar dships ; an d

,

th at made in the easte rn di rection .

When the islands we re conque red in the yea r of

2“
T he f ll owin g
ol aw w as i ss ued a t S e ovi a July 4, 1 60 9 and g
a ppe a rs in R e c opi l a ci on a e l ey es
’
li iii , tit iv , ley xviii
'

T he
, b . .

g overno r a nd c a pt a in -
g
eneral of the Filipin as I sl ands s h all ever
s trive t o m a int a in friendly rel a ti o ns peace, a nd q uiet , with the ,

empero r of J ap on H e s h all ava il hims elf, for th a t purp os e , of the

.

b
m os t pruden t and a dvi s a le me a n s , as l on as conditi on s pe rmit ; g
a nd he Sh a ll n o t ri s k
the reputa ti”on o f ou r a rms and s t a te in thos e
s e as a n d a m on g
o rient a l n a tio n s .
 TH E PH I LIPPI N E IS LA ND S [ VO L 1 6

one thous and five hundred and seventy fou r [ s i c ; 3 0 -

.

the S p anish fleet sailed unde r comman d of

the adel antado M iguel L opez de L egaspi f rom ,

P ue rto de la N av i d a d situ ate d in the S outh S ea 2“

,

on the coast of Nueva E s p afi a in the p rovince an d ,

district of X al i s co and G alici a whe re resi des the ,

royal A u diencia of G uadal aj ara A few late r voy .

a ges were made also f rom the same po rt until the

,

point fo r the sending of these vessels was removed ,

fo r b ette r and greater convenience to the p o rt of ,

A ca p ulco l ocated fa rthe r south on the s ame coast,

,

in sixteen and one h alf de g rees of latitu d e ; it is

-

ei ghty leguas f rom Mexico an d in its district It ,

.

is an excellent po rt shelte re d f rom all weather ; an d

,

h as a good entrance and good an cho rages I ts vi .

c i ni ty is advantageous being bette r p ro visione d and

,

mo re p opulous th an that of L a N avi d ad T he re a .

la r ge S p anish colony h as been esta b lished with its ,

al calde mayo r and royal Offi ci als who h ave ch a r ge

-
,
’
of his M ajesty s tre asu ry ; an d these attend to th e
des p atch of the vessels .

T he vessels that sail to the Filipinas as they are ,

des p atche d annually on his M ajesty s account must ’

,

necess arily leave in the ce rtain season of the b risas ,

which b e g in in the m onth of Novembe r an d last

until the end of M a rch T his navi g ation shoul d .

not b e made at any othe r season for f rom J une the ,

v end av a l s blow and they are contra ry to the voyage

,
.

A s a rule these ships sail and a re despatched at

,

the end of Feb ru ary o r at the l atest by the twentieth

,

of M a rch They s ail west towar d the isl ands o f

.

T shi p o rt ( e s t b lia hed b

s ef o re 1 54 )
0 w as in C lim a M exi co o , ,

nea r the pres e nt M a n a nill

z o I t w as. plundered a n d b u rn ed b y t he

E n gli s h a dventurer T h m as Gau di s h on Au gu s t 2 4 2 5 1 5 8 7

o ,
-
,
.
 TH E PH I LIPPI N E IS LA ND S [ Vol 1 6

the hoops of c asks and bundles of nails which th ey

, ,

use in thei r industries and in the b uil ding of thei r ,

shi p s . S ince some S p aniards and rel igious h ave

l ived among them because O f S panish ships b eing ,

wrecke d o r obli ged to ta ke refu ge there they come ,

more f reely to ou r s h i p s an d ente r them .

O u r ships s ail between the two islands o f G uan

and Ca rp ana towar d the Filipinas an d the cape O f
E spi ritu S anto a distance O f th ree hund re d le guas
,

fa rthe r on in the l atitude of about thi rteen de g rees

,
.

Th is distance is made in ten o r twelve days with the

b risas ; but it may hap p en if the ships sail somewhat ,

late th at they enc o unte r vend av al s which en dange r

, ,

thei r navigation and the y ente r the islands afte r

,

g reat trouble an d sto rmy weathe r .

From the cape of E s p i ritu S anto the sh i p s enter ,

the strait of C a p ul at the isl ands of M a z b ate an d

B u rias ; thence they s ail to M arinduque an d the
coast of C al i l ay a the strait of M indoro the shoals
, ,

of T uley and the mouth of M anil a B ay T hence

,
.
,

they go to the po rt of Gahit This is a voyage of .

one hundre d le gu as f rom the entrance to the isl an ds

and is made in one week This is the end of the .

voya ge which is goo d and gene rally without storm s

, ,

if made in the p rope r time .

T hese vessels now make the retu rn voyage f rom

the Fil ipinas to N u eva E s p afi a with great di ffi culty
an d dange r fo r the cou rse is a long one an d the re
,

a re many sto r ms and various te mpe ratu res The .

ships depart on this account ve ry well s upplied with

, ,

p rovisions an d suitably equipped E ach one s ails

,
.

alone hoisting as much sail as possible an d one d oes

, ,

not wait fo r the othe r no r do they sight one anothe r ,

du ring the voyage .

 ’
M ORGA S SUC ESOS

T hey leave the b ay and po rt of C ab i t at the fi rst

setting i n of the vend av a l s be tween the same isl ands
-
,

an d by the same straits by the twentieth of J une and ,

l ate r A s they set out amid showers an d a re among

.
,

isl ands they sail with di ffi culty until they le av e the

,

ch annel at C apul O nce I n the o pen se a they catch .

,

the vendaval an d voyage east making mo re p rogress

, ,

when they reach the l atitu de of fou rteen o r fi fteen

de g rees .

Then the b risa starts T his win d is the o rdina ry .

one in the S outh S ea especi ally in l ow l atitudes ,

.

S ince it is a head wind the cou rse is ch an ged and , ,

the b ow is p ointe d b etwen the no rth an d east as ,

much as the wind will allow With this the y reach .

a h i g he r l atitude , an d the shi p is kept in this cou rse

until the vendaval retu rns Then , b y means of i t .
,

the ship again ta kes an easte rn cou rse in th at l atitude

whe re it ha p pens to b e an d keeps th a t di rection as ,

l ong as that win d l asts When the vendaval dies the .

,

ship takes the best c ou rse t hat the win ds all ow b y ,

the winds then blowin g b etween no rth and e ast I f .

the win d is so contra ry that i t is no rth o r no rthwest ,

so that the shi p cannot ta ke that cou rse the othe r ,

cou rse is ta ken so th at they may continue to maintain

thei r voyage without losin g time A t fou r hund re d .

le gu as from the islands they si g ht ce rtain volcanoes

an d ri d ges of the islan ds of L ad rones which run ,

no rth as fa r as twenty fou r de g rees A mong these -

.
260

they gene rally encounte r seve re sto rms an d whirl

” 0
A ch a rt of the de l a Rochette ( pu b
I n di an O cea n , by L S .

L nd n 1 8 0 3 b y W F den ge g r pher t the k in g ) s hows three

.
. .

o o , , . a ,
o a o

v l can es in ab out 2 5 n rth l titude and b ut few de gree north

o o
°
o a ,
a s

o f the L a dr nes O ne f them i cal led

o . La D e noc id a rO s s co , o

T hird V ol n nd the f ll owin g is dded T he M anill

”
ca o, a o a : a

s hip s a lw ay s try t o m ake thi s Vol c n

”
a o .
 TH E PHI LIPPI N E IS LA ND S [ VOL 1 6

winds A t thi r ty fou r de g rees is the c ape o f S estos

.
-
,

at the no rthe rn head of J a p on six hund re d legu as ,

f r om the Filipin as T hey sail among othe r islands .

,

which a re ra rely seen in thi r ty eight degrees eu ,

-
,

counte ring the same dange rs and sto rms and in a ,

col d climate in the nei ghbo rhood of the isl ands R ica
,

de O ro rich in gold an d R ica de P lata ri ch

in silve r which are but seldo m seen A fte r .
262

p assin g them the se a an d O pen exp anse of w ate r is

immense an d the shi p can run free in any we athe r
,
.

T his gulf is trave rsed fo r many legu as with such

winds as a re encountered until a latitude of fo rty ,

two d egrees is rea c hed toward the coast of N u ev a ,

E s p afi a T hey seek the winds that gene rally p revail

.

at so high a latitude which a re usually no rthwest ,

.

A fte r a lon g voyage the coast of N neva E sp a n a is

sighted and f rom Ca p e Mendo c ino ( which lies in
,

fo rty two and one h alf de g rees ) the coast extends

- -

nine hund red le guas to the p o rt of A cap ulco whi ch ,

lies in sixteen and one h alf degrees -

.

When the ships nea r the coast which they gen ,

e ra l l y sight be twen fo r ty and thi r ty six de g rees the -

,

col d is very severe and the people su ffe r and die ,

.

T h ree hund red le gua s befo re reachin g land si gns ,

of it a re seen by ce rtain a g u a s ma i ns
,
as l a rge as the ,
26 3

A gro up of i sl an ds cal led lyin g in 3 4 20 R IZA L Shi ds i T o ,

° ’
.

“ 2
T h ty g ht de g ree s
Ir -
eI i s pr b b ly an erro r f t w enty o a or

ei ght de g rees an d thes e i sl and [ the firs t nes menti ned in th

,
s o o e

abo ve s nten c e ] w uld b e the M u ni n S im a I s l nd s lyin g b etwe en

-
e o o a

W
,

26
°
35
’
n d 2
a 7 n d L
°
t ifea in 2 9 n d
o Cr ’
s ps i n
°
a e o,

3
°
2 whi c h [ l tter ] a e s upp a s ed b y the U ri v P i t t q u to n er s or es e o

b e the Roc a de O [ r k of gold ] and the R ca de P l a t f the

rO oc o a o

a n c ient m ps S TA N L EY
a . .

F or t h e l a tter i s l a nd
es s ee V O L X I V p 2 72 n te 4 5
s, .
, .
, o .

A fun gou s s ub s t n e th t g rows in t h a c nd c nt in

a e s ea , a o a s

s i gn s o f life .
 TH E PHI L IPPI N E IS LA ND S [ VO L 1 6

made a way station o r touche d land f rom the ch an

-

nel of Capul in the Filipin as th roughout the voyage .

The voyage usu ally l asts five months o r the reabout ,

but o ften six and e ven mo re .

26 5

By way of I ndi a one may s ail f rom t he F i l i p i nas

,

to E s p afi a by making the voyage to M al aca and

, ,

thence to Coch in and G oa a distance of one thousan d ,

two hund red leguas This voyage must be made .

with the b risas From G oa one s ails b y way o f I n dia

.

to the cape O f Buen a E spe ran c a [ G ood H ope ] an d ,

to the T e rce ras A zo res ] I slands and thence to ,

P o rtugal an d the p o rt of L isboa This is a ve ry lon g .

and dange rous voyage as is expe rienced by the P o r ,

tug u es e who make it eve ry yea r From I n di a they .

usually send lette rs an d despatches to E spa n a b y way

of the Be rmej o Re d S ea by means of I n di an s ,
.

These send th em th rough A rabia to A lexand ri a an d ,

thence by sea to Veneci a [ Venice ] an d thence to

E s p a fi a .

A galleon b ound fo r P o rtu g al s ails and is des

patche d from the fo rt of M ala c a in ce rtain yea rs , ,

by the Open sea without touching at I n dia o r on its

,

coasts I t reaches L is b oa much mo re quickly th an

.

do the G oa vessels I t gene rall y sails on the fi fth

"

of J anu ary and does not le ave l ate r than that ; no r

,

M t
thes e pl ce can b e identifi ed n the l d m ps of the
os of a s o O a

s eventeenth n d ei g ht eenth
a enturies nd m t f the n ames e c ,
a os o ar

retained t d y T h i s l nd f Cedr s is s h wn on a m p f 1 5 5 6
o a . e a o o o a o

( R a m u s i o : V n i v e r s a l e d el l a p a r t e d el m o n d o n o o v a me n t e r i t r o

o a ta ) . The i l nd
s a eni h wn
of C the z as i s s o ,
o n o l d a s ,
a o m p in b ut
Cedr in
an d osut M ri
a bo T he a a s or T s a as I s re M ri
l nd
a s are M a a M a
ri dre ri M gd len ,
M a a a a a ,
a n d a a C l eo f a s M ri .

C pe C rriente
a o uth
s is s o V lle nder
of L a a de B a as a nd a a Ch metl .

lled
Soc a t u l is c a n n gli
Soc atu l a a nd Z oc at u l a A E s
. map of 1 62 6, h
en g r ved by b r h m
a h w the t wn
A a a G oos , s o s o o f C i gua t l a n , o n rth
whi h
o f Aq u a p u l c o , the me
c M rg
may b e sa as o a s C i g u a t a nej o
’
.

L OS M tine nn t b e identi ed
o s ca o fi .
 C ON Q V I ST A D E L A S I S L A S M A L V C AS

By the licenti ate B a rto lom é L e on a rdo de A r gensol a .

M ad rid ; [ published ] by A lonso M artin in the ,

ye a r M DC I X . . .

SO U RC E : Thi
tr an l ated and syn ps i ed from t he o ri gin l
s is s o z a

p ri n ted w rok f w hi,

h pu
or p os e h acve b een u s
r ed t he Cop i es b el o n g
in g t H a v a rd Univers i ty and to E dwa rd E Ayer o f Chi ca go
o r .
, .

TRA N S LATI O N : Thi s doc um ent is t ans l ted and synop i ed

r a s z

by James A Ro b ertson. .
 C O N Q U E S T

OF TH E

MA L U C A S I SL AN D S .

D E D I C AT E D T O K I N G F E L I P E I I I ,

O U R SO V E R E I G N .

Written b y L i c e n tiate Bartolo m e

L e onar d o d e A r g enso l a c h a p lain ,

o f h er M a est
j y t h e E m res s
p an d ,

R ec tor o f Vi l la h er m osa .

M a d rid . P r i n ted by Al ons o ll f a r ti n M DC IX .

 TH E PHI LIPPI N E IS LA ND S [ Vol 1 6

with these the b ook corres p on ds to the o rigin al This

, .

P ed ro Z apat a
“
b ears date M ad rid M ay 4 1 609 , ,
.

del M a rmol at M ad rid M ay seven one th ous and

, , ,

six hund red and n ine ap p raises the b ook and o rde rs
,

that it be sold at fou r m a ravedis pe r plie go o r fol d ,

thus making the p rice of the book since it contains ,

one hund red an d six plie gos twelve reals sixteen , ,

ma ravedis I n his de d ication dated M ad rid M ay

.
, ,

4,
A r g ensol a requests the king to read h is
”
b ook as it contains victo ries of the Chu rch
,
T he .

autho r s b rothe r L upe rcio L eonardo de A rgensol a

’
, ,

secretary of the emp ress chief ch ronicle r of the kin g ,

in A ragon w rites a lette r to the reade rs in wh ich

,
”
,

he meets thei r a r guments o r sup po sed a rguments and ,

de fends the title and contents of the book the method ,

‘
of treatment the style and its r a i s o n d étr e
, ,
’
.

T he wo rk contains ten b ooks the fi rst fou r of ,

which consist almost enti rely of matte rs extraneous

to the P hili p pines such as M aluco m atte rs the his
, ,

to ry of P ed ro S a rmiento s expedition th rough the ’

S trait of M a gellan in search of D rake etc The l ast ,

.

six books contain more P hilipp ine matte r an d while ,

A rgensol a cannot always b e c redite d with the same

reli abili ty as M o rga he often supplements the latte r
,
.

H is introduction in the fi rst b ook reads as follows

I write of the reduction of the M alucas I sl ands to
the obedience of Feli p e I I I king of E s p afi a and the , ,

reduction of thei r kings to thei r fo rme r vassal age ,

wh ich thei r p redecesso rs ren de red and which was ,

introduced anew by Don P edro de Acu fi a gove rno r ,

O f the Fil ipinas and general of the S p anish fleet .

“ 8
T he o ri gin al b k cont ains numerou s s ide n ot s indi tive
oo e ca

of the s u b j e c t m a tter o f t he text W omit s u ch n o.te in ou r e s

t rans l a ted ex tr act s .

 ’
ARGEN SOLA S CON QVI STA

T ha t was a victo ry wo rthy the fo resi ght of so p ious

a mon arch O f the ca re of the digni fied ministe rs of
,

his sup reme council and of the valo r of ou r nation ,

not so greatly because of the ra re fe rtility of those

p rovinces as because by it was taken f rom the no rth
,

e rn fleets one great co mpelling m otive fo r s ail ing

ou r seas so that they should not infect the pu rity of
,

the new faith of the A si atic I ndians an d the i nh ab ,

i t ants of ou r colonies who trade with them with ,

he res y The sho rt time in which the un de rtaking

.

was completed d oes not detract f rom its p raise ; On

the contra ry it can by th at ve ry fact occu py a wo rthy
, , ,

pl ace among more copious n a rratives Well do I .

s e e the d ange rs to whi c h I ex p ose mysel f , but I am

also con fi dent that I shall not fi nd a defense wantin g .

I llustrious scul pto rs o r painte rs are wont to esteem

hi ghly the he ads a rms and othe r membe rs that a re
, , ,

Co p ie d pe rfectly f rom living bodies in imitation of ,

whi ch they form all the p a rts when they wish to ,

m ake any fi gu re Those igno rant of a rt despise th at

.

p repa ration an d only enjoy the st atue o r pictu re

, ,

which is composed of all its membe rs an d do not ,

examine the impe rfections that the y may possess .

My p resent relation o f the recovery of those king

doms will be judged by this esteem and by this con
tempt Fo r the wise who know how histo ry is
.
,

fo rmed will esteem this part d rawn f rom l ife O the rs

,
.

who read as they confess only to pass the time will

, , ,

value i t but little p re ferring some highly fabulous

monstrosities o r a p rolix book which unde r the
, , ,

n ame of histo ry contains a ma rvelous numbe r of peo

,

ple an d thei r deaths ; and which gives events not

, ,

as G od dispose d them but as they desi re them ,

.

H ence it happens th at many th ings wo rth kn owing

 TH E PHI LIPPI N E IS LA ND S [ VoL 1 6

remain hidden fo r since they are defe rred fo r gen

, ,

e ral h I s to ri es they a re contempo raneously written but

,

mea ge rly by those concerned in them ; and when

,

thei r manuscri p ts a re wanted they are not to be ,

foun d o r else bind the write r to the l aws im p ose d

,

on h im by those who wished to le ave that memo ri al

th r ou g h thei r self love o r any othe r passion and he
-
,

can make no examination of thei r truth C ons e .

quently to f ree a success so impo rtant as that of Te r

n ate the ca p ital of all M aluco f rom this dange r I
, , ,

was o rde red to write it du rin g the li fetime o f those

,

who en g aged in it either actively o r th rou gh co unsel ,

.

I am so fully info rmed of what is needful to w rite

this histo ry that I hOp e to su p ply my want O f a b il ity
,

b y the truth O f this alone have I deeme d it fi ttin g

.

to a d vise the reade r and not of the advanta ge that

,

will b e de rived f rom a pe rusal of this rel ation Fo r .

if the reade r desi re my relation any a d vice on my ,

pa rt will be superflu ous ; and otherwise even though ,

such advice gui de him rightly it will b e impossible ,

to achieve anything the reby .

[ T he fi rst fou r boo k s treat somewhat b riefly of the

legen da ry histo ry an d the E u ropean discove ry o f the
the M alucos ; thei r impo rtance in trade by re ason ,

o f thei r s p ices and othe r resou rces ; thei r inhabitants ;

,

the e arly P o rtuguese do mI natI on an d c ruelties and ,

the consequent risin gs and rebellions of the n atives

the civil wa rs be tween T e rnate and Tidore ; and the
accessi on of Felipe I I to the P o rtuguese c rown The .

following extracts and abstracts are made f rom v a

t ious parts of these fou r boo k s

The e aste rn a rchipelago emb races so

many isl ands that even yet we do not know thei r ex
,

act numbe r M odern write rs ma ke five divisions of

.
 TH E PHI LIPPI N E IS LAND S [ V O L 1 6

of sel f interest in thei r dealings and make use o f

-
,

tricks f rauds and lies They are poo r and co use

, ,
.
,

quently p roud ; and to name many vices in one they

, ,

a re ungrateful The Chinese occupied all these is

.

land s when they subjugate d all that o rient then the ,

J avanese and M al ays an d lastly the P e rsians and ,

A rabs These last by means O f com me rce intro

.
, ,

d u c e d the supe rstitions of M ahomet among the wo r

shi p o f thei r gods ( of whom some families boasted
as ancesto rs ) Thei r laws a re b arba rous T hey set no
. .

l imit to thei r marriages T he chief wife of the kin g .

,

called p a tr i a in thei r l an gua ge dete r mines nob ili ty ,

and the ri g ht to the succession to which he r chil dren

a re p refe r red even when they a re younge r th an the
,

chil dren of othe r mothers Not even the slightest .

theft is pa rdoned but adulte ry is easily excused A t

,
.

d ayb reak those appointed fo r this duty sound ( by

,

l aw ) lar ge tim b rels in the streets of the settlements ,

in o rder to awa ken married people whom on ac , ,

count of human p rop agation they j udge wo rthy of ,

p oliti c al ca re T he majo rity O f crimes are pun ished

.

b y de ath I n othe r thin gs they o b ey the tyranny o r

.

will o f the conque ro r T he headd ress of the men .

consists of colo red Tu rkish tu rbans with many ,

feathe rs in them T hat of the king which co rre

.
,

s p o nds to a c rown has the fo rm of a mite r in its peak

,
.

T he remainde r of the clothing unive rsally consists Of

j ackets which they call c heni na s and t rouse rs of blue , ,

cri mson green o r violet damask O f the s ame ma

, ,
.

fe ri al are thei r clo aks which are sho rt and mil ita ry
, ,

an d fastened diagonally o r knotted on the shoul de r ,

afte r the fashion of the ancient R oman ga rments as ,

known to us b y the writings statues and othe r traces , ,

of th ose times The women show o ff thei r hai r now

.
,
 ’
ARGEN SOLA S CON QVI STA

letting it h ang an d again knottin g it upon the he ad

, ,

and placing va rious kin d s of flowe rs in the b ands th at

hol d it ; so that in the adj ustment of thei r headdress
, ,

they are not emb arrassed by veils plu mage o r , ,

feathe rs All that va riety even without art ado rns

.
, ,

them They we a r b racelets earrings and necklaces

.
, ,

of diamonds and rub ies and long strings of pe arls ,

o rnaments th at a re not p rohibited to the common peo

ple ; as neithe r a re silks which are especially worn ,

by the wo men a fte r th e fashion of P e rsians and

w
x

T u rks T hese a re all the e alth of the se as and su r

.

rounding lands M en and women b etoken in thei r

.

d ress the natu ral haughtiness of thei r dis position .

T he variety of thei r l an gua ges is not l ittle I t may .

happen th at one village cannot unde rstan d the l an

gua ge of the next M alay b eing most e asy to p ro
.
,

nounce is most commo n From the varie ty of l an

,
.

gu a ges it is infe rred that these isl an ds have b een

popul ated b y di ffe rent nations A ntiqui ty and the .
,

a rt of navi g ating in those districts is asc ribe d to the ,

Chinese O the rs affi rm that the M alucos are de

.

scended f rom the J avanese who attracted by the , ,

sweetness of the o do rs wafted by the spices stopped ,

at M aluco T hey took a ca rgo of cloves which until

.
,

then we re unknown and continuing to trade in these , , ,

ca rried them in thei r vessels to the P e rsi an and A ra

bi an straits T hey went th rou g hout those p rovinces
.
,

ca rrying also silks and chinawa re p ro d ucts of the

,

resou rces and skill of the Chinese The cloves b y .

,

means of the P e rsians and A rabs came to the G reeks ,

an d R omans S eve ral R oman empero rs trie d to con

.

que r the east in o rde r to fi nd the spice regions so

, ,

much did they desi re the spice Believing th at they .

all ca me f rom China they gave them Chinese names , .

 TH E PHI LIPPI N E IS LA ND S [ VOL 1 6

T he S pania rds fo rmerly b rought the spices with othe r

me rch andise f rom the Be rmejo R ed ] o r E ri
th re an S ea The kings of E gypt once gaine d posses
.

sion of the spices and they rea che d E u ro p e by way

,

of the Asi atics When the R omans mad e E g ypt one

.

of thei r p rovinces they continue d the trade The ,

.

G enoese much l ate r transfe rring the comme rce to

, ,

Theodosia ( now Cafa ) distribute d the spices an d ,

the re Ve neci a and othe r trading nations establishe d

thei r agents and factories They saile d l ate r by way .

of the Caspian S ea an d T rap i s ond a ; but the trade

fell with the empi re an d the Turks ca rried this me r ,

c h an d i s e in ca ravans of camels and dromedaries to

B a rc i to L epo and D amasco and to vari ous M ed i te r

, , ,

r ane a n po rts T he sultans of C ay ro resto red this

?“

trade to the Be rmej o S ea an d to A lexan dria by the ,

N ilo N ile ] R ive r The P o rtuguese dep rive d .

the sultans of it after thei r conquest O f the E aste rn

,

I n d ias and now they b ring the spi ces by way of the
,

c ape of Buen a E spe ran c a in thei r fl eets ; while with

those that sail along the coasts o f A rabia an d P e rsia ,

and to the cape of G u a rd afun they prohibit d rugs ,

being taken to C ay ro s inkin g o r captu ring the ves ,

sel that tries to do so The s ultan s trade w as sup .

‘ ’

p ressed by this fear and the secu rity th at was intro

d u ce d an d all the spices come on the account of
,

the royal c rown to I n dia with innume rable del ays , ,

until they reach L isbo a H e who is maste r of the .

navigation will be maste r of this ple asing wealth

T he a b ve pl e
o ide ntified as follows : C fa is t he
ac s a re a

m dern K a ff
o T he d i a a Ru s s i n s e a p rt n the B l k Sea ;
a or o os , a o o ac

T p is n d is either the c ity

ra o a di tri t f T reb i nd T bo an or s c o zo or ara z

(ca lled b y t he T ur k s T ar a b soo n a n d f o merly T a p l e u

e s ) B a r ,
r r z

c it o ( mi s print f or L ep o nd D a m as c a Bei u t , a o, re r ,

Alep p o and Dam as us res p ec tively

,
c .
 TH E PHI LIPPI N E IS LA ND S [ VO L 1 6

th e decisio n f rom E s p afi a to disp ose o f him and O f

the sol diers ; for they fea re d lest the T e rn ata ns woul d
make use of the great help that coul d be sent them
b y the Chinese ; which coul d be sent much more
easily if the matters then being discussed in C astilla
we re made ce rtain I t was repo rted th at the Council
.

—
of S tate h aving noted that the Filipinas not only
di d not augment the royal incomes but we re even ,

lessening them and we re the occasion fo r f ruitless

,

expense ; and that they we re so nume rous and so

—
diffi cult of conse rvation had proposed to King
Filipo ou r sove reign to abandon them and with
, , ,

d raw the A udienci a and p resi dios that sustaine d

them They added to this a rgument the example of
.

the Chinese kin gs and nations who also had a b an ,

d o u ed those islands although they a re s o nea r and

can aid them s o easily that the isl ands may be reck
,

o ued as a pa rt of thei r mainl and T hey said that .

as E spa n a was governin g them si gnal detriment was ,

b ein g received an d the re we re no hopes th at any bet

,

te rme nt woul d be obtained in futu re ; fo r the amount

‘
of silve r p assing thither f rom Nueva E s p ari a both ,

fo r regula r expenses and fo r me rchan dise was i m ,

mense Fo r the same reason and by the same road

.
, ,

th at tre asu re was being sent by the hands of the Chi

nese to the cente r of those k ingdoms which i nt r act , ,

able by the seve rity of their l aws a re deba rre d by ,

those l aws as by a rms an d fo rti fications f rom all

, ,

trade with fo reigne rs They asserted that the mon

.

archy scatte red an d divided by so many se as and

, ,

climes could scarcely be reduced to one whole ; and

,

that human fo resight could not bind by means of ,

ability p rovinces separated by nature with so dis

,

tant b o undaries These arguments they sai d we re

.
, ,
 ’
ARGEN SOLA S CON QVI STA

b o rn not of the min d but of ex p e rience a tru t h mani

, ,

fest to the sens es A ll othe r a rguments th at coul d b e

.

adduced against this re asoning they decl ared to b e

honorable and full of gene rous sound but di ffi cult ,

o f execution I t woul d be mo re advis able to i n

.

c re ase the p ower of the k ing in E u rope whe re the ,

forces could attend to eme rgencies without the cas

u al t i es th at militate against them in outside se as and

d omin i ons E ach one of these a r guments was en

.

fo rce d so minutely b y the ministe rs o f the treasu ry

th at this p roposition merited conside ration an d ex
amination H ad G od pe rmitted the k in g to exclude
.

the F i l i p i nas from his monarchy and leave them ex ,

p osed to the powe r of whomsoeve r shoul d seize them

fi rst the M al u c ans would h ave so stren gthene d the
,

con dition of thei r a ffai rs th at it woul d h ave bee n i m

p re gn able .

T h is same resolution h as been communicated on

othe r occasions and in the reign of Kin g Filipo
,

T hi rd now reign in g H e confo rm in g to his f a the r s

,
.
,
’

re p ly h as eve r refused to acce p t counsel s o inju

,

rio ns Consequently th at most p rudent monarch an

.
,

swe re d that the Fili p inas woul d b e conse rved in the ir

p resent condi tion and that the A udiencia woul d be

,

granted suffi cient autho rity so that j ustice coul d be

mo re tho roughly administe red ; fo r in the complete
ness and rigo r of j ustice the king b ased the du ration
and ene rgy of the state Fo r the s ame re ason the .
,

milita ry fo rce the re would b e strengthened and the ,

royal incomes of Nueva E spa n a o r those of any ,

othe r of his kingdo ms woul d be expended fo r th at

,

p u rpose fo r all the treasu res and those still to be

, ,

d i scove red in the boso m of the mines m us t be ap ,

plied to the p ropagation of the gospel Fo r w h at .

,
 TH E PHI LIPPI N E IS LA ND S [ VO L 1 6

he as ke d woul d the enemies o f the g ospel s ay i f

, ,

they shoul d see that the Filipinas we re dep rive d of

the light and of the ministe rs who p reach it b e
, ,

cause they di d not p roduc e metals and we alth a s di d

othe r rich islands in A ssia an d A me rica ? H e s ai d
th at the enti re p owe r of the sove reigns must min i ste r
to this su p e rio r end as sons of the Chu rch and as ,

s i s t ants of the apostolic voice which is being con ,

t i nue d in the successes of the fi rst p reaching I f he .

h a d refuse d to yiel d one j ot in his seve rity to his

no rthern vass als o r to g rant them l ibe rty fo r thei r
,
272

consciences why should he relen t toward the p agans

,

an d M ahometans who a re the h arvest that G o d h as

.

assigned him in o rde r to en rich the Chu rch with

,

those so remote child ren ? By this wise he enjoined

silence on the discussion and with this glo rious aim ,

the decision has eve r b een made when ze al o r hu

man convenience h as d is cussed the ab an donment of
those states This reli g ious motive i a fl u
.

e nce d Fel i p o ; but b esi des i t those who had eX p e ,

,

ri cu ce of those A siatic sou rces of we alth u rge d

othe rs The most abun dant wealth consists o f d i a
.

monds ru b ies la rge and seed p ea rls amb e r musk

, , , , ,

civet an d c ampho r from B o rneo an d China ; ve r

, ,

milio n c o ral quicks ilve r co pp e r and whit e cloth

, , , , ,

f rom Cam b aya and Men g al a ; rugs carpets fine , ,

counte r p anes camlets f rom P e rsia ; b rocades ivo ry

, , , ,

rhub a rb cardamoms cassia ,

incense ben z oin wax , , , , ,
‘
chin a l ac fo r me dicine and dyes cloves and mace
, , , ,

f ro m B anda ; with gold silve r and pea rls medicin al , , ,

”72
T he D utch .

referrin g t the d u g k n wn as s nn a whic h

C a fi afis t nl o : o r o e ,

i s ob t a ined from the le aves o f s ever al s pec ies of C ia Acco rdin g as s .

to R etan a E t ad i m ii p the B i y n n ame f r

s s o, , . sa a o

thi s pl ant is i ba ba ( the anc ient n ame of Sam a r I s l and )

o .
 TH E PHI LIPPI N E IS LA ND S [ VOL 1 6

v eni entl yf rom those islan ds than from I ndia itsel f

( Book iv p ,
A rgensola
. recu rring again to the
p roposition of ab and onI ng the P h ilip p i nes and othe r
islands says : ]
,

The reade r should also conside r that although ,

ava rice is sometimes mixe d up in the ministry of the

p reaching of the gos p el and l awless acts are com ,

mi tte d by ou r captains an d sol die rs yet such exces se s ,

d o not m ake the cause less just H e shoul d conside r .

als o th at supp osing that his M ajesty shoul d choose

, ,

fo r excellent state reasons ( as we said we re p ro

posed ) to a b andon those districts of A sia as the
, ,

Chinese did an d to na rrow the bounds of his mon

,

a rchy the cause of the faith woul d not pe rmit it

,
.

O u r kings a re ministe rs of the faith and sons of the ,

Catholic chu rch and any wa r wa ged fo r the intro

,

duction O f the gospel is most impo rtant an d of the ,

greatest p ro fit even though i t b e to acqui re o r to gain

,

dese rt pro vinces Besides the Fili pinas have shown

.

how docile are thei r natives and h ow tho roughly ,

they bene fi t by the example and comp any of the

S p aniards the tokens of the a ffection with which
—

they have received the faith an d aid the religious

who are extending the faith an d ca rrying it to Chin a ,

J apon C amb oxa M in danao the M alucas and the

, , , ,

othe r places whe re endu res i dol atry o r f riendship

with the demons ( which the fo rme r owne rs o f the
country le ft to them when they excluded those places
f rom thei r dominion ) o r the fi ctions of M ah o met
, ,

which those pl aces afte rward admitted This is the .

chief re ason fo r conserving those p rovinces ( B ook .

i v pp 1 61
,
.
,
 ’
ARGEN SOLA S CON QVI STA

C onq u es t o f th e Il l a l u ca s I s l a nd s

F I FT H BO O K

A fte r the L u z ones o r M anil as I slands both these

—
b eing ancient names h ad been discove red by M a
g a l l a nes S eb asti an C,
ano retu rne d to E spa n a afte r ,
’
the forme r s death and the successive deaths of his
c omp anions in th at vene rable sh ip which as if sig
,

n i fi c an t of its voya ge which contains mo re of truth ,

”
th an of p rob ability they calle d Vito ria S eb as .

tian C ano was a mountaineer f rom the hamlet of ,

G uetari a in the P yren ees Mountains acco rdin g to ,

M a p h eo in his L atin histo ry I n his history he

,
276
.

devotes much s p ace to the great cou rage of C ano an d ,

h is skill i n the a rts of navigation H e recounts the .

universal respect and admi ration b estowe d upon

C ano since he was the fi rst in the age of mo rtals to
,

ci rcumnavigate this g lobe A nd in truth what esti .

,

mation can remain to the f abulous A rgonauts T i p hy s ,

an d J ason and the othe r navigators whom the ele

,

gance o r the da ring of G recia extols when comp are d ,

to ou r Cano ? H e was the fi rst witness of the co m

me rce O f the seas a nd n atu re O pened to his eyes wh at ,

ha d b een rese rved until then fo r them ; an d he was

Thi pr b b ly
s o a fers
re to G i ov a nni P ietro M ffei a , a no ted
Jesu it Sc h la r
o the b k menti ned i hi s H i
a nd writer , and oo o s s

t i u m I nd i
or a r m L i b i v i ( Fi ren e ca r a M ffei wa r o z , a s

b rn t B er g me b ut 1 5 3 6 acc rdin g to M e i b ut in 1 5 3 3
o a a a o ,
o or r ,

acc o din g t o Sommerv g el

r I n 1 5 63 he accepted the ch a ir of
o .

rhet ri c t G en where he als acted as e cret a ry f the re p ub li c

o a oa, o s o

o f G en o A u gu s t 2 6 1 5 65 ( S mmerv ogel ) he entered the

a .
, o

Je uit n viti te H ccupied a hi gh pl ce i n the o rder until his

s o a . e o a

d e th t T iv li O t b er 2 0 1 60 3
a a o B ide the b k menti ned
,
c o , . es s oo o

a b ve
o he wr te al a life of St I gn atiu Loy l a and a his t ry
,
o so . s o , o

o f the p nt ifi t o f G re g ry X I I I the l atter f whi h w as neve

ca e o o , o c r

pu b li hed H is temper w s ir ib le nd his per n lity n t very

s . a as c a so a o

pleas in g H s tr ve alway t m int in pure L tin tyle in his

. e o s o a a a a s

L tin writin g
a s .
 TH E PHI LIPPI N E IS LA ND S [ V OL 1 6

allowed to ex p lo re it all an d to fu rnish a b e ginnin g ,

in so a rduous en deavo rs fo r the law that saves an d

ren de rs ete rnal A fte r the death of M agall anes the
.
,

L u s ones I sl ands which ou g ht to h ave inhe rited his

-

n ame as bein g his sepulcher as the strait di d because

, ,

of his p assage th rough it ch ange d that n ame for th at

277
of Filipin as in the yea r one thousan d five hund red
,

and sixty five ; although those islands of that e aste rn

-

a r c h i p e a g o are also called by that n ame A delant ado .

M iguel de L e g as p e who was sent f rom N u ev a E s ,

p a n a b y Vice roy D on L uys de Velasco with a S p an

ish fleet made p ort in those islan ds H e conqu e re d
,
.

fi rst the isl and of Z ebu an d those in its vicinity whe re ,

he rema ine d six yea rs T hat region is calle d b y an .

othe r name P intados still p rese rved by di ffe rent

, ,

po rtions of th at coast b ecause the I ndi ans at th a t ,

time went a b out naked an d with thei r bo dies ado rne d ,

and painted tattooed ] in va rious colo rs L e .

g aspe left a gua rd the re an d went to occupy L uzon ,

one hund re d and fi f ty le guas from Z eb u H e fought .

the ba rb a rians whom afte r the su rp rise of ou r shi p s

, , ,

weapons and faces had wo rn o ff the s ame novel ty

, ,

encou raged L eg as p e ancho red in a b ay fou r leguas

.

wide which shows an isl an d midway in its entrance

, ,

now called M a ri v el ez T he bay has a ci rcui t o f .

thi rty leguas to the city of M anila an d is eight ,

le g uas wide f rom no rth to east The inha b itants of .

that ci ty resiste d him with greate r courage than the

P intados fo r they h ad artille ry and a fo rt
,
B ut .

afte r the S p ani a rds h ad taken th at the defende rs of ,

it su rrende red This was done quickly and allowed

.
,

no time fo r the inhabitants to unite Thus di d L e .

A r gens ol a li k e ,
l\rl org a, co nfus es the na min g of t he P hil ip
pi n r hipel g
e a c a o.
 TH E PHI L IPPI N E IS LA ND S [ V O L 1 6

few capacious po rts M anil a is in slightly more th an .

fou rteen degrees of no rthe rn l ati tude an d in lon g i ,

tude ( rec k oning f rom the Can arias ) one hundred

and si xty T he most northe rn pa rt O f L u z on lies in
.

nineteen degrees [ of latitude ] With the sea between .

them the gre at kingdom O f Ch ina lies on th at side o f

,

it seventy leguas away ; while the islands of J apo n

,

l ie to the no rthe ast at a d i stance of two h undre d and

,

fi fty legu as O n the east is the O pen o c ean and on the

.
,

south the greatest of the a rch ipel agos of the ocean ,

wh ich is divided int o fiv e a rchipel agos These a re .

b roken u p into s o many islands kingd oms and p rov , ,

i nces that one woul d believe that natu re di d not de

,

si re men to asce rtain thei r numbe r B oth J avas ou r .

,

M alucas B o rneo and N uev a G uinea a re known ; on

, ,

the west and at a distance of three hundred legu as

, ,

M al aca S i an P atan C amb oxa C o ch i nch i na an d

, , , , ,

othe r di ffe rent p rovinces on the mainl and of A sia .

T he Chinese ab andoned l ivin g in ou r Filip inas , b u t

not its trade ; no r did the cultivation o r the fe rtili ty of
'

the isl ands fo r that reason cease Wheat an d othe r .

necessa ry grains are p roduced the re in abund ance ;

d ee r cattle bu ffaloes go ats an d wil d boa rs ; an d
, , , ,

f ruits and spices I f the re be anything lacking th e

.
,

Chinese from C h i nc heo b ring it such as chinawa re ,

and silks The wine always used an d d runk the re i s

.

made f rom palms b y cutting o ff the cluste rs of fruit

,

that they p roduce when green th at f ruit is calle d,

cocos f rom which afte r cutting the le af stalks they , ,

gathe r the liquo r that fl ows fo rth an d boil it in j ars , ,

u n til it becomes so strong th at it causes intoxication

an d h as the s a me e ffects as the strongest S panish
wine O f native f ruits there are o ranges lemons
.
, , ,

and ve ry sweet citrons ; while they have fi g and pear "

 ’
ARGEN SOLA S CON QVI STA

trees intro duced from E s p a n a T hey rea r Sp arrow .

h aw k s he rons [ ma r ti n etes ] an d royal eagles in great

, ,

abund an ce They h ave a great many di ffe rent kinds

.

of p a rrots an d othe r bi rds l a rge an d small I n the

, ,
.

rive rs and l akes a re many horri b le caymans o r c roco

diles ; these kill the I n dians ve ry easily and espe
c i al l y t h e chil dren who g o ca reles s ly to their h aunts
,

as well as the cattle when they g o to d rin k Not a few .

times has it happene d that they h ave seized the cattle

b y the muz z les and pulled them beneath the wate r ,

an d d rowned them w ithout powe r to resist however ,

l ar ge the anim al may b e Th en the ca rcass is .

d ragged asho re and devou red I n di ans a re .

found so cou rageous that notwithstan din g the h e rce ,

ness of tho se animals they kill them with thei r ,

h ands They cove r the left h an d and arm with a

.

glove m ade f rom bu ffalo h ide an d hold the rein a ,

stake o r pe g s om ewhat longe r th an a te rci a

, a nd ,
“

about as thick as the w rist an d s ha rpened at b o th ,

ends Then they ente r the rive r until the wate r

.

re aches the waist T he crocodile rushes upon the

.

I ndian with O pen mouth to devou r h i m The latte r .

p resents to it his p rotected a rm and the h an d with the

sta ke so th at the beast may seize it and runs it into
, ,
’
the anim al s mouth in such a pos ition th at it cannot
s hut its mouth o r make use of i ts stron g teeth to a t

tac k its slaye r Feeling the pain of the sh a rp stake

.

the crocodile becomes so docile that it neither resists

no r attac k s no r d a res move fo r the slightest move
, ,

ment causes it p ain The reupon the b arb a ri an pull

.
,

ing strongly on the stake woun ds the beast repeatedly ,

with a dagge r ( ca rried in the right hand ) in the

th roat until it b leeds to death Then it is d rawn
,
.

A me as ure n third v r a in len gth

, o e- a .
236 TH E PHI LIPPI N E IS LA ND S [ VOL 1 6

asho re with lines and ro p es with the ai d of othe r I n ,

dians who unite to drag it in ; an d many a re needed ,

because of the huge bodies of those croco diles They .

resemble li z ards but are furnished with scales so

,

strong that scarce can an arquebus shot dent them -

.

The only vulne rable spots a re the th roat an d un der

p arts of the legs whe re they join the body ] ,

whe re natu re has given the m a ce rtain sweet o do r ,

whi ch the I ndians use Besides cattle all the ani

.
,

mals of A f rica and mo re a re fo un d in those islands

tige rs l ions bears foxes monkeys apes squi rrels
, , , , , ,

and in some of the m are many civet cats These l ast -

.

a re wont to b e hunted extensively in o rde r to take ,

them to diffe rent n ations with the other me rch an dise

—
of China linens silks e a rthenwa re i ron co p pe r
, , , , ,

s teel,
quicksilve r and innume rable othe r thin gs
, ,

which a re transpo rte d annu ally f rom those p rovinces .

R eligion and gove rnment a re the same as those of

E sp a n a ; but in those isl ands th at are still unsu b due d ,

foolish i dolatry p revails T hey attribute immo rtal .

i ty to thei r souls but they b elieve that souls wan d e r

,

f ro m one body to anothe r acco rding to that ri d i c u ,

lous [ doctrine of ] transmigration invente d o r de

c l a re d by P ythagoras Trading is much in vo g ue
.
,

and is advance d by the Chinese comme rce The .

Filipinos a re mo re cou rageous than thei r othe r ne igh

bo rs The S p ani ards and creoles do not bel ie the i r
.

high o rigin .

By orde r of King Filipo an a rmy was f o rmed f rom

all this people in o rde r to attempt to take the fo rts
,

of M aluco D on G o ngal o R onquillo de P e n alos a

.

was govern o r A lthough he h ad received befo re

.

han d ce rtaI n I nfo rmation by way o f trade and the

S pies th at had gone there he was not satis fi ed with ,
238 TH E PHI IPPI N E IS LA ND S
L [ VOL 1 6

Tahane M ay l oa and S oma ; and in the isl and O f

, ,

M a qu i en S ab el e T al ap ao T al ato a M o fab ou au a
, , , , ,

T ab al o l a T agono B ob ab a an d M ol a p a of the ma
, , ,

j o r i ty of whi c h the Te rn atan k ing had dispossessed

him as well as B i tu a an d other towns in Ty dore on
, ,

the p retext of his h aving aban doned them he went

to M anila whe re he discussed with the gove rno r the
,

method of facilitating the conquest on the ve ry eve ,

o f its execution H is counsel was favo red an d he

.
,

gave it as it was his own cause Fo r in addition to .

,

the inheritance that the kin g of T ernate had usu rpe d

f rom him he expecte d to get the isl and of M outil
, ,

which had belon ge d to his ancesto rs The ex p editi on .

was also autho ri z ed by the p resence of D on J u an

R onq uillo the gove rno r s nephew who held equal
,
’
,

autho ri ty by l and and sea with S armiento I f the re .

we re anything wanting it was thought that it would ,

b e supplied easily by the valo r of the sol d ie rs to ,

gethe r with the shortness of the voyage an d the care

lessness of the enemy B ut the divided comman d .

p rove d an obstacle to that hOp e Thei r voya ge was .

not st o rm y but neithe r was i t so favo rable th at they

,

we re en abled to anchor exactly at T e rn ate as w as ,

necessa ry in o rde r to dep rive the enemy f rom usin g

thei r own vigilance They went to M outil to ancho r
.
,

an d within sight of the inh abitants o f the l and f ought ,

with some hostile j a nq u a s f“

The s e were cap tu re d ,

and the Ch risti ans found within them we re set at

l ibe rty As P ablo de L ima knew the h a rbo rs and as
.
,

the people of the isl and di d not possess the fo rces nec
essa ry to defend themselves against a fleet and as it ,

was easily attacked on the sides it surren dered The ,

.

n atives came with b ranches of p alms C itron trees ,

-
,

28 °
S m all a rmed vess els li ke ra fts .
 ’
ARGEN SOLA S CON QVI STA

and g a ri o fy l os c a ry o p hy l l us ] o r clove trees as ,

-
,

tokens of peace an d to beg p ardon They obtained

,
.

both and fo r maste r P ablo de L ima H oweve r th e

, ,
. .

vesting him with that domain p roved of little utility ;

fo r a few days afte r all the people sli ppe d away
, ,

eithe r conside ring themselves mo re secu re in T e r

—
n ate o r to meet the enemy who must necessarily
,

c a rry the war to th at isl a nd as happened S a rmiento

,
.

rep ai red his vessels on th at island Moutil ] an d ,

without the loss of a single soldie r and fl ushed by his ,

fi rst V icto ry went to T al ang ame p assin g th rou gh the

, ,

h ostile ca r aco as which had been fi tted up h astil y an d

,

without o rde r T he fo rt an d the k in g in possession

.
,

—
of ou r a rtille ry es p eci ally the ram p a rt whi ch was ,

enl ar ged and afte rward calle d C achil T ulo afte r the ,
’
—
k ing s uncle who b uilt i t were in readiness lon g
,

befo re an d we re th reatening some gre at disaste r

,
.

O u r men l anded on th at side b ut thei r l anding was ,

O ppo s e d by the T e rnatans H oweve r ni g ht p ut an

.

en d to b attle and each side reti ring to s afety ou r men

, ,

fi nished l anding and mounting thei r a rtille ry in the ,

p osition an d manne r counsele d b y P ablo de L ima ,

who eve r since then h as been gene ral of a rtillery I n
the fort of Ty do re T he kin g of that isl an d wis he d
.

to j om ou r tro o ps as w as sh own b y ce rtain action s

, ,

an d b y his p romises to A lf erez Due n as ; but b e

doubte d the fo rtune of the C astilians , as i f he h ad not
h ad many experien ces of it Now the occasion p e r .

s u a d e d him and fi del ity b oun d him b ut he still hesi ,

t a te d T he do ub t of th at kin g is bel ieve d to have

. I .

h u rt the outcome of the affai r S armiento afte r hav .

,

ing mounted the artille ry and secu rely fo rti fie d him

sel f and afte r h aving taken some c aptives ( f rom
,

whom he lea rned the food supply and a rms of the

 TH E PHI LIPPI N E IS LAND S [ VOL 1 6

besie ged ) commenced to hem in the enemy and to

, ,

bombard them fu riously H oweve r he did not scare .

them fo r they answe red boldly I t became neces

, .

sa ry to sei z e the high places f rom which as f rom , ,

comman ding eminences which we re leveled l ate r

Ou r men ha rassed the enemy H ad they pe rseve re d .

in this it woul d have suffi ced to end the wa r But to

,
.

such an extent did sic kness rei g n in ou r camp that ,

no bette r m edicine was found than that of absence ,

an d d efe rrin g this unde rta kin g to another time The .

assistance from Ty d o re was o f no consequence T hey .

p roved lu kewarm f riends and all the rest was spi rit ,

le s s H eaven k nows the othe r reasons T he re must

. .

have b een some stron ge r ones ; fo r in reality the , ,

cam p was raised an d afte r embarkin g retu rned to

,

M anila without h avin g had any g reate r effect than

,

to inc rease the con fi dence of the enemy .

T hen only the E nglish nation distu rbed S panish

dominion in that o rient Consequently Kin g Filipo
.

desi red not onl y to fo r b id it with a rms near at h and ,

but also to fu rnish an example by thei r punishm ent , ,

to all the no rthe rn nations so that the y sh oul d not nu ,

d e rtake the invasions that we see A be ginnin g was .

made in this wo r k in the ye a r one thous an d five hun

d red an d eighty eight as is relate d in the following
-
,

discou rse .

[ T he beheading of M a ry S tu art the E nglish con ,

fede ration with H oll and and the buil ding disaste r , , ,

and defeat of the invin c ible armada follow The .

narrative continues
The H o ll anders o r Z eal ande rs confede rated with ,

Queen I s abel E l i z abeth of E ngl an d ] being ,

witnesses of th at event the defeat of the a r

mada ] we re encou raged to aspi re to greate r efforts
, ,
 TH E PHI L IPPI N E IS LA ND S [ Vol 1 6

whethe r caused by n atu ral ambition o r want of ha r ,

mony in some other way they we re so disunited that ,

one would h ave p ro p hesied j ealousies befo re they

left M anil a They set sail in good weathe r an d
.
,

esca p ed the g reatest ha rdships of the sea B ut when .

they consi de re d themselves safe all the elements we re ,

loosed upon the fl eet L i ght an d reckoning failed

.

them T he boats we re sh atte red and the most i m

.

p o rtant one sun k with the loss of all its c rew T h at

,
.

was the g alleon calle d S anta H elena which was “ ”

,

ca rryin g the pieces to bombar d the fo rtress and con ,

s i d e r ab l e o f the othe r ammunition and a pp a r atus .

H oweve r they pe rsiste d an d the king of B ach am ,

assisted them with the men that he had raised un d e r

the p retext of sweepin g the sea of ce rtain enemies ;
an d as a b aptized Ch ristian he b ewailed the a p os
, ,

tasy that he had made because of pe rsecution f rom

, ,

the glo rious confession of ou r faith , and p romise d

the restitution of his soul .

[ T he futile o p e rations of the S p ani a rds at T e r

n ate follow . Refusing advice the comman de r ,

t ries to take the main fo rt instead of attackin g in

d i fferent pl aces with small detachments Fin ally .

the sie ge is raised when the enemy is almost sta rve d

,

out Communication with tra d e rs from E u rope is

.

again f ree to Te rnate especially with thei r new

,
“

f riends the E nglish

,
”
. But inte rn al dis p utes an d
ambitions in Te rnate lead to the followin g lette r to
S anti ago de Vera from Cachil T ulo uncle of the ,

illegitimate k ing of Te rn ate

My b rother Cachil B abu fo rme r king of Te rnate
, , ,

wrote to P o rtug al to the k ing requesting justice on ,

a man who killed his father and mine in retu rn fo r ,

which he p romised to d elive r to his M ajesty the for t

 ’
ARGEN SOLA S CON QVI STA 2 43

Of Te rn ate of which he had been d is p osse sse d An d

,
.

as his M aj es ty succeeded to the kingdoms of P o r

’
t ugal,
he answe red my b rothe r s lette r by C achil
N a i q u e his ambassado r
,
But when it ar rived my.
,

b rothe r was al ready dead fo r which reason we di d ,

not then delive r the fortress as a b astard son h ad ,

s ucceeded him whom the T e rn at ans with the hel p

, ,

o f the k in g of T y d o re elevated as k in g although

, ,

he had no right to the th rone H e refused to fulfil .

’
h i s father s p romise and ple d ge Neithe r woul d .

h e take my counsel o r that of my b roth e r C achil ,

M a nd raxa rightful hei r of the kingdom n amely

, , ,

t hat he delive r the fo rtress as his fathe r ha d p rom ,

—
i se d the P o rtu guese not because he coul d not de
fend h i mself fro m them o r from his M ajesty but ,

e xp ressly b ecause he had been thus o rdere d b y his

f athe r and my b rothe r I t must not b e unde rstood

.

t hat it was taken f rom us by fo rce o f arms but that ,

w e of o u rselves h ad this will to del ive r the fo rtress

to se rve his M ajes ty U pon s eeing us with this i n
.

tention he dete rmine d to k ill my b rothe r his uncle , ,

the ri ghtful hei r of the k in g dom by h avin g him ,

s tabbed by the han d of a slave unde r his wo rd and ,

s ecu rity and mine T he refo re conside rin g such

.
,

action of my ne p hew sense l ess an d that he refuses to ,

ful fi l wh at h is fathe r an d I an d my b rothers p romise d

to his M ajesty I h ave dete rmined now and hence
, ,

fo rth to become the true vass al and se rvant o f his

,

M ajes ty By this p resent I b in d myself an d I swea r

.
,

by my reli g ion as I di d so swea r and I shall not an

, ,

n u l my ple d ge th rough the fathe r vicar A ntonio

,
-

F e r rey r a to give all my help and ai d fo r the taking

,

of the fo rt with all my kin d re d and f rien ds until

, ,

h i s M ajesty s captain takes possession of it o r he

’
,
2 44 TH E PHI LIPPI N E IS LA ND S [ VO L 1 6

who shall he reafte r come with the P ortuguese and

Castilians who sh all be in his comp any [ T his I
,
.

sh all do ] p rovided that the captain o r captains in h i s

’
M ajesty s n ame shall ful fil towa rd me the s i gned
p romise of D uarte P ereyra , the chief ca p tain inas ,

much as I g ave h i m anothe r such message T hat i s .

to p roclaim me king of T e rnate as soo n as he shall ,

t ake possession O f the fo rt fo r hi s M ajesty ; fo r it b e

longs to me b oth th rough my fathe r and by the ,

s e rvice that I am rende rin g and that I ho p e to ,

rende r l ate r to his M ajesty T he refo re I b eseech

,
.
,

you r L o rdshi p fo r favo r and request you in his M aj

,

es ty s n ame to ai d me by sendin g the greatest p ossibl e

’

numbe r of soldie rs ; and that quickly so th at thi s my ,

intention and will to se rve his M ajesty in this m ay

be achieved and as I h Op e without loss of life
, , ,

although as you r L o rdshi p will have learned thi s

, ,

fo rtress is well g a rrisone d T he o rde r and a rrange .

me nt th at these soldiers would bette r obse rve will

be written to you r L o rdship b y the chief ca p tain .

G iven in Ty do re whe re I h ave come for this pu r

,

p ose as the father vicar A ntonio Ferreyra and t he

,
-

audito r A ntonio de M atos will testi fy whom as such , ,

pe rsons I be gged to sign fo r me M ay 2 3

,
. .

[ The lette r of the P o rtuguese comman de r ve ri fi e s

the above letter and asks fo r fou r hun d red S p anish

,
“
soldie rs un de r p retext o f sen ding them to d rive
,

the J avanese f rom th ose seas whose f rien dship the ,

”
T e rn a tans value mo re than ou rs They at least .

will keep the E nglish f rom Te rnatan po rts Fifteen .

f ragatas and one galleon will be enough and they a re ,

to be accompanie d by Filipino pioneers H e tries .

to pe rsuade the gove rno r to unde rtake the expedition .

Ve ra is anxious to do so b ut is unable to attempt it,

 TH E PHI LIPPI N E IS LA ND S [ Vol 1 6

o r p rivate loss H e established a monop oly of play

.

ing ca rds imposed fi nes fo r excessive pl ay punished

, ,

illicit co mbinations an d f rauds among the p rovision

deale rs and the shops of that class : f rom all of whi ch
resulted the walls of M anil a , which measu red t welve
thousand eight hund red an d fo rty nine geometric -

fe et [ i e S p anish feet ] each foot bein g one te rci a

. .
, ,
.

T o this he added his own ca reful ove rsi ght and the ,

assistance o f the inhabitants who aided willin g ly ,

b ecause O f the request and example of thei r chief .

Th e city had but one fo rt and that badly constructe d ,

.

H e b uilt anothe r at the entrance to the rive r to which ,

he g ave the name of S anti ago and enclosed the ol d ,

one H e finished the cathed ral and f ro m the foun

.
, ,
-

dation the chu rch of S anta P otenciana patroness

, ,

o f the island as a shelte r fo r women T hen he

,
.

started the c astin g of cann on and b rought good arti ,

s ans who fu rnished the city with l ar ge and small

,

a rtille ry H e built g alleys fo r the trade an d com

.

me rce of me rc handise the subsistence of those l ands .

An d in ful filment of his p romises in E s p a n a he cast ,

his eyes on Te rnate and all of M aluco on the late ,

dis g race an d the unfo rtunate results O f his p re d eces

so rs who had attempted the conquest of th at choice
kingdom and the punishments of i ts tyrants H e
,
.

com municated these thou g hts o rally and by lette rs

with zealous p e rsons mo re p a rticul a rly with M a r ,

ta,
a p riest of the S ociety of J esus a se rious an d
28 1

Th i
Father A ntoni o M rt a a N e p olit an and s u p eri or
s w as a , a ,

o f the Je s uit mi s s i n s in the M lu s ; with him w s as soc i a ted

o a ca a

Ant ni o P ereira so p rom inent in the exp diti n Of H urta d o d

o ,
e o e

M end a S e L a C on p ién s ac ount of M rta s s er vic es at this

oz . e ce c
’
c a
’

time ( H i t d P hil ipi

s . ii p p 1 9 7
e M a rt i n t men
n as , , . a s o "

t ion d b y S omme rv og l
e e .
 ’
ARGEN SOLA S CON QVI STA 247

ene rgetic man whose ex p e rience and instruction h ad

,

been of great use in those regions T his man g ave .

him in fo rmation counsels and helpers fo r the p rep

, ,

a ration and for the wo rk O ne of the l atte r wa s .

B rothe r G asp ar G omez a S pani a rd a l ay reli g ious , ,

O f the same society A mon g the many confe rences

.

that we re held upon this matte r I find an exho rta ,

tion f rom Fathe r A ntonio M arta in a lette r written ,

from Ty d o re A s it is the origin al and g ood fo r the

.
,

bette r understan ding I will pl ace it he re translated , ,

f rom the P ortu guese .

[ The lette r above mentioned h olds out to D a sma

ri fi as the th ree in ducements of se rvice to the king ,

se rvice to G od an d pe rs onal a mb ition in the p ro

, ,

p ose d Molucca expedition The wa r will be an

"

“
a rduous one fo r i t will be fought not with the
,

T e rnatans alone but with all the Mo ros of this a rchi

,
”
pel a go and the n atives a re b rave and dete rmined
,
'

The p eople of Ty d o re al ready s ay th a t they do not

want S pani a rds in these re gions an d G omez P erez
”
,

will find it p rudent to dissem b le with them so that ,

they will not j oin the T e rnatans ”

Fathe r M a rta .
s

sends a m a p of the a rchipela go p romises immense ,

bo oty an d assu res the gove rno r of the p raye rs of the

,

r eligious This lette r and confe rences with one G e

.
,

ro ny mo de A zevedo an d B rothe r G as p ar G ome z

,

decide d the governo r to undertake the expedition .

H e sent G aspa r G omez with instructions to visit and

inspect va rious p a rts of the a rchipelago ; an d the l at
te r visited Te rn ate T y d o re M ind anao both J avas
, , , ,

and othe r regions as fa r as M alaca T he rest of .

book five is taken up with a rel ati on of P ed ro de

Acu fi a s se rvices and his appointment to C a rtagen a
’

i n N u ev a E s p afi a ] .
 TH E PHI LIPPI N E IS LA ND S [ VO L 1 6

C o n q u es t o f t h e M a l u c os I s l a nd s

BOOK S IX T H
Meanwhile G omez P e re z attentive to his p rep ara ,

tion concealed his pu rpose while not spa ring the ex

, ,

penses pe rtaining to ships food and men A mon g , ,

.

othe r s upplies he built fou r fine galleys To man

,
.

— —
them as is the re reporte d h e employe d a means
th at was conside re d seve re H e o rde red that the .

”
numbe r of I n d ians s u fli c i ent to equi p the galleys 2

be pu rch ased f rom those who we re the sl aves of othe r

I ndian ch iefs and that the S p anish encomen de ros
,

shoul d pay fo r these men f rom thei r own money .

T he p ri ce assigned fo r each I ndi an was two taes of

gold each tae bein g slightly more th an one onz a
the value fo rme rly gene ral among them fo r slaves .

H e p romised that the sum spent b y the encomen d e ro s

fo r that pu rpose woul d be rep aid afte rwa rd f rom
the royal excheque r H owever this d i d not seem .
,

any lessening o f the seve rity fo r he imp rope rly calle d ,

those I ndians sl aves ; but [ amon g themselves ] thei r

maste rs treat them and love them as chil dren feed ,

them at thei r tables and ma rry them to thei r d aug h

,

ters Besides slaves we re then value d highe r To

.
,
.

the ange r of those who we re about to be sol d was ,

j oined that of the encomende ros who were obliged ,

to contribute f rom thei r p rope rty fo r expenses

which in thei r O pinion were no t ve ry necessa ry
, ,

and to O ffen d thei r tributarios by fo rcibly sei z ing

them ; wh ile they themselves would neve r collect the
p rice they we re p aying in advance which was [ to ,

them ] the most ce rtain thing The gove rno r g ave .

S e D as m i fi s ve s i n o f thi s pr c eedi n g in VO L V1 11 pp
’
e ar as r o o , .
, .

2 3 9 2 9 4 ; he there s t a te
,
th at the I ndi n thu s tak en were to b
s a s e

freed t the end o f th ree ye rs s ervi ce C f VOL x p 2 1 4

’
a a . . .
, . .
250 TH E PHI LIPPI N E IS LAN D S [ VOL 1 6

the Chinese to convey it ; and to leave it on p assing , ,

at its destin ation since that was di rectly on thei r wa y

,
.

H e p romised the Chinese to recom p ense and rew ard

them for th at se rvice T hey o ffe re d to do it with
.

g reat dis p l ay of willin gness howbeit that thei r cun ,

nin g was seen in the sequel and wh at O pportunity ,

te aches to him that awaits it The Chinese set s ail .

,

and on the second d ay while ou r S pani a rds we re

,

aslee p and quite su re of be ing amon g frien ds and

,

fai th ful ones the Chinese attacked them in the ni ght

, ,

s o suddenly that they could not defend themselves .

T hey were all b ehea ded and th rown into the sea T he .

Chine se p illaged all thei r ca r go an d afte r dividing ,

the boo ty s aile d for thei r own country They only

,
.

kept with them one wretched S panish woman who

accom p anie d ou r men T hey left he r alive but
.
,

afte r havin g insulted an d m altreated he r left he r on ,

the fi rst Chinese shore th at the y rea ched S he went .

then to the ma g istrates the re an d in fo rmed them of ,

the treache ry committed by those people an d of the ,

violence that they h a d in fl i cted on he r But al .

though the jud ge s we re cou rteous to he r no s at i s fac ,

tion was g iven he r fo r he r inj u ries an d she was u n ,

able to obtain justice O n the contra ry they o rd e re d

.

he r to be ta k en into the inte rio r by ce rtain agents ,

and delive red to othe r su p re me judges O n th at .

j ou rney which was ve ry long and many legu as she

, ,

—
endu red greate r ha rds h ips un til some gove rn o rs ,

t aking comp assi o n on he r and he r tea rs took he r to ,

the ci ty of M acao where the P o rtuguese reside and

, ,

they set he r at libe rty Th rough th at means the .

,

whole deed was le arned and was in the mouth of ,

all in M anil a ; and u p on the occasion of this expedi

tion th ey exa gge rated it still mo re
,
.
 ’
ARGEN SOLA S CON QVI STA

Fin ally all Of the sl aves dem anded b y G ove rn o r

,

G omez P e rez had to be s u pp lied b ut wi th inj uries ,

and acts of O p p ression ; and with the s ame inj u rie s

an d o pp ression the y we re all p ut on the g alleys .

T he re they remained some time b efo re sailing and ,

s ome of them died b e cause they we re unused to that

,

life A ll those sl aves p roved insu ffi cient to man all

.

the galleys an d the fl a gshi p was without r owe rs O n

,
.

that account and i n o rde r to com p lete the wo r k

, ,

mo re seve re methods we re used th a n at fi rst T he .

gove rno r o rdered th at two hund red and fi fty Chinese

b e d rafte d f rom those who go to Filipinas to tr ad e ,

in or de r to man o r equi p the fl a g shi p E ach O f the m .

was to be p ai d two pesos monthly fro m the royal

treasu ry The gove rno r assu red them th at the y
.

woul d not be chained but f ree an d could h ave thei r

, ,

we apons and se rve as soldie rs and would onl y h ave ,

to row the galle y du rin g c alms if any sho ul d o ccu r , ,

an d in o rde r to double ce rtain headl a nds Thi s de .

c i s i o n being c o mmunicated to the Chinese they all ,

refused it as an intole rable b u rden But when ou r .

gove rno r insisted u p on this in o rde r to ca rry out his,

design the Chinese gove rnor assem b led his p e ople

,

in o rd e r to discuss the matte r and to plan how they ,

might choose two hund red an d fi fty f rom amo ng

them all ; and he th reatened that he woul d ta ke eve ry
tenth man by thei r houses That th re at distu rbed .

them so mu ch that the next day all thei r w indows

, ,

we re closed and the me rchants closed thei r shops ;

,

and the community was dep rived of the p rovisions

w hi ch we re supplied to i t by them O u r gove rno r .
,

u pon seeing this saying th at they h ad mutinied had

, ,

about fi f ty of them sei z ed the fi rst whom he coul d ,

fin d and put them in the galleys at the oa r The re

,
.
 TH E PHI LIPPI N E IS LA ND S [ VOL 1 6

upo n the rest bein g cowed assem bled and made up

, , ,

from am o ng thei r numbe r all the two hund red and

fi fty A nd in asmuch as no one of them wished to be
.

of that numbe r they distributed a mong those who

,

accepted that service twenty thous and pesos which ,

we re given as a p resent to those Chinese who wo ul d

go on the galley each one bein g g i ven eighty p esos
, ,
’
besides the king s pay With this good aid Ch inese
.
,

we re not wanting to consent to act as rowe rs al ,

th ough the twenty thousand p esos we re spent amon g

them o r mo re co rrectly amon g the Offi cers Fro m
, ,
.

tho s e two hund red and fi fty Chinese five com p anies ,

we re formed and five Chinese Ch risti ans appointe d

,

as captains . T hey made thei r muste rs and reviews ,

—
with pikes and c atans which a re b ut slightly di f
—
fe rent f rom cutl asses and a pp eare d to be h ap py
and contented A mid these occu p ations B rothe r
.

G as p a r G omez came unex p ectedly to M anila loade d ,

with info rmation which he refe rre d to the gove rno r

in a number of p rivate conferences H e s aid that .

the king O f Tern ate was not badly p rep ared al ,

thou gh his fo rces we re somewh at weakened by his

not being in ve ry great ha rmony with the maj o rity
of the chiefs of his kingdom M any we re th reaten .

ing to rebel because of his tyrannies an d excessiv e

levies of tribute N ow J avanese L asca rs and M o ros
.
, ,

f rom Meca no longe r reso rted to Te rnate as they ,

did in the time when Captain M o rones went there

during the te rm of S antiago de Ve ra G asp a r G O .

me z ga v e ve ry detailed in fo rmation about the two

fo rts of T al ang ame H e found that the king O f
.

Te rnate usually had ab out th ree thousan d soldie rs ,

one th ousand of them a rquebusie rs ; while a c o ns i d

c rable numbe r cam e f rom the othe r kin g doms of h i s
 TH E PHI LIPPI N E IS LA ND S [ Vol 1 6

out bloo d shed The in fi d el T ernat ans themselves

.

even s aid and p ublished the same T hey c onfessed .

that i f a l a rge contin gent of soldiers shoul d reach

,

thei r l and they would unive rs ally rende r homage

,

without fighting Consequently b e infe rre d that

.

sec ret Ch risti ans we re l ivin g in the M alucas T he .

enti re conquest of that isl an d of B anda was ve ry use

ful and a d vantageous and O f slight risk ; an d i ts
,

mainten anc e was of g re at impo rtance to the inhabit

ants o f Amb oy no which b elon gs to us ,
G asp a r .

G omez also affi rmed th at the P o rtuguese we re facili

t ating the ente rp rise conside rably , an d recounted the
inte rest and p ro fit th at would accrue to his M ajesty .

Fathe r A ntonio M arta was also of th at O pini on in ,

wh o m G ove rno r G omez P e rez pl aced so g reat faith .

B rothe r G as p a r G ome z to these so full repo rts an d

info rmation ad d ed such d etails th at he q u ite set on
fi re the mind of the gove rno r .

A t this time the kin g of C amb oxa named L an d a ra , ,

sent the gove rno r an em b assy th rou g h two S p anish

ca p tains accom p anied b y m any C am bo dians wit h
, ,

the requisite autho rity fo r p rosecutin g his cause .

That b a rb arous k ing too k care th at his am b ass ado rs

shoul d not b e natives of his kin g d oms be cause o f the ,

l ac k of con fi dence with which his vassals inspi re d

him as to thei r faithfulness H e chose the amb ass a .

do rs f rom di ffe rent classes so th at a goo d result ,

might come f rom the di ffe ren ce of thei r characte rs

and dis p ositions O ne was a P o rtuguese D ie g o
.
,

Velos o by n ame and the other a C astili an Blas

, ,

R uyz de Fe rnan G on gale z They p resented .

28 3

letters s ent by D as ma mas nd his on L uis to th k in g

See r a s e

o f C am b oj as r es ult of thi emb a sy in VOL 1 x pp 76 78 a nd

a, a s s ,
.
, .
-

8 6 8 7; nd account s f the S p ani s h expediti n s to th a t count ry

,
a o o

under L uis Das marifias in VOL 1x pp 1 61 1 8 0 and x pp 2 1 6

,
.
, .
-
, , .
,
 ’
ARGEN SOLA S CON QVI STA

G o mez P e rez with a fine g ift consistin g of a con ,

s i d e r ab l e quantity of ivo ry b enzoin chin aware , , ,

pieces of silks an d cottons and an ele p han t of a noble ,

d is p osition as was learne d late r b y expe rience

,
.

T hey p ro p osed thei r embassy which was in sh o rt , , ,

t o b e g help against the king of S yan S iam ] ,

who was a b out to attac k the Cambodi an king with a

v ast a rmy The l atte r in recogn ition of th at aid o f
.

fer ed to become a vassal of the k in g of E s p ana and a ,

Ch risti an That king was ce rtain that so valo rous an d

.

c ou ra geous a k ni g ht as G omez P e rez woul d un de r ,

n o ci rcumstance refuse a deed in whi ch G od w oul d

,

receive so obvious a se rvice and that woul d be so ad ,

v antag eou s to the c rown of E spa n a T he gove rno r .

acce p ted the p resent and res p on d ed to it b y anothe r

,

o f ce rtain E u rope an p roducts and th an ke d the k in g ,

fo r h i s con fi dence in a p plyin g to him H oweve r it .

,

w as impossi b le fo r h im to set a b out that hel p j ust

t hen o r divert any p o rtion of those fo rces th at we re
,

p re p are d to p unish the king of T e rnate an d recover

t h at k ingdom an d the rest o f M aluco whi ch had ,

r ebelled with so g reat an insult and o u trage to the

S panish nation H is H i ghnes s shoul d trust in G o d

.

o u r L o rd and pe rseve re in his attempt to serv e him

,

in the holy and true reli g ion When the T e rn ate en .

te rp r i s e was ove r he woul d take his fo rce to the re

,

l ief of C amb oxa With these h op es wh ich we re

.
,

f ul fi lle d b y Don L uys de l as M ari n as his son those , ,

ambassado rs left I n o rde r to g ive them truthful

.

s atisfaction and a j ust cause fo r the del ay it was ,

necessa ry to publ ish the true pu rpose of th at fl eet ,

which until then had b een kept sec ret .

21 7
, 2 2 6 2 40
-
l
a so in M rg
o
’
a s Su ces os , h aps v vi ( in VOL
c .
,
. XV o f
thi s s eries ) .
 TH E PHI LIPPI N E IS LA ND S [ VO L 1 6

T hen the g ove rno r determine d u p on his dep ar

tu re an d tried to take with him as m any men as pos
,

sible T hey we re enlisted willingly o r by force

.
,

those who we re requested an d those who we re com

p el l e d ali k e,
T he encomende . ros and soldie rs cause d
a p rodigal expense in shi p s s u pp lies and p arades ,

which because of the gre at oppo rtunity fu rnishe d

,
’
fo r all th at in F i l i p i nas exceeded the g ove rno r s
,

p owe r a nd wishes The g ove rno r.sent Don L uys h i s ,

son with all the re g ul ars to the isl and of Ce b u

, ,

whe re all the fl eet was to be assem b led T he re he re .

mained six months awaiting new o rde rs G ome z,

.

P erez was detained in M anil a p lannin g matte rs of ,

impo rtance Two days be fore leavin g while a guest

.
,

an d dinin g at the house of P e d ro de R oxas his assist ,

ant whe re he was wont to amuse himself in he avy

,

gaming and me rriment he became so gay beyon d ,

-

his custom and contrary to the h a rshness of his cha r

,

acte r that many inte rp reted it as his l ast farewell ,

an d an omen of what h appene d H e recounted in .

conve rsation ami d much l aughter that fathe r Fray

, ,

Vicente of the Franciscan o r d e r h a d told him th a t

, ,

that ente rp rise could not succeed ; fo r the a rmy was

composed o f conscripte d men and es p ecially becaus e ,

the m a rrie d men were goi ng T he governo r lef t .

M anila O ctobe r seventeen with six royal g alleys , ,

one g al l eon one fusta one fr ag ati n and a numbe r of

’

, , ,

f ragatas c a r ac o as an d vi rey s di ffe rent va rieties of

, ,

craft of the natives of the country A ll the vessels .

,

those belon g ing to his M ajesty and those of his vas

sals who offe red thei r pe rsons fo r his se rvice totaled ,

one hund red There we re one thous and well armed

.
-

S paniards and mo re th an fou r hund red a rquebusie rs

f rom the vicini ty of M anila ; and anothe r tho usan d
258 TH E PHI LIPPI N E IS LA ND S [ VOL 1 6

the o a r b y violence ; o r b ec ause they we re fatigued ,

and ha rassed b y those who comman ded them O the r .

contra ry winds assailed them which fu r the r impe d ed ,

the voya ge I n o rde r to d ouble ce r tain p romonto ries

.

of the land it was necessa ry to p ly the oa rs an d to

, ,

u rge on the rowe rs with the seve rity an d punishmen t

generally used in galleys T hey thou ght th at ha rsh .
,
’
and contra ry to the gove rno r s assu rance when he ,

p romised them th at they would b e tre ate d with af

fe c ti on But neithe r the whi p no r th reats nor ove r
.
,

com i n g the cu rrents by dint of the sweat of thei r

li mbs seemed to them so intole ra b le and inj u riou s as
,
’
to hea r f rom the gove rno r s mouth h a rsh an d ,

seve re wo rds o rde rin g them to row manfully ; fo r

,

d i d they not he woul d p ut them in ch ains and cut

, ,

off thei r h ai r S uch an insult among the Chi nese is

.

wo rthy o f death for they pl ace all thei r hon o r in

,

thei r hai r They kee p it ca refully ten d ed and gaily

.

decke d and estee m it as highly as l adies in E u rop a ;

,

and in d ressin g it di s p l ay thei r taste an d thei r social

, ,

standin g They dete rmined to mutiny in o rde r not

.
,

to su ffe r such an insult an d dis g race H avin g ap .

pointe d for th at pu r p ose the following ni ght

( n amely the twen
,
t y fi ft h of O ctobe r ) whe n the -
,

S pani a r d s h ad l ain d own ti red out upon the benches ,

an d in othe r places in the hull the Chinese did the ,

same H oweve r they so cunni ngly divided them

.
,

sel ves that each Chinese lay down beside a S p ania r d ,

an d p retended to sleep J ust b efo re the hou r of .

dawn which they conside red the most suitable time

,

an d the s afest of all u p o n seein g the S pania rds in ,

thei r soun dest slumbe r the Chinese at the sound o f , ,

a sh rill whistle ( which was the signal agreed u p on

amon g them ) all arose at the s ame moment ; and
,
 ’
ARGEN SOLA S CON QVI STA

e ach one with the g reatest h aste p ut on a wh ite tunic

o r shi rt so that in the mi dst of the u p ro ar and the
, ,

da rkness they might recognize one anothe r and dis

, ,

t i ng u i s h those to be killed H oweve r fo r the g re ate r .

,

secu rity of the deed they also lit a conside rable num
,

be r of wax tape rs which they had conceale d in the

,

folds of the white tunics T hen they seized thei r .

c a t a ns wh ich a re sh a rpe r and mo r e cu r ve d th an ou r

,

cutl asses and each Chinese commenced w ithout dis

, ,

t u rb i ng the silence to strike his neighbo ring S p an

,

i a r d ; an d then with the inc rease of thei r fu ry to b e

, ,

head all those who we re slee p ing M o re th a n six ty .

h ad emb arked on the fl agshi p among them the se rv ,

ants o f the governo r and othe rs old s ol die rs who in

, , ,

o rde r to o b li ge and accomm o date him we re endu rin g

d iscomfo rt T hey h a d b een gambling all the nigh t ;
.

an d b ein g ti red and b ec ause of the e xcessive he at

, ,

we re slee p in g naked s ome in the mi dshi p gangway , ,

o the rs on the b enches while the more favo red ones , ,

to whom we re given bette r qua rte rs slept aft The ,

.

g ove rnor went into his cab in to sleep T he Chinese .

p roceeded to slaughte r those who suspectin g noth ,

ing we re sleeping ; it was done so quic kly that when

,

some of those aslee p in the ste rn awakened the othe r ,

S p aniards we re al re ady dead The gua rd did not .

p e rceive it an d such,
ca relessness coul d admit of no
excuse fo r they h ad b ee n su ffi ciently w a rne d an d
, ,

example s had p receded S om e wa ked b u t fin ding .

,

themselves w ounde d and confused j umped ove r ,

board whe re most of them we re d rowned S ome

, .

—
a ve ry few j umped ove rboa rd befor e being
woun ded but they we re also d rowned although they
, ,

we re ne ar sho re fo r they could not reach l and b e

,

cause of the stren g th of the cu rrent Twelve es .

 TH E PHI LIPPI N E IS LAND S [ V ol 1 6

ca p ed and many de ad bodies we re found on the

,

beach The Chinese now g rown bolde r seized the

.
, ,

pikes th at they had hidden unde r the benches an d ,

with outc ries c ompleted thei r treache ry T he gov .

e rno r who was slee p ing belo w the hatchway with a

, ,

l ante rn o r candle awaked I n o rde r to a waken h im

,
.
,

the Chinese themselves began pu rposely to make a

g reate r noise ; while they c ried ou t to him and begge d
him to come out and settle a quarrel among the
Castillas as they call the S p ania rds H e eithe r
”
,
.
,

fo r th at re ason o r thinkin g th at the galley was d rag

,

gin g as on othe r occasions arose in his shi rt opened , ,

the h atchway looked out and pushed his b ody hal f

, ,

way th rough it A t that same time the Ch inese fell

.
,

u pon him with thei r cutl asses an d fatally wounde d ,

him T hey cleft his head trans fixed him with thei r
.
,

pikes and ran him th roug h with mo re than b a rbari c

,

fe ro c ity P e rceiving th at his death was nea r at h an d

.
,

he reti red an d too k the p raye r book of his o rde r

,
-
,

which he always ke pt with him and an image of ou r ,

L ady Betwe en those two refuges whi ch we re late r

.
,

found b athed in his b lood he yielded up his li fe ,

.

H oweve r he did not die immedi ately fo r they foun d ,

him l ate r in his bed tightly hol ding the image , ,

where he bled to death A bout him we re the bodies .

O f D aniel G omez de L eon h is valet P antaleon de , ,

B rito S ue ro Di a z J uan de Chaves P ed ro M aseda

, , , ,

J uan de S an J uan Ca rrion P once and Francisco

, ,

— —
Castillo all se rvants of his besides the bodies o f
fou r ve ry valiant sl aves who me rited the same end ,
.

The outcome was not lea rned until d awn fo r not one ,
’
of the Ch inese d ared ente r the gove rno r s room th at
ni ght fea ring lest a po rtion of the eighty S pani a rds
,

of the galley had taken refuge the re so cowa rdly did ,

 TH E PHI LIPPI N E IS LA ND S [ VO L 1 6

[ The s ec reta ry an d f ria r afte r su ff

,
e rin g g reat to r
tu res of mind from the Chinese who th reatene d ,

O ften to kill them a re s aved at l ast th rough the s u

, ,

p e r s t i t i o n of the Chinese and left,

asho re on th e I lo
cos coast T he Chinese show thei r cowa rdice in a
.

con fl ict with the natives on th at coast whithe r the y ,

retu rn l ate r to sacri fice to the demon one of thei r

Ch ristian Filipino p risone rs Being una b le to reac h .

China they land at C och i nch i na whe re the k ing o f

, ,
“

T unq ui n seizes thei r cargo and t wo l arge p ieces o f ,

a rtille ry em b arked fo r the expe d ition to M aluc o th e , ,

royal stand ard and all the j ewels o rnam ents and
, , ,

mone y H e let the g alley dr i ft asho re

.
”
The new s .

causes great lamentation in M anil a S ome of thos e .

who h ated the gove rno r rej oiced b ut thei r wr ath i m ,

medi ately vanished an d they we p t generally ”

S ub .

sequent events follow

T he news h avin g b een learned in M anil a ,

an d no p a p e r s of the gove rno r being found ap p oint ,

in g his successo r ( althou g h it was known th at he h ad

a royal decree fo r this ) and believin g i t ha d bee n
,

l ost in the g alley along with much of his own p ro p

e r ty,
and that of the king and p rivate pe rsons : the
city appointed L icentiate R oj as as gove rno r an d he ,

fi lled the post fo r fo r ty d ays But the secretary J ua n

.
,

de Cuell a r togethe r with F ray Fr anc I s c o de M o n

,

till a retu rning in a wretched p light to M anil a re

, ,

po rted th at G ome z P e re z bef o re leaving had lef t

, ,

the appointment d rawn in favo r of his son D on ,

L uis ; and that they woul d find it in a box in the

convent of S t A ugustine with othe r p apers in car e
.
,

o f Fray D ie g o M u n o z R oj as had al ready sent an

.

o rde r to Ceb il fo r all the men of the expedition to re

tu rn which was o b eyed Thereu p on D on L uis h av
,
.
,
 ’
ARGEN SOLA S CON QVI STA

in g come b y vi rtue of the autho rity d ele g ated b y his

,

fathe r although wi th certain p rotests succee d e d to

, ,

th at gove rnment until the arrival of Don Fr ancisco

,

Tello .

S uch was the end of that cavalie r whose achieve ,

ments ju d g ed by themselves h ave wo rth an d receive

, , ,

wo rth also by his zeal in p e rforming them H e di d .

not lac k p olitical and milita ry vi rtues o r p rudence in ,

b oth B ut he shut his eyes to examples and contrary

.
, ,

to thei r te a chin g da re d p rom i se himself results so

, ,

th a t he became rash and even con fi dent B ut Ch r is .

ti an ch arity excuses all this .

D on L uis his k in d re d an d f riends wished to con

, , ,

ti nu e the expedition to M aluco an d Fath e r A ntonio ,

Fe rnan d ez came fo r that pu rpose f rom Ty d o re ; but

i t was not carrie d out The fl eet was b roken up
.
,

which was a si gnal p rovidenc e fo r the Filipinas I s

l ands Fo r at the b eginning of the following ye a r
.
,

one thousand five hund red an d ninety fou r a co n -

,

s i d e r ab l e num b e r of Chinese vessels la d en WI th men ,

an d a rms b ut no me rchandise as was thei r wont

, ,

c ame to the isl ands T he vessels b rou ght seven man

.

da rins some of the greatest vice roys o r gove rno rs of

,

thei r p rovinces I t was rumore d an d was p rove d th a t

.

when they lea rne d th at as G omez P e rez had unde r ,

ta ken th at expedition ( on which he had been accom

p a n i e d b y all the S p ania rds ) they woul d fi n d the ,

country unarmed they we re of a min d to co nque r it

,

—
o r s ack i t which would have been ve ry e asy fo r
them had they foun d it as they expected T he man
, .

da rins left thei r shi ps twice to visit Don L uis a t ,

tended by a great pomp an d retinue H e received .

them kindly an d gave e ach man da rin a gol d neck

,

lace They told him that they had come by o rde r o f

.
 TH E PHI IPPI N E IS LA ND S
L [ Vol 1 6

thei r king to get the Chinese who we re wande ring

unsettled among those isl an ds witho ut his leave But .

this was conside red a p retext fo r the truth fo r so ,

many mand arins we re unnecessa ry fo r it o r so man y ,

arme d shi p s and Sup plies Those Chinese we re the .

same as those who kille d G ome z P e rez men f rom ,

C h i nch eo. A ccordingly Don L uis as against a ,

known o ffende r sent his own cousin Don Fe rnando

, ,

de Castro in a vessel to recount thei r treache ry to the

,

Chinese king ; but the voyage tu rned out badly and ,

this e ffo rt wholly failed .

A t this time L an g a ra king of C amb oxa requeste d

, ,

hel p ea rnestly and as ke d D on L uis to keep the

,

p romise th at his fathe r h ad made him some time b e

fo re Consequently i n ful filment o f it and so th at
.
, ,

those fo rces o r some po rtion of them shoul d con

, ,

tin ne in the service o f the Chu rch fo r which they ,

we re p repa re d as a bene fi t fo r T e rn ate b e dete r ,

mined to aid th at king with them .

[ A desc ription of C a mb ox a follows with o b se rva ,

tions on its religion wealth p roducts industries and

, , , ,

faun a The account of the fi rst expedition to th at

.

country is as follows
Don L uis with zeal to red u ce those nations to
‘

the bosom o f the Chu rch an d thei r we alth an d kin gs

,

to the vassal age of the S p anish c rown equipped ,

th ree vessels I n them he sent C aptain J uan X u a re z

.

G al l i na to a native of Tene rife one of the Cana rias ,

I slan ds with one hund red and t wenty S p ania rds

—
,

besi des some Filipinos T hey left Ceb il but a te r

.
,

rible sto rm immediately ove rtook them and sep a ,

rate d the boats G al l i na to bo rne by the fu ry of the

.
,

winds put in at M al a ca and the othe r two vessels at

, ,

C amb oxa . They as cended the rive r whe re they ,

 TH E PH I LIPPI N E IS LA ND S [ Vol 1 6

and i f necessa ry to resist a whole a rmy T hey set

,
.

about the accomplishment of that ente r p rise dis ,

p ro p o rtionate to human strength They s et fi re to .

the powde r m aga z ine T he townspeople ran up to

.

its aid o r to see the d amage A mid the confusion

,
.
,

the S p aniar d s entered the p al ace an d since they ,

k new the royal apa rtments they p enetrated the m , ,

until they encounte red the kin g in p erson H avin g .

cut to pieces the sol die rs of his gua rd they kille d ,

h i m also with thei r dag g ers H e defende d himsel f

.

and c ried out but when his men arrived with help
,

they foun d that he ha d b led to death T he rumo r .

of th is d ee d aroused the gua rd and then the city , ,

which has mo re than thi rty thousand inh a b itants .

T hese seizin g thei r arms mo re th an fi fteen thousand

,

men pu rsued the S pani ards with the a rms th at fu ry

p l aced in thei r hands an d with many a rme d ele
,

p h a nt
,
s which we re not unskille d in wa rf are O u r .

two captains fo rmed thei r squadron and c ontinue d ,

to reti re in excellent o rde r always fi ghtin g an d k ill

, ,

in g not a few enemies T he battle l aste d all ni g ht,

.

and until the second d ay when they reached the,

ships w ith inc redible e ffo rt T hey em b arked an d .

left that k in gdom full of new dissensions The sec .

ond d ay afte r G allina ro arrived in his shi p H e

,
.

landed upon hea ring of the event as he thought that

, ,

he would not be ful fi llin g his duty if when he hea r d ,

the d rums an d bells and s aw the streets and po rt b e

, ,

fo re filled with trade rs but now with squ a d rons he

, ,

did not take help to the S p ani ards H e gave exp res s .

o rde rs t o his followe rs to act with all deco rum so ,

th a t they might relieve the anxiety of the C amb o

di ans an d reassu re them both by t hei r bearing an d
,

in the calmness of thei r a r guments The chief men .

 ’
ARGEN SOLA S CON QVI STA

o f C amboxa visite d them p eacefull y an d G al l i nato ,

treated them very cou rteously H e might h ave pe r .

forme d some great e xploit but seeing that he h ad so

,

few tro op s fo r the unde rtaking and that affai rs h ad ,

now taken anothe r fo rm and diffe rent condition b e ,

dete rmined to withdra w H e Opposed the m aj ority

.

o f those in fl uential men who p romise d h im the

,

c rown of the kin g dom since they we re well in cline d

,

to the S pani ards an d to fo reign domination From .

this came that fl i p p ant repo rt th at G al l i nato was kin g

O f C amb ox a which was believed by many in E s p afi a ;
,

and it was rep resented in the the ate rs of that country

with acclaim and appl ause S ome men well ve rse d .

i n a ffai rs of those p rovinces we re of O pini o n th at i f

G al l i na to had emb raced the opportunity he mi g ht ,

h ave sei z ed C amb oxa an d added it to the S panish

c rown I have seen lette rs fro m Velloso an d Bla s
.

R uiz to the A u dienci a o f M anil a afte r the event in ,

which they say the s ame and compl ain of G al l i nato

,

fo r rep riman ding wh at they did But G al l i nato .

whose p ru dence and valo r which h ad been p rove d ,

on the most p e rilous occasions in th at E aste rn l an d,

an d m any years b efo re in the wars of Flandes woul d ,

not allow him to b e easily a ffected by po p u l a r ap

l au s e — showing an hono rable ave rsion t o this
p
temptation saile d away to retu rn to M anila H e
, ,
.

took in p rovisions at C au ch i nch i na B l as R uyz an d .

D I e g o Veloso had also l an ded the re befo re an d went ,

alone ove rl an d to the kingdom of the L aos which ,

lies west of C auch i nch i na to find the deposed king

,

L anga ra to restore him to his th rone They found

,
.

that he was al ready dead but th at his son was livin g

,
.

U pon them tel l ing him th at they had killed the usu r
pe r his uncle and enemy he went immedi ately to
, ,
 TH E PHI LIPPI N E IS LA ND S [ VO L 1 6

his kingdom with Veloso and R uyz accom pan ied by ,

ten thousand men whom the king of the L aos gave

,

him contra ry to all expectations H e attacked C am

,
.

boxa where R uyz an d Veloso always faithfully a c

,

comp anied him b oth du ring the wa r an d afterward

, ,

in the gove rnment A fte r that the king sent anothe r

.

em b assy to Fil ipin as askin g fo r men to qu iet the t e

,

hellions in the kin g dom ; and he an d his vassals

p romise d to receive the faith of J esus Ch rist H e .

also p romised a great p o rtion of C a mb oxa to the

S p aniards so that they might live off its tri b utes
,
.

T his em b assy re ached M anila just when D on L uis ,

had left the gove rnment an d handed it ove r to Don

Francisco T ello which gave occasion to T ernate to
,

establish its tyrannies mo re fi rmly .

[ A sho rt account of P ed ro de A c u fi a s f o rti fi cation ’

o f Carta gena in the West I ndies is given and the

, , ,

consequent with d rawal without attack of the H aw , ,

k ins an d D ra ke fl eet des p atche d in 1 5 9 5 by Queen

E liz abeth A cu ri a shows in eve ry way the abil ity
.

o f a g oo d commande r ] .

But let us retu rn to A ssia The Cambo d ians still .

hoped to receive aid from the Fil ipinas by thei r usual

p romise of conve rsion and vassal age Don Lu is de .

l as M ari n as accepted the expedition to make it in ,

pe rson and at his own cost H e left M anila with .

DOn D ie g o J o rdan ( an I talian ) D on P ed ro d e ,

Figue roa P ed ro V i l l estil an d H e rnando de los R ios

, ,

Co ronel S panish captains the l ast n amed at p resent

,

a p riest and who h a d also been in the fi rst wa r of

,

C amb oxa A fu rious tempest struck them in the

.

o pen sea which lasted th ree days with the us u a l

, ,

horrors The shipwreck was pitiful Two vessels

. .

we re k nocked to pieces and the sea swallowed u p all ,

2 70 TH E PHI LIPPI N E IS LA ND S [ VO L 1 6

Fo r, since the empe ro r of J apon ha d cause d those

glo rious mar tyrdoms among the religious of the O r
de r of S t Franci s in the ye ar one thousan d five hun
.
,

d red and ninety five of which news had so l ately -

,

b een received it was fe are d that he was going to

,

menace Filipinas .

T he inhabitants of the isl ands [ s i c ] of M in danao

hate ou r n atio n as d eeply as do the T e rnat ans an d ,

take a rms against us in e ach and eve ry distu rbance ,

as they di d in th at last one of Te rn ate Consequently .

E stevan R od ri guez de Figue ro a made ce rtain a g ree

ments with Don Francisco T ello by vi rtue of which ,

he made wa r on the M indan aos and T e rnat ans at his

own expense ”
E stevan R odri guez was so rich that
?

he coul d unde rtake th at exploit with safety H e .

lived in A revalo a town of the island of P anaz [ s i c ]

, ,

one of the Fili pin as H e set out with some galleys .

,

f ragatas and ch amp ans an d one ship with S panish

, , ,

soldiers ; and mo re than one thousan d five hund red

natives f rom P intados as pionee rs H e reached ,
.

the rive r of M indanao A p ril twenty one thousand ,

five hund red and ninety six whe reupon the n atives -
,

of the pl ace ( wh o a re especi ally called M ind anaos )

on seeing so b ra ve a people fled along up the river , ,

and abandoned thei r settlement to the fu ry of wa r .

The maj ority of them a rrived at the town B uy ahén ,

whe re R a x amu r a king of the M indan aos was then , ,

living T h e l a tter bec ause of his youthful age di d

.
, ,

not have the gove rnment in cha rge and everything ,

depende d on S ilonga an esteemed soldie r and cap ,

tain O u r men p roceeding up the ri ve r reached

.
, ,

Tampacan five leguas from the above village

,
.

S unt f thi s nd l ter expediti n t

ee acco s o nq uer M in a a o s o co

d ana o in VOL I x pp 1 8 1 1 88 2 8 1 2 9 8 ; and x pp 5 3 75 2 1 4

, .
, .
-
,
-
, .
-
, ,

21 5, 21 9 226
-
.
 ’
ARGEN SOLA S CON QVI STA

P rince D i ng u i l i bOt uncle of M on ao its legitimate

, ,

lo rd ( also a youth ) was gove rnin g it T hese rule rs

,
.

were of thei r own acco rd f riends to the S pani ards ;

, ,

and consequently o n seein g thei r a rms went out

, ,

p eacefully to meet them and offe re d them thei r hel

,
p .

T hey told the S paniards th at the enemy and they

we re also hostile to the men of B uy ahen h ad taken
refuge in thei r fo rt at th at p l ace E stevan R od ri .

g u e,
z having he a rd the news and having compli
mented those p rinces o rde re d the fl eet to weigh ,

ancho r an d to co ntinue the pursuit fo r fou r le gu as ,

always up stream to B uy ahén H aving a rrived he
,
.
,

l a nded his men on S t M a rk s day M aste r o f cam p

.
’
.
- -

J u an de la X a ra led the men although they lande d ,

with but little o rde r fo r they had not fo u g ht with

,

the M indanaos and th ou g ht that it woul d b e easy

,

to ro ut the m as i f fo r th at re ason o r fo r any othe r ,

conside ration one shoul d p ermit a l ac k o f milita ry

,

discipline E stevan Ro d ri g uez trie d to co rrect the

.

con fusion b y his p resence by landin g in pe rson H e ,

.

went cl ad in a rmo r so strong that a cha rge f ro m an ,

28 8
esmeril would not p ass th rou gh it O nly his .

head was una rmed but cove red with a cap and ,

p l u mes while a negro ca rried his helmet H e was

,
.

accompanied by five well a rmed sol die rs H e h ad -

.

not taken m o re than fi fty steps when an I ndian ,

n amed U b al suddenly ran out of some dense tufted

thic kets an d attacking him with his cam p ilan cleft
, , ,

O pen h is hea d U bal was the b rothe r o f S ilonga

.
,

an d owne r of the only cow in all that country H e .

killed it th ree days p revious to this misfo rtune and , ,

inviting his f riends to the feast p romised to kill the ,

most distinguished pe rson o f the S pani ards in that

A s m al l pi ece o f o rdn a nc e .
 TH E PH I LIPPI N E IS LA ND S [ Vol 1 6

wa r H e ful fi lled his wo rd fo r E stevan R od ri guez

.
,

fell from his wound , and die d three days afte rwa r d
, ,

without havin g answe red a sin gle word to the qu es

tions as k e d him althou gh he decl a re d his answe rs ,

by si gns T he five S p ania rd s on seein g thei r ca p

.
,

—
tain wounded s o suddenly th at the mu rdere r a p
p ea re d and the b lo w was heard at the sam e mo men t
fell u p on U b al and cut him to p ieces They i n .

fo rmed M aste r of camp X a ra of the gene ral s death - -

’
,

who sti fl in g his resentment with d rew his men and

, , ,

built a fo rt in the most suitable pl ace nea r the rive r ,

.

H e founded the re his colony with suitable arrange ,

ments s o that ou r people could settle it H e a p pointed

,
.

reg i d o rs an d ministers of justice and called it N u ev a ,

M u rci a in hono r of the M u rci a of E spa n a his n ativ e ,

re g ion T hen he left a ffai rs incom p lete intendin g

.
,

to ma rry the widow of E stevan R o d ri gue z D ofi a ,

A n a de O se gue ra ; an d reached Filip in as in the fi rst

p art of J une G overno r Do n Francisco T ello , hea r
.

in g of the event at E l E mb ocade ro ”

one hun d red ,

leguas f rom M anil a and havin g been wa rned of ,

K ara s desi gn in coming a rreste d him at his a rrival

’
, ,

and sent Captain Toribio de M i rand a to take ch ar ge

of the wa r in M indanao The latte r found the troo ps .

w ithd rawn to the port of L a C al dera which is on ,

the same isl and but distant thi rty six le g uas from ,
-

the mouth of the rive r The re they remained until .

O ne the ea rly a ppell a ti ons of the s tr it b et ween the

of a

n rthwes t p int O f S m r and the

o o utheas t p int of L u é n n w
a a so o z , o

k n wn as S n B ern rdin S trait As it was the e gul r utlet f

o a a o . r a o or

the ves s el s plyin g b etween the P hilippines nd N ueva E p fi a thi s a s a ,

s tr it w as a l s
a c lled P so de A c pul c
o a the Acapulco p as s a ge
a a o

By me auth rities the meridi an f San B ern rdino w s us ed as

so o o a a

s t n d a rd me idi n of dep a rture S e S n A nt oni o s

” ’
the a o ,
r r a . e a

C h ni as p a rt i 5 5 ( c ited b y Ret a na in Z I i ig a s Es tadis m ii p

' ‘ ’
ro c , ,
II o, , .

see al s o p .
 TH E PHI LIPPI N E IS LA ND S [ Vol 1 6

one hund red and fo rty well arme d men H e l anded -

.

with one hund red and sixteen men to gethe r with ,

Ca p tains R uy G omez A rell ano G a rci a G ue rre ro , ,

Ch ristoval Villagra and Alonso de P alma H e ,

.

met the enemy at a distance o f eighty p aces on the

bank of the rive r T he T e rnatans an d M indanaos
.

had ca refully cleared the f ront of thei r fo rt but h ad ,

desi gnedly left a thicket at one side o f it whe re th ree ,

hun dred T e rn at ans we re ambushed while the rest ,

we re inside the fo rtress A s both p arties s aw how .

few of ou r men we re attacking them they grew ,

ash amed of thei r fo rtress and ambush Th re atenin g .

ou r men insolently they showed themselves and a d

,

v ance d u po n the Sp ania rds T hey foun d so great .

o pposition from ou r men that wi thout usin g any

strata gem o r fo r no othe r reason beyond na tu ral

,

stren g th at the fi rst shock of b attle ne arly all th e

,

T e rna t ans we re killed and the rest fl ed O u r men ‘

.
,

p u rsued them until they killed them all The men .

of T amp ac a who had been neutral until then in

, ,

consi de ration of the deal ings of Fo rtune an d seein g ,

th at she had decl ared in ou r favo r too k u p arms fo r ,

us O nly seventy seven T e rnatans b adly wounded

.
-
, ,

escaped ; an d fi fty of these we re d rowned in the rive r ,

into which they had thrown themselves in despe ra

tion O nly th ree of the twen ty seven su rvived an d
.
-
,

they info rmed thei r king of it The S p ani ards seized .

the boats artill e ry and spo ils of the conque red and
, ,

b ecame encou rage d to continue the wa r against i n

fi d el s .

Don Francisco Tello was not neglectful o f othe r

simil a r occurre nces H e learned by his spies an d
.
,

rumo r h ad it that the empe ro r of J apon was col

,

l ec ti ng a l arge army and p rep a ring many boats fo r

 ’
ARGEN SOLA S CON QVI STA 2 75

it an d l a r ge supplies of arms and fo o d I t was also

,
.

le a rned th at he was secu ring himself by tre aty f rom , ,

the Chinese of whom the J a p anese because of thei r

, ,

n atu ral enmity live in fea r H ence they infer red

,
.

th at he was equi pping himself to make war outside

his kingdoms H e had negotiated and concluded
.

allian ces with the king of Te rnate an d with othe r ,

neighbo rs who we re hostile to th e Sp anish c rown .

From all of those actions the re resulted eage r con

j e c t u r es th at all th at tempest was th reatening the
Filipinas and pa rticul arl y thei r capital M anil a
, ,
.

The gove rno r p repared his fo rces an d unde r p retext ,

o f saluting th at b arba ric empero r w ith a p resent ,

sent C aptain A l d erete to find out the truth Th e .

amb assado r left fo r J a p on in J uly A t the same .

time Don Francisco s ent the g alleon S an Feli p e

,
”

to N uev a E s p afi a with advice of those rumo rs T hose .

two vessels that of Al de rete an d the

,
S an Felipe ”
,

met in J apon and the natives did not concei ve well

,

disposed intents conce rning them A lde rete learne d .

tho roughly the fo rces an d designs of the J apanese ,

an d his e ffo rts we re o f use in clea ring up the ap p re

he ns i ons p revalent in M anila and p reventing u n ,

re asonable fea rs H e b rou ght anothe r splendid

.

p resent to the gove rno r an d both sides m ad e p ro,

vision fo r any possible outcome .

The A udienci a was again established in M anil a

in the yea r one thousand five hund red and ninety
eight for King Filipo was p rud ently confe rring
,

a u tho rity on that p rovince The auditors L i cen — .

t i a te s Z amb rano M e z c o a an d Telle z de A l maga n

29 0
, ,

and Fiscal G e ro ny mo S ala z a r y S alcedo fo rmed it ,

.

[ The same yea r when the A u diencia was r e é s t a b

29 °
T hi s i s n erro r
a mi s pri nt f or M rg or o a
 TH E PHI LIPPI N E IS LA ND S [ Vo l 1 6

l i s he d , Felipe II d ies at the E s cori al ( S ep tembe r

1 3, an d
is succeeded by his son Felipe I I I .

Neglect falls upon M olucca a ffai rs z] .

Now at this time H e aven was hasten

ing the reduction of the M aluc as and the punishment ,

of the persecution of the faith ful altho ug h the ty ,

rants acted mo re insolently But since the ente rp ris e

.

h ad to be p repa red and executed in the Fili p inas

I sl ands and dete rmined and encou ra ged in the s u
,

p reme Council of the I n d i as it was advisable fo r the

,

p resident and counselo rs to displ ay some warmth in

the cause which by unh ap p y ci rcumstances as one
-
,

desp ai red of no one enlivened ; and the p ape rs o f

,

discussion and notices bel ongin g to it we re fo r gotten

an d he aped togethe r .

[ Meanwhile the alliance o fT ernate with the E n g

lish co ntinues Book vi ends with a tale o f occ u r
.

rences in the household of the king of T e rnat e ]

[ T he g reate r p a rt of the seventh bo o k is taken u p

with the trans l ation o r con dens ation f rom the Dutch
relation of the fi rst voyage of van Ne k to the E as t
I ndies A critical résum é of E rasmus s desc ription
.
’

o f H oll an d an d its people is given which allows ,

A rgenso la as a chu rchman an d go od C atholic to

, ,

inveigh against the heresies an d many religions of

the D utch A s a consequence of the Dutch expedi
.

tion the T e rna tans gain new life in thei r oppositio n

,

to the P ortugues e and S p ani ards Frequent em .

b as s i es are Sent to M anil a f rom the P o rtuguese

an d n atives at Tido re requesting aid fo r the M o
,

—
l u cc as which Fr ancisco Tello was neglecting as ,

o the r matte rs appeared mo re important O ne em .

b a ssy in cha rge of the b rothe r of the king of T i

,
 TH E P H I L IPPI N E IS LA ND S [ Vo l 1 6

i ts vicinity H e built galleys and other boats w hi ch

.
,

we re greatly needed fo r the defense of the se a whi c h ,

was then in fested by p i rates an d nea r b y e nemies -

,

especi ally the M indanaos H e visited then the p rov .

i nces o f P intados and atten d ed to the needs of those

,

regions I n one of these visits besi des the sto rms

.
,

su ffe red b y his little ves sel ( which carried only th ree
soldie rs ) anothe r si gnal dange r ove rtook him
,
.

Twen ty two E nglish vessels en ri ched with the b ooty

-
,

th at they had seized from the isl ands of that gove rn

ment tried to atta ck and captu re h i m But fo r lack
,
.

of a tide they remained stranded and could not row ,

.

Don P e d ro s aw th at they th rew ove rbo a rd mo re than

two thous and of thei r many S panish an d isl ande r
ca p tives in o rde r to lighten themselves T hey also .

th rew ove rb oa r d a bea u ti ful S p anish gi rl seventeen

yea rs ol d L ate r the M anila fl eet went in pursuit
.
,

o f them and it was able to captu re some o f the

,

p i rates an d they we re p unished B ut th at p u nish

,
.

ment was much less than thei r cruel ty Don P ed ro .

29 1

t rie d to remove the hin d rances to the enterp rise th at

he was meditating b ut ha d to del ay fo r some months
,

wh at he m ost wished to h asten in o rde r to despatch ,

J o l o an and J apanese matter s .

C h i q u i ro the J a p anese ambassado r had recently

, ,

a rrived in M anila bearing a p resent of the p r o ducts

,

an d industries of those kingdoms an d lette rs ; he also ,

had orde rs to n e goti ate fo r f riendship w ith the g ov

e rno r and comme rce between th e J apanese em pe ro r
,

( by name D a i fu s a ma ) and the Fili pin as an d N u ev a

E spa n a T he p roximity o f those p rovinces the

.
,

powe r of the J ap an e se kings thei r n atu ral disposi ,

See M o r ga s unt f thi where

’
ac co o s, it a ppe rs th a t the e
a s

were no t E n gli s h b ut na tive M o ro boa ts

, .
 ’
ARGENSOLA S CON QVI STA

tions an d othe r ci rcumstances which ex p e rience

,

showe d to be wo rthy o f se rious consideration de ,

mand ed th at th at comme rce b e not refuse d al —

th ou g h fo r the same reasons the Op inion was ex

, ,

p ressed that it was not ad visa b le B ut since th at .

ba rba rian had once es p oused th at desire i t was not ,

e asy to fi nd a me ans to settle the matte r without

c ausin g j ealousy o r an ge r D ay fus ama requested
.

the n that the S p ani ards trade in Quanto a port of ,

one of his own p rovinces ; that they esta b lish f riend

ship s o that the J ap anese could g o to N uev a E spa n a ;
,

that the gove rno r send him maste rs and wor k

men to b uild shi p s for h i m in J ap on in o rde r ,

to continue that navi g ation D ay fus ama insisted

.

u pon this havin g been pe rsuade d by one of ou r

,

reli g i ous of the O rde r of S t Francis one Fray .

,

G e rony mo de J esus whom the J apanese k in g es

,

teeme d greatly This was a se rious matte r and

.
,

in many ways most dama g in g to the Fili p inas .

I n those isl ands the g reatest secu rity a g ainst those

,

p rovinc es h as consisted fo r many yea rs in the lack o f

s hi p s and p ilots among the J a p anese togethe r with ,

thei r i g norance of the art of n avigation I t h as been .

observed by expe rts that wheneve r that insolent ba r

,

b a ri an has shown any intenti o n to a rm a g ainst M a

nil a he has been p revented by this obstacle Gonse
, .

quently to sen d him wo rk men an d maste rs to buil d

S p anish vessels fo r him w oul d be equivalent to p ro
,

v i d i ng him weapons a g ainst the S p ani ards them

selves ; an d the n avigation of the J ap anese wo uld b e

the p relude to the destruction of Filipin as an d N u ev a
E spa n a while l ong voyages by the J apanese we re
,

in advisable an d mo reove r contrary to safety Con

, §
.

s i d e r i ng all these re as ons G ove rno r Don P ed ro d e

,
 TH E PHI LIPPI N E IS LA ND S [ Vol 1 6

Acu fi a o rde red the amb assado r Chiqui t o to b e ente r

t ai ne d Splendidly H e g ave him some p resents for
.

his king and fo r himself , and desp atched a vessel

—
with anothe r p resent a mode rate one s o that it ,

might not ar gue fe a r as it woul d i f he to ok too m uch

,
.

I t sailed to g ethe r with the ship of D ay fus am a an d

his amb assado r b oth b ein g fi lled with a rticles of
,

b arte r The letters of Don P e d ro contained lon g

.

com p liments at his p leasu re in p rocu rin g the estab

l i shme nt of g reate r f riendshi p But he sai d that al
.
,

though he ha d received full p owe r from King Fili pe

fo r thin gs p ertaining to the gove rnment of Fil i
p inas that p art of the kin g s embassy touching his
,
’

request fo r s ailo rs and the buildin g of S p anish ships

he was u na b le to decide until he shoul d inform the
,

vice roy o f N neva E spa n a ; no r coul d the vice roy de

c i d e it witho u t speci al o rders fro m his M ajes ty .

H e p ro mise d the J a p anese kin g to write a b out it fo r

him and to ai d the accom p lishment of so just a de
,

si re B ut he warned him that it would b e necessary

.

to wait mo re than th re e years fo r t he fu rthe ranc e

a nd resolution of the matte r b ecause of the distanc e
,

an d acci d ents of so lon g voyages I t was o rde re d .

that the s ame Fray G e rony mo himself should delive r

all this mess a ge to D ay fus ama G e rony mo de J esus
.

was written to in secret i nstructing and rep rovin g

,

him H e was orde red to tell the J a p anese mon a rch

.

that the gove rno r esteemed his good will exhibited

towa rd the comme rce an d f rien dship of the S p an
i a rd s and his own great desi re fo r them
,
H e was .

to encou rage him to keep the peace which the gov ,

e rno r himsel f would keep without any infringement .

B ut he was orde re d subtly to dive rt the king s min d ’

f ro m simil ar d es i res and p ro positions and not to ,

 TH E PHI LIPPI N E IS LA ND S [ VoL 1 6

r aw sil k and va rious othe r a rticles

,
Thu s J a p a .

nese demands are met and the empe ro r is s atis fie d ,

with the di plomatic answe r retu rne d to him Mean .

while “
Do n P ed ro s thought bo re on the recove ry
’

”
of the M alucas L etters pass bet ween him an d
.

the Po rtuguese commande r A nd re a Fu rtado de Men

doza in re g ard to the expedition and aid f rom th e ,

P hili ppines and the hostilities of the Dutch ( The

, .

J e suit b rothe r G asp ar G omez had been sent by

A cu n a f rom Mexico to S pain to show the necessi ty ,

and advanta ges of the expedition ; afte r va rious de

l ays i t was set on foot an d Furtado obtained many ,

s uccesses in A mboin a whe re he h ad some enco unter s

,

with the D utch T he king of Te rnate asked hel p

.

f rom J ava and

T he season and necessity co m p elled G ene ral Fu r
t ad o to request u rgently the help th at was b ein g p re
p a red i n Filipinas A m b o i no is eight
.
y legua s f rom
those islands A cco rdingly he sent Fathe r A n d res
.

P e reyra a J esuit and Captain A ntonio B rito Fo

, ,

ga go in M ay of the yea r one thousan d six hund red

,

and two They reached Ceb u July twenty five

.
-
.

T hey s ailed thence fo r M anil a A ugust six an d en , ,

te re d that city S eptembe r five Don P ed ro de A cu .

n a rej o iced greatly ove r thei r a rrival H e asked .

them so great was his desi re and inte rest o r ra the r , ,

—
h i s noble rival ry minutely conce rning the expedi
tions of G ene ral Fu rtado S ince the latte r h a d re .

fe rred to them in his lette rs they gave an extended ,

relation of them an d executed his emb assy e ach one

, ,

ful fi lling the o ffi ce that he p rofessed Don P ed ro .

di d not del ay the sending [ of re e nfo rcements ] H e

assembled the c ouncil of wa r whe re it was resolved ,

to send Fu rtado the help that he requested without ,

 ’
ARGEN SOLA S CON QVI STA

d el ay ,
lthou gh they felt o b li ged to a ccommo d ate
a

themselves to the necessities of the country Follow .

ing this decision the gove rno r sent a messa ge to the

p ro vinces of P intado s o rde rin g ca p tain J uan K u arez
G al l i nato chief of them to p rovi de all necess aries
, ,

fo r the expedition an d himself to sail with his best

,

disciplined infantry f rom Ce b u to the ci ty o f A re

valo the pl ace assign e d fo r assembling the fl eet G al
,
.

l i nato did this and also sent a vessel to O to n to l ade

,

as much as possible of the sup p lies I t reached O to n .

O ctobe r twenty ei g ht an d the same d ay Do n P e d ro

-
,

left M anil a fo r P inta dos in o rder by h is p resence

, , ,

to ins p i re greate r haste in th e des p atch o f the fl eet ,

wh ich was al r eady almost ready in O to n H e a r .

rive d the re Novembe r thi rteen S o fie ry was h i s .

Spi rit th at he assembled the re e nfo rcement and e n

t rusted i t to J uan K u a rez G al l i na to w ithout allo w

in g the expeditions from X olo and M in dana o to em
b a rrass him even though he saw the natives of those
,

islands divide d into di fferent bo dies among the P in

,
’
t a d os pill aging an d mu rde rin g his M ajesty s v as
,

s als an d a p pointed him gene ral and commande r o f

that expedition .

[ Fu rtad o aft e r asking

,
the reenfo rcement f rom
Acu fi a goes to the M o luccas
,
S ome o f his men a re
.

d efeated in a naval engagement with the natives ,

whe reu p on Fu rtado buil ds a fo rt at the f rien dly

island of M achian ] .

A fte r the fleet milita ry sto res and food h ad b een

,

co llecte d they we re del ive re d to G al l i nato by the

,

audi to rs an d fi scal of the A udienci a The supplies .

consisted of one thousan d f aneg as o f cle aned rice ,

th ree h und red head of cattle two hund re d j ars of ,

wine eighty quint al s of nails and bolts fo rty quintals

, ,
 TH E PHI LIPPI N E IS LA ND S [ VO L 1 6

o f powde r th ree hund red Yl oco s bl anke t s seven

, ,

hund red va ras of Castilian wool one hun dre d s ail ,

needles and th i r ty j ugs of oil The men amounte d

,
.

to two hund red soldie rs one hund re d and sixty five -

a rquebusie rs and thi rty fiv e musketee rs twenty two - -

sailo rs seve ral p ilo ts one master th ree artille rymen

, , ,

in the S anta P otenciana and twenty co mmo n se a

”
,

men T he monthly expense of all that equipmen t

.

amounted to twenty two th ousan d two hund red and-

sixty pesos T his having been done o n the p a rt o f

.

the gove rno r and A u diencia they requi re d Fathe r ,

And res P e reyra an d Ca p tain B rito to go with the

—
re e nfo rcement which G al l i nato h ad read y with its ,

colo rs and with Captains Ch ristoval Vill agr a an d

,

J u an Fe rn andez de To rres T he company of C ap .

’
tain Don To mas B ravo the g ove rno r s nephew s o n , ,

of D o n G a rcia his brothe r was left be hin d ; but the ,

captain went and se rved b ravely on the ex p e d ition

,
.

The infantry was taken on the ship S an cta P oten

ci ana an d on the f ra g atas S anto A nton
”
,
”
S an S e ,
” “ ” “
bastian S an Buenaventu ra
,
and S an Fr ancis ,
”
co . T he fl eet l eft the po rt of Y l oi lo J anua ry twen
ty one thousand six hund red and th ree and reached
, ,

L a Cal de ra in M ind anao the t wenty fi fth T hey -

.

remained the re until the twenty eighth as they had -

,

some informatio n conce rnin g thos e enemies T hen .

they s ailed t owa rd M aluco and sighte d the isl and of ,

S ia o Febru a ry seven and at dawn o f the next day ,

th at of T aol a n fou r leguas f rom S iao The re th e

,
.

f ragata S ant A nton was w recked on a shoal of

the isl and which gave great er anxie ty to the fleet
,
.

G a l l i na to made e ffo rts so th at the men shoul d not

perish H e sent C aptain Villagr a w ho s aved them
.
, ,

as well as the weapons and the p ieces of a rtillery ;

 TH E PHI LIPPI N E I SLA ND S [ VO L 1 6

as sent to the Molucca ex p edition an d the followin g ,

dec ree was sent to Acufi a z]

Don P ed ro de A cu n a my gove rn o r
and ca p tain gene r a l of the Filipina s I slands
,

an d ,

p resident of my royal A udiencia the rein O n S ep .

tem b e r tw enty o f the past ye a r six hundred and th ree , ,

I wrote you by an advice boat on which G asp a r G o-

mez of the S ociety of Jesus too k p assage fo r N neva

, ,

E s p a fi a my resolution in regard to what you w rote

,

me f ro m N neva E spa n a when yo u went to take ,

cha rge of that offi ce about the Te rnate expedition

,
.

I n ac co r d ance with th at resolution I h ave o rdered ,

a contingent o f fiv e hund red men to b e collected in

these kingdoms which a re to be conveyed in the trad

,

in g fleet th at sails to Nueva E spa n a this year I .

wrote to the vice roy to have anothe r five hund red

men enlisted so that at the ve ry least ei ght hun d red
, ,

men could be sent you for this ente rp rise I have .

ap p ointe d fou r captains fo r the contin gent f rom

these kin g doms .O ne o f them n amely A dmi ral , ,

J u an de E squivel is to be commande r and gove rno r

,

of the said soldiers I h ave also app o inted six su b

.

s ti tu tes p racticed and ex p e rienced soldie rs so that

, , ,

in c ase a ny of the s aid captains die these may take ,

comman d of the men and th at they may be in ch arge

,

o f the com p anies to be raised in N ueva E s p afi a as ,

I am w riting to the vice roy I have assigned forty.

ducado s pe r month as p ay to the said captains ; to

Ad mi ral J u an de E squivel the sum of sixty ; and to
the substitutes twenty five escudos apiece until they
,
-

reach Nueva E s pa n a Thencefo rward the said .

J u an de E squivel in case I o rde r him to be given the

,

- —
title of maste r o f camp sh all enjoy the sum of one
,

hund re d and twenty ducados p e r month ; but if he

 2 87
’
ARGEN SOLA S CON QVI STA

s e rves with the title of comman d e r an d gove rno r of

the s ai d soldie rs he sh all h ave sixty The s ub s ti
,
.

tu tes sh all receive fo rty ; and the sol die rs both those
levied in E spa n a an d th ose to be raised in N uev a
—
E s p a n a Shall have the sum of eight ducados pe r
month I have orde red the vice roy in ac co r d ance
.
,

with the a b ove to send to those isl ands the necess a ry

,

money to meet the pay of the soldie rs fo r one yea r .

I f they a re detained lon ge r in othe r a ffai rs of my

s e rv ice he sh all also fu rnish wh at m ay be neces s a ry
,

afte r advice f rom you I have thou ght it b est to

.

advise you of the above in or d e r to ch arge and ,

o rde r you th at if the p ay of the sol die rs can b e mod

,

c rated in respect to what is the re pai d men of th at

,

ran k you may refo rm the schedule j usti fi ably ad

, ,

v ising me the r e of and the vice roy of N u ev a E s p a n a

,
.

H oweve r yo u shall ma k e no alte ration in th e p ay of

,

Ad mi ral J uan de E squivel o r of the ca p tains alf e , ,

rezes o r su b stitutes I h ave also o rde re d the vice roy

,
.

to p rovide you with whateve r may be nec es sa ry, up

to the a mount of the one hund re d an d twen ty thou
s and ducad o s that you have aske d fo r this u nd e rt ak

in g ; also six p ieces of a rtillery fo r bom b a rdment ,

a nd fiv e hun dred quintals o f a rque b us p owde r T he .

men sent f rom he re a re a rme d with muskets and

a rquebuses Y ou shall be ca reful in the d i s t ri bu
.

t ion of this money an d in all the rest you shall exe r

,

cise the advisable care , system , and caution Y ou .

sh all endeavo r to atta i n the end sought as I con ,

fi dentl y ex p ect f ro m you with the men sent f rom ,

E sp a n a and those f rom Nueva E s pa n a togethe r

, ,

w ith t h ose whom you shall h ave colle cted in those

i sl ands fo r the expedition to Tern ate I f possible .
,

y o u sh all make the expedition in pe rson as you h ave ,

 TH E PHI LIPPI N E IS LA ND S [ VoL 1 6

o ffe re d to do and sh al l leave those islands p rovide d

,

as i t fittin g I n case con ditions a re such th at yo u

.

cannot go in p e rson on this ex p edition then y ou

, ,

s hall ap p oint anothe r man of the ex p e rien ce and

qualities requisite fo r it who may take enti re cha r ge

,

of it ; and fo r this I g ra nt y ou auth o rity I t is m y .

will that in case of you r death while on the ex p e d i

,

tio n o r th rou g h any o the r cause o r the death of the

, ,

p e rson whom you may a pp oint fo r it , A dmi ral J uan

de E squivel succeed in it and continue it A ll the .

sea and lan d forces who sh all take p a rt in the s aid

exp edition sh all obey him as th ey woul d you rs elf

,
.

I d ecl are that in this event and in case of you r de ath

, , ,

and the su ccession o f the sai d J uan de E squivel to the

cha rge of the ex p edition he sh all b e subj ect and ,

su b o rdin ate to my royal A udiencia in those isl a nd s .

T he c apta i ns in whose ch a rg e is the infant ry r ai s e d

in these k in g doms I have selecte d as wo rthy men
,
‘
who hav e se rved A ccor d in gly I ch a r ge and o r d e r
.

y o u th at you h o no r a nd favor them as fa r as pos

s i b le fo r in that I shall conside r myself served You
,
.

shall not dismiss them o r de p rive them of thei r com

p ani cs to g ive thes e to others without j ust cause , ,

unles s it be to a p point the m to bette r ofli ces H ow .

eve r if they shoul d commit crimes you may p unish

,

them as thei r su p e rio r I t is su p pose d th at b y the

,
.

time of th e a rrival o f these soldie rs at those isl and s

an d they sh all leave Nueva E sp a n a in the fi rst ves
sels afte r the a rrival of the tradin g fl eet the re y ou
,
-

will have matte rs so well in h and that yo u may be g in

the expe dition immediately I ch arge you straitly .

to do with ci rcumspectness conside ration an d cau , ,

tion wh at I ex p ect from so gallant a soldie r T hes e .

men a re to be well disciplined and d rilled an d every ,

 TH E P H I LIPPI N E IS LA ND S [ Vo l 1 6

which we re b ein g k e p t in the most secu re of the

houses Two hund red and seventy houses , wood and
.

stone , we re b urned , an d even the monaste ry of S t .

Dominic ( b oth house an d chu rch ) the royal S p an ,

ish hospital and the ma g azines ; and not a sin g le edi

,

fi ce was left standin g in th e bu rned are a Fou rteen .

S p ania rds we re b u rned amon g whom was L icenti ate ,

S anz canon of the cathed ral to gethe r with s o me

, ,

I ndi ans and ne g roes T he lo ss was estimated at one .

million .

[ T he incident of the comin g o f the th re e Chine s e

m anda rins and thei r p retense of loo k in g for an is
lan d of gol d is described Th is with ce rtain ru mo rs .
,

readil y believe d leads to the outb reak of feelin g

,

against the Chinese o r Sang l ey s res i dent in M an il a

a nd o the r p a rts of the islan d Th at s ame yea r .

the insu rrection b y the m ta kes a ctive s ha p e .

A rg ensol a s account is su b stantially the same as th at

’

of othe r write rs H e traces the ins u rrectio n du r

.

in g its rise and p ro g ress , and the retreat o f th e

,

S ang l ey s with the consequent s lau ghte rs of tho se

,

p eople The foll owin g extrac ts and syno p ses a re

.

made from his account : ]

A t the time whe n G ove rno r Don P ed ro was at
te ndin g most closely to the wa r with M aluco the re ,

o ccu rre d i n M anil a a ci rcumstance su c h that it m i g h t

not only have suspende d the wa r but extinguishe d ,

t he enti re p rovince A man was residing in M anil a

.

‘
who had remained the re when the great pi rate
L i ma on ( of whose histo ry popul a r a c counts a re cu r
rent ) ca me against the city H e w as fo rme rly an .

id o late r and as was repo rted se rved the pi rate fo r

, , ,

a lewd pu rpose H is n ame was E nc a n and he w as

.
,

a n ative o f Semy g u a in the p rov ince of Chi ncheo .

 ’
ARGEN SOLA S CON QVI STA

H e w as b a p ti z ed durin g S antia go d e Ve ra s te rm ’
,

an d took the l atte r s su rname bein g calle d B aptista

’
,

de V e ra H e p roved sagacious industrious and o f

.
, ,

e ffi cacious ene rgy by me ans of which exe rcising his

, ,

t rading he came to possess g re at wealth an d to h ave

,

influence with the gove rno rs of Fili p inas Th rough .

his a rrangements the S ang l eys negotiated with Don

P ed ro askin g his consent to finish a p a ra p et o f
,

the wall th at he was completing at thei r own cost ; ,

fo r they as a po rtion of the commonwe alth wished

, ,

to do th is se rvice fo r his M aj es ty E ach of them .

o ffe re d fou r reals fo r the wo rk T h is se rvice and .

the thanks of the citi z ens whom E nc an o r B a p tista

,

h ad bought by bene fits destroyed o r de c reased the

,

sus p icions conceived a g ainst thei r cons p i racy H e .

was res p ected b y the S p ani a r d s and loved b y the

S ang l ey s H e had twice been thei r gove rno r an d
.
,

h ad many ado p te d sons and dependents .

Ne a r the P a ri a n was anothe r distri ct inh a b ited b y

J apane s e a race hostile to the S angl ey s with who m
, ,

they a re at constant wa r in thei r own country T he .

gove rno r summoned thei r headmen an d sounde d ,

them b y kin d methods as he wished to know how

,

to depend on them on any o ccasion an d i f they woul d ,

hel p against the Chinese i f wa r came The J a p anese .

,

pu ffed u p by the con fi d ence th at he placed in them ,

and elated that time woul d g ive them an oppo rtunity

to fi ght against thei r enemy ans we re d th at they were ,

ready to die with the S p ani ards S ome trou b le .

a r ose from this wise e ffort an d as the J ap anese kept

,

the sec ret b adly o r re fe rre d to it with exagge ration

, ,

it beca me public that Don P ed ro was going to kill

the S ang l ey s with thei r help S ome of the J ap anese .

told them that so that the Sang l ey s coul d flee and

,
 TH E P HI L IPPI N E IS LA ND S [ VoL 1 6

p ay the m fo r the warnin g M any Sa ng l eys tried to

.

take to the mountains while all were i n fea r T hose

,
.

who wished to revolt we re able to p ers ua d e the others

to do the same , and to quiet the anxious b y p romises .

I n fact the g reate r po rtion of them dete rmined to

,

rebel an d assi g ned S t Francis s d ay fo r the b e gin

,
.
’

nin g o f the insu rrection at the hou r when the Ch ris

,

ti ans woul d b e busie d in thei r chu rches in the hol y ,

feast S ome said th at the time assi gned fo r it w as

.

du rin g the ni ght when twenty five thousan d of the m

,
-

woul d ente r the ci ty an d behe a d ou r men S om e .

indications of it esca p ed notwithstan d in g thei r ,

s e c rec y J uan de T alave ra p arish p riest o f the h am

.
,

let o f Quia p o info rme d the a rch b isho p th at an I n

,

dian woman , with whom a S an gley was in love ha d ,

revealed to him the p lot fo r S t Franci s s d ay .

’
.

A ll these advice s and s ome othe rs we re lea rne d

immediatel y b y the gove rnor an d the royal Au d i en
ci a I t wo uld be s ufli ci ent to see the h aste with
.

which the Chinese sol d eve rything even to thei r ,

s hoes —
and a djusted thei r debts although this was
,

inte r p rete d rathe r as a desig n to g o away th an one

of treason I n o rde r to relieve them f rom fea r of
.

the S p aniard s and J ap anese the gove rno r talked to ,

them himsel f and had the pled ge of safety an d the

,

royal faith pu b lished anew in all distri cts But no .

effo rt could quiet them T h ree d ays before th at o f

.

S t Francis mo re than fou r hundred Anh ay me r

.
,

chant s remained i n the city because they h ad been ,

unable to sell thei r goods T hese upon seeing the .

,

othe rs in confusion because of the repo rt th at the

S pania rds an d J apanese we re about to kill them sent ,

thei r embassy to D on P ed ro by one Chic a n also an ,

Anh ay o r C hi ncheo H e came at night he

.
,
 TH E PHI LIPPI N E IS LA ND S [ Vol 1 6

headed . Onthe othe r si d e it was conside red th at al

,

t hou g h i t would lessen the anxie ty to kill all the

S a ng l ey s o r to attem p t it it di d no t a pp ea r a just
,

p unishment toward p eo p le of whose c rime they we re

unce rtain much mo re so since they had come to
-
,

F i l i p i nas to conduct thei r trading in good faith and ,

the gove rno r had given them his wo rd fo r thei r

s afety if they we re quiet and did not mix in the

rebellion .

[ I t is fi nally resolved to ind uce the p eaceful S an

gleys to take refuge in the A ugustini an conve n t .

H oweve r they refuse to take advantage of the o ffe r

, ,

although some p ut thei r g oods in safety Me anwhil e .

"

the hostile S ang l ey s attem p t to incite them to joi n

thei r ranks and on thei r refusal tu rn u pon them
,
“
and kill mo re than two hund red E nc a n is foun d .

concealed in a house fo r fea r of captu re whe reupon ,

he confesses h is p art in the re b ellion T he reli giou s .

take up a rms against the insu rgents nota b le among ,

them being Fray A ntonio Flo res an A ugustinian l ay ,

b ro the r and fo rme rly a soldie r : he is credited with

,

having slain six hund red S a ng l ey s in the final sl au gh

te r The Chinese afte r d riving in an attackin g p a r ty
.
,

of five hund red men unde r G al l i nato assault the ,

w alls of the ci ty but are fi nally d riven back with

,

great s l aughte r T hei r P a r i a n is bu rned and th ey

.
,

begin thei r retreat going to S an P abl o and othe r dis

,

t ri c ts pu rsued by the S pania rds an d natives who

, ,

kill immense crowds of them and dis pe rse the rest .

S p ani a rds J ap anese and P amp angos a re sent o u t

, ,

under S a rgento mayo r A z c ueta and the insu rrectio n

-
,
“
is c rushe d with te rrible sl aughte r ; fo r the J apa
nese and natives are so fe ro cious that nothing can re
”
strain them T he fi n al result o f the last camp aign
.
 ’
ARGEN SOLA S CON QVI STA 2 95

shows that only slightly more th an one hun dre d [ of

the Sang l ey s ] su rvive d who we re ke p t alive fo r the
,

g alleys E i g ht n atives and six J apanese died on ou r

.

side in these two battles the sl aughte rs of the

p u rsuit ] No S p ania rd was killed although many
.
,

were wounded E nc a n is hanged and q ua rte red

.
“
,

h is head ex p osed on the site of the P a ri a n and his ,

goods con fi s c ated ; and in the days following justice ,

g ave the same p unishment to othe r guilty Chinese ”

.

T he insu rrection costs the lives of mo re than twen ty

th ree thousan d Chinese and only five hund red a re
left fo r the galleys S ome say that the numbe r of
.

S ang l ey s kille d was g reate r b ut in o r d e r that the i l

,

legality i n admitting so m any into the country con

t r ary to ro yal p rohibitions might not b e seen the ,

offi cials conceale d o r diminishe d the nu mbe rs of those

th at
Don P ed ro h ad had some advices of how well a f
fecte d his M ajesty was to the ente rp rise of M aluco .

Awaiting the e ffects of that decision he w rote by all ,

the ways possi b le ; an d b y I n d ia to solicit those who ,

h ad ch a rge of the matte r R elieve d from the hin

.

d r anc e caused by the S ang l ey s he tu rne d his mind to ,

the p reparation an d equipment of the fl eet fo r the ,

time when he shoul d be o rdered to set out B ut the .

end of this wa r was the beginning of othe r needs fo r

M anila M echani c al trades we re sto ppe d and the re
.
,

was no wo rk o r p rovisions P ri ces of food increased

.

with thei r lack A ll suppl i es had been fo rmerly in

.

great ab undance and we re obtained th rough the S an

,

gleys fo r the I n di an n atives lack the willingness and

,

the ene rgy fo r such wo rk T he cultivation of the .

l and the care of raising fowls the weaving of cloth

, , ,

all of w hich in dustries they had exe rcised in thei r old

 TH E PHI LIPPI N E IS LA ND S [ Vol 1 6

days of in fi deli ty they h ad fo rgotten E specially

,
.

was the P a ri a n o r Al c ay ce ri a wasted by fi re and

swo rd I t was o nce so full of g ain and a b undance
.

that Do n P ed ro wrote to one of his relatives in E s

p a n a a sho rt time after his a rrival at M anil a these
, ,

following wo rds of it : T his city is remarka b le fo r

the si z e of its buil dings which have su rp r i sed me
,
.

I sh all mention only one wh ich is the chief one I t

,
.

h as an Al c ay ceri a that contains all kinds of silks an d

g old and mechanical trades ; and fo r these things
,

the re a re more than fou r hun d red shops and gener ,

ally mo re than eight thous and men who trade the rein .

When the trading fl eets come f rom Ch ina with thei r

me rchandise which is the p resent time of the ye ar
, ,

there a re always mo re than thi rteen o r fou rteen thou

s and men Th ey b ring wonderful thin gs th at are
.
,

not found in E u ropa Besides this Don P ed ro

.
,

fea red that the chastisement in fl icte d in the slau ghte r

would discou ra ge the inte rcou rse o f the S angl ey s with
u s and th at the vessels that we re wont to come f rom
,

Chin a with food would not come G reate r and uni .

v e rsal was the fea r that i n p lace of trading ship s ,

a rmed vessels w oul d come to avenge the S ang l ey s .

Don P e d ro sent the p rio r of M anil a Fray D iego de ,

G u evara to E s p a n a by way of I ndia with advi ces

, ,

of the deed and of h is fea rs T he incidents that b e .

fell him on his voyage in I ndi a itself and in P e rsia , ,

Tu rqui a and I talia forced him to del ay th ree years

, ,

befo re he could reach the cou rt whe re he foun d othe r ,

desp atches al ready a rrived .

A t the s ame time D on P ed ro sent Captain M a rcos

de la Cueva togethe r with Fray L uis G andu l l o a
'

, ,

D ominican to M acao a ci ty o f Chin a whe re P or

, ,

tu g ues e reside with lette rs fo r the command ant and

 TH E PHI LIPPI N E IS LA ND S [ VOL 1 6

othe r p re p a rations of a rms food and ammunitio n , ,

were b ein g collecte d in N neva E s p a n a at the order ,

o f his M ajes ty ; these all a rrive d at M a nil a in due

season A t th at time died its g re at archbisho p Do n

.
,

M i g uel de Benavides to the unive rsal so rrow of the ,

c ountry .

T he Chinese shi p s that retu rned fo r the trade b o re

l ette rs to th e g ove rno r in reply to his desp atch T h ree .

l ette rs of one teno r came from the tuton o r vice roy ,

the h ay tao an d the inspecto r gene ral o f the p rovince

,
-

o f C h i nc heo T ransl ate d by the inte rp rete rs in to

.

S p anish the y read as follows

,

[ S ee thi s lette r in V OL X III pp 2 8 7 9

2 1 o f th is .
, .
-

s e rie s ]

T he gove rno r an swe re d these lette rs by the s ame

messen ge rs ma k ing use o f te rms of c ou r tesy an d
,

autho rity .
29 2
H e related the re b elli on o f the S an
g leys f rom its inception H e j usti fie d the defense of .

the S pani ar d s and the p unishment in fl icte d u p on the

,

d elinquents H e says that no c om mu nity c an gove rn

.

without p unishing those who a re evil any mo re than ,

b y not rewardin g the b lameless Co nsequentl y he .

do es not re p ent of what was done as it was to check ,

h im who was trying to destroy us T he inspecto r .

shoul d consi d er what he should do if any simi l a r ,

case h appened in China Wh at he was so rry for .

was in not having b een a b le to s ave any of the Anh ay s

among the S angley me rchants who p erished among ,

the guilty But it was impossible to p revent th at

.
,

29 2
g g
T he ov ern o r s letter is iven y A r en s ol a p a rtly in syno p
’
b g
s is , an d p a rtl y in direc t q u ot a tio n T he l a tter we en cl ose i n q uo
.

t a t io n m a r s k S e i
.e n V O L x 1 v ' —
( p p 44 5 ). 0 t hi s letter , tr an s
.

l a ted from t he M S pre s erved in the S evill a a rc hives ; th a t is a p

.

p a re n t l y a t le as t a dupli ca t e o f the o ri in al lett e r t o t he Ch in es e g

offic i al , an d one of the des p a tch es s ent t o S p a in by Acu na .
 ’
ARGEN SOLA S CON QVI STA

fo r the violence of wa r does no t all ow some to

b e killed and othe rs exempted especi ally since they ,

we re unknown to the soldie rs in the heat of wa r .

E mp l oy I ng clemency towa rd those captu red alive ,

he condemned them to row in the g alleys which is ,

the punishment sub stitute d by the Castilians fo r

those who me rit death H oweve r if they in China
.
,

thought that the p unishment shoul d b e lessened ,

“
he woul d g ive them li b e r ty But it should be
.

” “
noted ,
says Don P ed ro th at this might be the
,

cause th at if so se rious a c rime we re un p unished

, ,

they woul d f all into it a secon d time a thing th at ,

would close all the g ates to kin dness T he goo d s .

of the Chinese kille d a re in deposit A n d in o rde r .

that it ma y b e seen that I am not moved b y any

othe r zeal than th at of justi ce I shall have the s e ,

immediately delive red to thei r hei rs o r to tho se to ,

Whom they rightfully pe rtain I am not moved to .

any of these things by any conside ration othe r tha n

that o f right T o tell me that if I do not free the p ris
.

one rs p e rmission will be given to the relatives in

, ,

China of those who we re k ille d in the rebellion to ,

c o me wi th a fl eet to M anila causes no dis tu rb an ce in

,

my mind ; fo r I consi d e r the Chinese as so sensi b le a

race that they w ill not be incited to s u ch thin gs with
,

little foundation and especi ally since we h ave o n

, ,

ou r side given them no occasion fo r it I n case any

,
.

o the r resolution is followed we S p ania rds a re peo p le

,

who know how to defend ou r rights religion an d , ,

country ve ry well A nd do not let the Chinese con

.

side r themselves lo rds of all the wo rl d as they give ,

out ; fo r we Castili ans who h ave measu red it with

,

p almos know with exactness the l ands of China

, ,

whe re it will be well to know that the king of E sp a n a

3 00 TH E PHI LIP P I N E IS LA ND S [ VOL 1 6

h as continu al w ars with k in gs as powe rful as thei r

own the Chine se k in g] , and s ubdue s the m and
in fl icts g reat trou b les u p on them I t is no new case
.
,

whe n ou r enemies ima g ine th at we a re d efe ated , to

fi nd us d esolatin g an d destroyin g the con fines of thei r
l ands and not ceasi ng u ntil we h ave hu rled them
,

f ro m thei r th rones and ta ke n away thei r s c ep ters I .

would be ve ry s o rry fo r a chan ge in trade b ut I al s o ,

b eli eve that the Chi nese do not wi s h to lo s e i t s ince ,

so g reat g ain acc rues f rom it and the C hine se t ake

,

to thei r k in g do m so much of ou r s i l v e r, which i s

neve r d i minishe d i n amo u nt, in exchan ge fo r t hei r
me rch an d ise , which i s com p o sed of p oo r article s that
a re s oo n wo rn out
”
. T he En glish shi p s th at re ach ed
the co as t of China he was dete rmin ed not to rec e i ve
, ,

fo r they are not S p ania r d s b ut thei r en emies and are

, ,

p i r ate s Con s equ entl y i f they came to M anil a they

.

woul d b e p unishe d “
Fin ally b e c a us e we S p an
.
,

i a rd s alw ays j ustif y ou r cau ses and we p ride o u r

,

s el ves on the fa c t th at no one i n the wo rl d c an s ay th a t

we usu r p o the r men s p o ss es s ion s o r m ak e wa r on ou r

’

frien d s all th at is herein p romised will b e ful fille d

,
.

A nd he re afte r let those in Chin a unde rstan d th at we

neve r do anything th rou gh fe a r o r because of the ,
”
th reats of ou r enemie s Don P edro concludes b y
.

o ffe rin g to continue the f rien d shi p w ith the k in g doms

of China b y new bo n d s of p eace sayin g th at he ,

woul d release the p risoners in his galleys in due time ,

altho u g h he fi rst intended to make u se o f them a s ,

he did in the expedition of M aluco which woul d

, ,

soon b e despatched A ll this he strictly o bse rved

. .

Don P ed ro received othe r letters durin g tho se

same days f rom the emperor of J apon in which afte r , ,

thankin g him for a p resent of g rape wine besi de s —

 TH E P H I LIPPI NE IS LA ND S [ VOL 1 6

O ne o f those who esc ap e d fro m the fo rt of Ty dore ,

an d reached the town of A revalo in Fili p inas was ,

A nton io de S ilva a P ortu guese Besi des bein g a

, .

soldie r he was a na g ua ta to o r inte rp rete r T his man .

g ave a j udicial account of the matte r an d a dded th a t

the E nglish [ i e D utch ] gene ral while ta k in g hi m
. .
, ,

a p risone r from Amb oi no took a se a ch a rt and be ,

-
,

g an to loo k fo r M indo ro M anila an d C ab i te Bein g

, ,
.

asked by S ilva fo r what pu r p os e he was l oo k in g for

,

them he le arned that the gene ral intende d in c ase

, ,

his un de rtakin g at M aluco did not succeed well to ,

try to captu re one of the vessels p lyin g between Fil i

p i nas and N ueva E s p an a S ilva re p lie d to h im th at
.

i t was not time fo r those vessels to s ail eithe r way ,

fo r the fi rst [ i e those f r om Nu ev a E s p afi a] a rri ve

. .
, ,

ab out M ay ten and th e othe rs i

, [ e th ose g oin g to . .
,

N uev a E s p afi a] s ail J une ten

,
N otwithstandin g .
,

thi s was the en d o r d esi re of the Dutchman s n avi ’

g a ti on ; fo r he dete rmine d to g et inf o rm a tion i n

M indo ro to dep art thence to M ac a n to sen d an

, ,

a m b assado r to Chin a and to aven ge th e insult

,

o ffe red by Don P a b los of P ortugal in those p rov

i nces. Thence he woul d lade p eppe r in P atan e ,

then see if he coul d defeat the Chinese shi p s at

the strait of S i nc ap u ra S in g apo re ] on thei r
way to M alaca ; and at all events c ontinue alon g ,

that same route his return to H olanda l aden ,

with wealth A ll thi s did the D utch g ene ral com

.

mu ni c ate to A ntonio de S ilva as to one who w ould ,

go to H ol anda with him ; fo r he was a soldie r and

a skilled inte rp rete r of b oth langua ges and E stevan ,

D rage made much of him fo r that reason Ce rt ain .

othe rs who h ad fought and escaped the sl aughte r of

T y d o re con fi rmed this news Don P e d ro lea rned it .
,
 ’
ARGEN SOLA S CON QVI STA

an d g rieved ove r it as he was so zealo us in the se rvi ce

,

of the Chu rch an d of his k ing H e conside red so r .

row fu l l y when he s aw th at not even one tu rret of a

fo rtress was le ft in M alu co to the c rown of E sp a n a ,

a nd how secu rely a rebel to G od and to h i s le g itim a te

s ove rei g n hel d them A nd because the p rosperi ty

.

o f Dutch a ffai r s made the Dutch p owe rful an d de

te rmi ne d the g ove rno r a ssembled hi s co uncil of war

, ,

and a p p ointe d Ca p tains A nto nio Frey l e chief of the ,

fl eet of P intados P ed ro Sevi l E stev an de Al caca r,

, ,

and Be rna rdino A l fonso to g o to the g a rrisons of the

P inta d os and tho s e o f othe r islan d s that we re i n dan

g e r
,
with thei r in fantr y com p anie s H e s tren g thene d .

the shi p s an d p re p a red h i s a rtille ry as if he we re

, ,

nea r a victo rio us enem y who was e xecutin g his th re ats

with s o g re at suc cess A ntoni o d e S ilva sh owed an

.

o ri g in al l ette r f rom anothe r Dutch gene ral written ,

i n the isla nd of Bo rn eo to the k in g of T e rn a te s en t ,

b y P hili p o B i ss egé p a shi p captain I n i t the gene r al

,
.

ex p resse d his co mp liments an d s ent h im a p resent o f

a num b e r of va ras of di ffe rent fine cloth s f rom H o
landa SI X b ales containin g vessels of mus k twelve
, ,
m
fl as k s o f rose water s i x a r r a tes ”
of A m/i o n a 4 ’

Dutch compo und used as ab ove stated fo r fighting , , ,

which ta kes away o r distu rb s the reason an d six b a r

rels of p owde r H e gave the kin g an accoun t o f the
.

unfo rtunate voyage and the o b stacles storms an d

, , ,

dange rs that A n dres Fu rtado h ad until his a rrival at

M ala ca afte r le aving Te rn ate H e called the king .

most se rene p rince and p owe rful k in g o f M aluco ,

B an das Amb o i no and an in fi nite numbe r of othe r

,
”
,

isl an ds H e congratul ated h i m on the success at

.

A P ortu g e p und nt in mg t n un e
u se o , co a
-
SI x ee o c s .

Anfion : a n me given t p ium in the E t I ndie

a o o as s .
 TH E PHI IPPI N E IS LA ND S
L [ VO L 1 6

t ai ne d upon his a rrival at M al uco H e p romi sed .

him to g o to T e rnate with the greate r fo rces that he

w as awaiting f rom H olanda an d garrison the fo rts, ,

in o rde r to exti rp ate enti rely thei r common enemy ,

the kin g of E s p a n a H e en coura ged him b y thi s

.

hope to hol d out until then H e assu red h i m that .

he woul d ove rr un all those seas f rom M aluco an d ,

would exten d his empi re to China without any o p ,

p ositio n f rom the Fili p inos o r J apanese Fo r th i s .

p u r p ose he requested the kin g [ of Bo rne o ] to renew

f riendshi p with M indan ao and to give the kin g o f
,

thos e islands to unde rstan d that he was a f rien d to

the Dutch and consequently to facilitate the p orts
, ,

comme rce and friendshi p s th at we re necessa ry fo r

,

thei r voya ges That was wh at was advisable a bove

.

al l c on s i deration s of the state H e said th at he sho ul d

.

be wa rne d an d assu red that nothin g w as attende d to

w ith mo re lukewa rmness in E sp a n a than to strive o r ,

a ttem p t to p reserv e th e g reate r p a rt of thei r p ro v

i nces o r at leas t any fo rm of union T he refo re all

, ,
.
,

the f arthest colonies that reco gnize d thei r c rown ,

ou ght to es tee m hi ghly the del ay with which they

hel p an d d elibe rate f ro m E s p a n a Fo r while they
.

a re b elievin g o r examinin g in o rde r to believe the

, ,

news o f events affai rs a re as s umin g anothe r c on di

,

tion ; and hence neither S panish c ounsels no r a rms

a rrive in time T he gre ate r p a rt of these thin gs h ad
.

been taught to his H ighness by expe rience and the ,

w riter s des i re to se rv e h im obliged h im to w rite

’

those thi ngs to the k ing A ntonio de S ylva a d ded

.

th at he knew wit h ce rtai nty that the king of Te rnate

h a d not neglecte d to take any o f the precautions th at
the Dutchman asked h i m to take ; an d th at he had
ev en p ro p ose d to his men to go to fi g ht fa r f rom thei r
 TH E PHI LIPP I N E IS LA ND S [ VOL 1 6

sides altho u g h the re p ort of th at g reat p rep a ration

,

was useful to the S pania rds in Opinion and in con

j e c tu r es
,
yet the actual stren g th of the fo rces with
which the country was su pp lied besi des the re p uta ,

tion of ou r affai rs acte d fo r defense and secu rity in

,

the m al l I n J a p on the k nowled ge alone th at M a

.

nila was full of infantry and of a rmed vessel s tem

p e red o r dispelled the i rritation felt b y thei r kin g be
c ause D on P e d ro denie d h i m shi p b uil de rs T he .

C h i ncheos also ref rained f rom a ttem p tin g ven g ea nce

on an enemy whose victo rie s we re fo llowe d b y so
g reat s u c c o r Don P e d.ro consi de red the whol e que s

tio n and infe rre d f rom eve ry one of the s e advice s

,

th at he coul d a b sen t him s elf f rom M anila H ow .

eve r the k in g of T e rnate as one ove rjoyed at h a v in g,

es c a p e d f rom the S panish yo ke p aid little h ee d to ,

al l that was tol d him from his nei g h b o rin g k in g

dom s fo r he thou ght that the S pani ard s we re neve r

,

to ret u rn to thei r fo rme r pos sessions T he captain s .

of H olan d a who re b uilt the bu rned fo rtres s in

,

Ty do re sent him some la rge b ronze cannon cul

, ,

ve r i ns an d a con s ide rable num b e r of mus k ets ; and

,

sent him some en g ineers f rom those who came on

those ships so that they might ins p ect his fo rti fic a
,

tions an d resi de in them o r in his ci ty S ome ac .

ce p te d that abode and the loose an d i rrel i giou s li b

,

e r ty of li fe p e rmitted in that country The re b y rea .

,

son of the many trading posts and fl eets f rom the -

north they l ived as if they we re not outside thei r

,

own countries since they had interc ou rse with thei r

,

kinsmen and f riends o r at least with men of thei r ,

n ation E xiled Castilians and P o rtuguese reached

.

the po rt of O ton in Filipinas daily A mong them .

was P ablo de L ima a man of long expe rience and , ,

 ’
ARGEN SOLA S CON QVI STA 3 7
0

now gene ral o f artille ry in Ty do re H e ad de d to the .

news of the recent destruction the j oy w ith which ,

the Dutch disinte rre d the pieces th at he h ad trie d

to hide an d how they h ad sent ashore more arms and
,

fo rces from thei r s hips This man was received with

.

g reat hono r b ecause of his wo rth an d because he w a s ,

one of those dispossesse d by the kin g of Te rnate of , ,

vass als an d othe r p ro p e rty in Ty do re Fo r l ate r .

events they p ro fited by his wa rni ng s and advice

,
.

A ll b y various em p loyments althou g h wi th equ al

, ,

desi re took p a rt i n the fu rthe rance o f the wa r i n

,
-

b uilding shi p s an d collectin g p rovi s ion s a rms and

, , ,

a mmunition .S o g reat was Don P edro s vi g ilanc e ’

that he was not wantin g in the leas t duty with ex

am p le and encou r a gement Consequ e ntl y it may b e .
,

a s s e rted th at he ca rried on the whole ente r p rise ; fo r

h e len t a h and in the l abo rs of all .

C o nq u es t o f th e M a l u ca s I s l a nd s

B OO K TE N T H
I n human actions the mo ral doctrine is h idden ;
an d j udicious w rite rs a re wont to deduce this f ro m
the relation of events as the fruit of thei r histo ry
,
.

But in writing of the conquest an d conse rvation of

b a rb arous l ands ( which is foun d ed on navi gations
and garrisons ) wh at civil p recepts o f those who es
,

t ab l i s h and compose the p o litical li fe — howeve r

s agacious statecraft may h ave made them can we —

b ring to the re ade r s view ? A nd what can be o ffe re d

’

in this matte r that the reade r could not infe r as a nec

essa ry consequence contained in the p receding p rop
,

o s i ti o ns ? S ince then the subject fo rbids us this rOl e

, , ,

let us fi nish it and redeem the p romise by which we

,
3 0 8 TH E PHI LIPPI N E IS LA ND S [ VOL 1 6

b ound ou rselves at the b eginnin g Don P ed ro de .

A cu n a now general of the fl eet which was assem b le d

,

in Fili p inas attended at the same time to i ts d espatch

,

an d to the safety of the p rovince which he was abo ut ,

to a b an don to g o p ers on ally u p on s o stu b b o rn an nu

de rtaki ng S ome attri b ute the loss o f all the M a
.

lucas to D on P e d ro s good fo rt une so th at time offe r ’

, ,

in g him g reate r material the victo ry mi g h t b e m o re ,

gl o rious H e p rov i de d ve ry dili gently what was

.

needed fo r the wa r and fo r almost all the casu altie s

the reo f T he point o r p romontory of Y l oi l o e xten d s
.

into the se a not fa r f rom A revalo in the isl and of

P anay I t is s p a cious enou g h to serve as a cam p in g
.

p lace and sui ta b le fo r those arms then p re p a re d .

T he re the fl eet was assemble d I t consiste d of five .

l arge ships an d six g alley s ; th ree g al liots , like g aliz a

,

b ras b elon g in g to the c rown of P o rtu g al in one o f

,

which P ed ro A lvarez de A b reo com mandant of the ,

fo rt of T y d o re emba r ked while the othe r two we re

, ,

i n cha rg e of J uan R od riguez Camelo a comman d ,

ant sent f rom M alaca b y G ene ral A ndres Fu rtado d e

M en d oc a to ai d with his p ru dence an d his strength
, ,

and to carry to him info rm ation of the outcome ; one

fl at g alliot fo r unloading artille ry which ca rrie d ,

th ree hundre d bas kets of rice ; fou r vessels built for

transpo rtin g the p rovisions ; two ten ton ch amp ans -
,

ca rrying one thousand six hun d red b askets of clean

ri ce ; two E nglish lanchas in which the P o rtugues e ,

went [ to M anila ] afte r the loss of the Ty d o re fo rt ;

s even f ragatas belongin g to his M ajesty and seven ,

b elonging to indivi duals ; and as many o the r ch a m

pans in all thi r ty six sail M aste r o f c amp J uan de-
.
- -

In t he t ex t , f u n cas ; a pp a rently a mis p ri n t for fa s tas or for

j un cos .
 TH E PH I L IPPI N E I SLA ND S [ Vol 1 6

reache d the island of M indanao hostile to the S pan , '

ish n ame and allied with the T e rnatans and anchored ,

in the p o rt of L a C al de ra to take in wate r The re the .

fl a gshi p called J esus M ari a in which M aste r of

,
“ ”
,
-

camp E squivel was sailin g began to d ra g the ancho rs ,

with which it was moo red an action which the sail

o rs name by the p ecul ia r wor d g a r ra r ‘
”
and in o r z
,

de r to save itself h ad to set sail But fin d in g that i t

,
.

coul d not double a point in thi s way it fi red two s hots ,

as a call fo r hel p j ust when the ru d de r struc k T he

,
.

g alleys hastened to g ive it a tow but some cables we re ,

s nap p e d a twa in ; an d thei r effo rts we re in vain for ,

the sea and win d s p revented the wo rk Captain Vi .

l l ag ra was g iven cha r ge of the resc ue of the men and

p rovisions abo ar d the fl a gshi p A lthou gh many .

possessio ns of the kin g and of p rivate pe rsons we re

lost b y I ncredi b le e ffo rt he saved the b ulk o f the p ro
,

vision s and o f the clothin g and all the men a rtillery , , ,

p owder cable s ri gg in g and sail s I n o rder th at the

, , ,
.

M in d anao s mi ght not enj oy the s p oils of the sh i p

w rec k he set fi re to the hull afte r ta k ing out the n ails
, ,

and b olts T he y felt thi s fi rst mis fo rtune b ecause of

.

its ve ry im p o rtance an d be cause the soldie rs a cl ass

, ,

often gi ven to foolish su p erstitions inte r p reted it in a ,

sinister manne r T he gene ral s p rudence calmed

.
’

.
—
eve rything H e o rde red the maste r of cam p to p ro -

cee d with the fl eet f rom L a Cal d era to the p o rt of

T al ang ame which as we have said is situated in the

, , ,

island of T e rnate Don P edro accompanied him .

A word derived from ( f O l d H i h

g a rr aG erm aon o ri in ) , g g
g
s i nifyin g the foo t o f a b ird o r t he p aw of a eas t i e , the b . .

a nc h o r met a ph o ri ca lly c l aw s b
the ottom of t he wa ter wh ere it
gg g
r e s ts , s t r u g
lin’ to retain i ts h old a a ins t the forc e of the wind .

g
See Eche a r ay s D i cei ona r i o g ener a l et i mol og i co ( a drid , 1 8 8 7
’

M
 ’
ARGEN SOLA S CON QVI STA

with his g alleys until th ey got outsi de the strait o f

S ambuanga a place dan g e rous because of i ts cu rrents
,

and reefs .Fo r that reason they towed the ships until ,

this dan ge r was p ast and because of a calm th at ove r

,

took them T he fleet took the o pen sea The galleys

. .
,

in o rde r to take i n wate r enough to last until re ach in g

T e rn ate coasted alon g g radually ; fo r the men res
,

cued f rom the subme rged fl a gship we re distribute d

in them an d in the othe r b oats an d thei r wei g ht an d ,

pe ril was g re ate r The most skilful pilots of tho s e

.

s eas mana g ed the g alleys b ut notwithstanding thei r ,

care an d that o f the captains and expe rienced sailo rs ,

they fell o ff thei r cou rse an d reache d the islan d s o f

the Cele b es o r of M ateo mo re th a n s ixty le gu as to the
,

leewa rd of Te rnate Contrary winds we re b lowin g

.
,

and they h ad to correct thei r mista ke b y dint of row

in g I n that manne r and with g reat d i ffi culty the y
.
, ,

reached T e rn ate M a rch twenty six o n E aste r day -

,
.

With thei r obse rvance of that day so p ro p itious to all ,

c reation they fo rg ot thei r p as t dan ge rs and ch an ged

, ,

them into joy and hope .

[ Don P e d ro fi nds the rest of his fl eet at T i do re

instead of at T e rnate as he has expe c ted ; but sees at
,

the latte r pl ace a Dutch ship which shows fi ght ,

.

H oweve r leaving the ship f o r the p resent A cu n a

,
3
,

sets about the re duction of Te rnate with his own

fo rces and those of the kin g of Ti do re L an din g at .

Te rn ate A p ril fi rst that fo rt is a p p roached in two

,

divisions meeting with no opposition until they a r

,

rive near the walls G al l i n ato s advice as to p lacing

.
’

the sol die rs is followed and the Te rn atan scouts in ,

trees are replaced by those of the besiege rs A ctive .

ope rations begin and afte r va rious mino r s uccesses

,

the wall is ca rried by assault and the old fo rtress ,

 TH E PHI LIPPI N E IS LA ND S [ VoL 1 6

b uilt b y the P o rtuguese is captured O n ente rin g .

th e city the sol die rs fall to lootin g ]

When the men ente red the city eve ry one g ave ,

himself to his fu ry and to plunde rin g D on P ed ro .

had issued a p roclamation concedin g th at all the ,

enemy captu red within those fou r d ays should b ecom e

sl aves The ca p tains h alted nea r the old chu rc h of
.

S an P a b lo which h ad b een fo rti fied by the enemy

,

fo r this war Th e re we re v a rious O p inions as to

.

wh at cou rse was to b e followed S ome thou ght that .

they s hould attend to p rese rvin g what was g ained ;

oth e rs th a t they should g o ahead to g ai n the ch ie f
fortress C aptains Ve r ga r a and Villa g r a we re o f the
.

l atte r Op inion ; and so g re at was the e xu b e ran ce o f

the sol die rs and thei r desi re for d an g e r th at one of
them a native of E stremadu ra of the c ompany of
, ,

—
C a p tain Sevi l who was an Ar rag onese and a g al ,

lant fig hte r who also a pp roved the advi ce to pa ss

,

on seized Captain Vill a g r a in his a rms and ca rrie d ,

h i m thus fo r m o re than ten paces exclaimin g 0 , ,

g ood ca p tain attac k the enemy

,
attac k him l
”
and ,

then s et h i m d own T he reupon the ca p tain struc k

.

him w ith the fl at of his sword b ecause he ha d at ,

such a time se ize d him so im p ude ntly T he soldie r .

bowed and said gracefully and smilin g ly G ive me

, ,
”
anothe r by G od "[ c u er p o d e D i os ] and attack them l
,

I n fact Ve rga r a an d Villa g r a attacked the p rincipal

fo rtress with few men an d g ained it an d we re the ,

fi rst to ente r its gate s H oweve r they we re not the

.

fi rst to go u p fo r w hile they we re ascending ve ry

,

quickly by the stai rs at the entrance of the h all an old

,

sol die r named B a rel a a co rpo ral to Captain Ce r

, ,

vantes hu rrie d p ast them H e on ente ring took a

,
.
, ,

gilded wate r j a r sh ape d li ke an u rn and very skil

-
,
 TH E PHI LIPPI N E IS LAND S [ l
Vo 1 6

requested f rom the k in g ou r soverei g n they wrote , ,

and signed the followin g agreements :

T he fi rst thing demanded f rom King Cachil S ultan
Z ay d e of Te rn ate and f rom the rest im p risone d with
, ,

his H ighness who may have any p art in it i s that he ,

i s to delive r to his M ajes ty K in g Fili po ou r s ove r ,

ei g n the fo rts that he now possesses — nam e ly tho s e

, ,

of X ilol o S ab ubu G amoc ano ra T a come those of

, , , ,

M aq ui en th ose of S ula and the othe rs H e answe rs

, ,
.

to this that he w ill d elive r to his M aj esty the fo rts

a b ove decl a re d and th at he will send the p rince his
,

son and C achil Amuxa his cousin w ith the p e rs on

, , ,

o r p e rsons who sh all g o to take p os s ession of the m ;

and th at th ey shall be d e live red u p with all the a rtil

le ry ammunition mus kets an d a rque b u ses c ont aine d

, , ,

in them .

T he secon d T h at he sh all ma ke restitu tion of al l

.

the ca p tives that he holds who may b e ou r s u b j ects , ,

whethe r Ch ristians o r i nfidel s f ro m the p rovince s ,

o f P intados and from the othe r p rovi nces su b j ect to

the S p ania rds in the Fili p inas I slands H e answe re d .

that all th at a re foun d at p resent s hall b e del i v

e re d up immedi ately and th at those who do not ,

a pp ear now sh all b e d elive re d u p as they sh all b e

found late r .

T he thi rd T hat he shall d elive r u p the Dutch in

.

his powe r H e repl ied that when he left this fo rt of

.

Te rnate thi rteen o r fou rteen Dutchmen w ith him

,

took to flight and he thought that they went to the

,

Dutch ves s el fo r he has not s een them H oweve r

,
.
,

i f they appea r he will delive r them u p immediately

,
.

The fou rth H e shall deliver up the S panish ren

.

eg a de s w h o we re in this fo rt of Te rn ate H e an .

swe re d that the re was only one there an d that he fl ed ,

 ’
ARGEN SOLA S CON QVI STA 3 5
I

l ike the othe rs the day the fo rt was ta k en and he ,

does not know whe re he is but that he sh all b e sou g ht

,

and delivered u p .

T he fi fth Th at he shall also d elive r up all the

.

v illages in the island of B atoc h i na o r E 1 M o ro whi ch ,

were fo rme rly Ch risti an ; as well as the isl and s of

M a rotay and H errao which we re also Ch risti an,
, ,

with all the a rtille ry and a mmunition in them H e .

answe red that he 1 s re ady to delive r u p eve rythin g,

as he did with his p e rson .

D on P ed r o de A cu n a gove rno r an d c a p tain gen

,
-

e ral of the Filipinas I slands p resi dent of the royal ,

A u d ienci a resident the rein and gene ral of th is M a ,

luco fl e et entrusted these c ap i tul ations to G ene ral

,

J u an Ku arez G al l i nato and captain Ch ristov al de

Vill a g ra T hey made them in the fo rm a b ove de
.

c l a re d with the hel p of P ablo de L ima a P o rtu gu e se

, ,

n ative of these islan d s who was the inte r p rete r of

,

the [ M o ro ] langua g e T he sai d k in g affi xed hi s

.

s i g natu re a cco rding to his custom

,
I t was done in .

the fo rt of Te rnate Ap ril ten one thou s and s ix hun ,

d red and six The sai d gene ral and ca p tain and
.
,

the said P a b lo de L ima also signe d it ,

.

T he k in g s i gne d it in P e rs ian cha racte rs with

g raceful cu rves and the S p ani ar d s s imply T his
,
.

o rigin al agreement was b rought to E s afi a with the

p
othe r authentic documents .

[ P ossession is fo rmally ta k en o f the newly sub d ue d -

and of the reconque red te rritory in the name of the

king of S pain ; an d afte r consultation it is dete rm ined
to take the king of Tern ate to M anil a leaving g ov ,

c r u o rs appointed to ca rry on his gove rnment All .

swea r homage to the S panish mona rch and p romise ,

not to admit the D utch o r othe r fo reigne rs to thei r

 TH E P H I LIPPI N E IS LA ND S [ Vol 1 6

l
c ov e tra d e an d not to p reven t missio na ry wo rk
,
.

A cu n a o rde rs a new fo rt to be built at Tido re remi ts ,

a thi rd p a rt of the tri b ute to b e p aid b y the T e rna ta ns ,

and a fte r stren g thenin g the fort at Te rnate le aves

, ,

J uan d e E squivel the re w ith six hun d red men b o ats , ,

ammunition and supplies to a ct as g ove rno r of all

, ,

the M olucc as while he retu rn s to M anil a with his

,

p risone rs T rouble b e g ins imme d iately an d E s qui

.
,

vel is k e p t b u sy with e x p e d itions to the v a rious island s

an d fo rts while the Dutch a g ain b e g i n thei r machi

,

n ations ; and s icknes s fights p owe rfully ag ai n s t the

S p aniar d s A t M in d anao a con s p i racy to esc a p e i s
.
,

d iscove red amon g the p risone rs fo r M in da n a o i s ,

f riendly to the Te rnatans T he n arr ative con .

ti nues
In all the time that we have d escri b ed no news of ,

ou r v ic to ry rea ched Fili p in as Fro m this s ilence and.

s us pe nse the y ar g ue d in those re g ions an d es p eci a l l y ,

in M anil a that D on P e d ro an d his fl eet h a d p e ri s he d

, ,

o r th at he h a d su cceede d so poorly th a t gene ral so r

row woul d b e caused Neve r was vi rtu e f ree f rom
.

envious ones who pu rsue it and such we re not want ,

in g to Don P e dro in M anila B u t although the se .

—
we re well known [ s o me wo r ds mis p r i nted i n tex t] s o
th at popul a r suspicion ma kes the m the autho rs of the
p oison fr om which it was b elieve d that th at g rea t
kn ight died twenty two days afte r his arrival we
- —
,

sh all supp ress thei r names ; since it is unwo rthy of

the autho r who has to m aintain neutrali ty ( and i n
,

d i ffe rence i n fact ) to give strength to a ru mo r which

,

e ven yet is bas ed only u p on a suspicion A ll a re now .

dead and ju dged befo re the tribunal wh e re not one

,

thought p asses without examin ation These men .

,

then sp read the rumo r that Don P e d ro h avin g as

, ,
 B I B L I OG RA P H I C A L D AT A

S u c es os d e l a s I s l as by A ntonio de
F i l i p i na s ,
M o r g a S ee Bibliographical D ata in VOL XV
. . .

C o n q v i s ta d e l a s I s l a s M a l o c a s by B artolom é L eo
,
—
n a rdo de A rgensol a This is partly transl ate d i n full ,

p artly synopsi z ed from the o rigin al p rinted wo rk

, ,

f ro m the copies owned by H a rvard U niversity an d ,

E dwa rd E A ye r o f Chicago
.
,
.
 TH E PHI LIPPI N E IS LA ND S [ VOL 1 6

I ns tr u c ti o ns r eg a r d i ng th e c us t o ms w hi c h the na ti v es

f
o P a mp g
a n a for m er ly o bs e r v e d i n th e i r
l a ws u i ts
T hey neve r had anyone whom they all generally
obeyed exce p t that only in each b arangay they
,

obeyed thei r chief whose people are called ti mag u as

,
.

A mon g the ch iefs lo rds of b aran g ay he wh o was

, ,

most powe rful tyrannized ove r the others even ,

though they we re b rothe rs because they were all ,

intent upon thei r own inte re s ts .

2. I n what conce rns re gulation in regard to su p

plies fo r the country they had none and eve ryone , ,

bou ght and sold as he could ; beyond th at e ach chief

who ruled a ba ran g ay o rde red his people to sow at
the p rope r time and made the m assist him at seed
,

time an d h a rvest .

3. T he t i m a g u a s o r common people,
cam e b efo re ,

thei r chief with thei r suits and he settle d them in thi s ,

w ay Whateve r p etition was made before the m

.
,

the chief su mmoned the pa r ty on whom the deman d

was made and asked him if he woul d come to an
, .

agreement with the othe r and op p osite p arty I f the .

two parties made such a g reement there was no suit ,

.

I f they wo uld not agree he exacte d an oath f rom ,

them th at they woul d submit to his j udgment T hen .

he immediately aske d for a v i va vo c e examinatio n f

of both because among these peo p le the re we re no

,

writings I n any suits I f both pa rties gave like tes

.

t i mony with the s ame numbe r of w itnesses they s plit

, ,

the di ffe rence of the amount of the suit I f the num .

be r of witnesses was not equal on eithe r side such an d ,

such a one was condemned to the w hole amount o r ,

released f rom the cl aim I f the defeated pa rty woul d .

not pay acco rding to the sentence the othe r p arty ,

 C USTO M S I N LA WSUITS

an d the j ud g e p roceeded a g ainst him with the armed

h and an d fo rced him to comply with it The wit
,
.

nesses we re pai d acco rding to thei r rank an d th e ,

j udge also T he p ayment of the j udge and witnesses

.

was so excessive that the y sha re d equ ally with h i m

,
‘

who won in the suit The witnesses of the condemned

.

p arty we re p ai d nothin g ; and if anythin g had been

given to them b efore the decision of the suit it was ,

ta k en b ack f rom them .

4. I t e m : I n regard to any mu rde rs that occu rred ,

they ruled in this wise I f one chief k illed anot he r

.

chie f the rel atives and friends of the mu rde re d man

,

went to wa r immedi ately with the mu rdere r and h i s

k ind red ; and if they killed the mu rde re r the qua rrel ,

an d di ffe rence b e tween them was ende d I f not .

,

they kille d as many as possi b le of his foll owe rs A fte r .

these pa rties had g rown wea ry o f thei r strife an d a ,

certain time had elapsed afte r the mu r d e r the othe r ,

chiefs of the vill a g e o r district endeavo red to recon

cile them The reconciliation was as follows The
. .

mu rde re r was to give an d p ay to the relatives of the

mu rde red man seventy o r eighty t aes of gol d ; and if
he we re a p rominent chief one hund red o r mo re
,
.

Th en they all remaine d f riends an d one half was ,

divided among the child ren o f the mu rde red man ,

if he had any o r his p a rents b rothers o r kin dred ;

, , ,

an d the othe r half amon g those chiefs who reco ncile d

them an d the ti ma gu as of the mu rde re d man s ba ran
,
’

g ay although the chiefs took the greate r p art I f

,
.

the chil d ren o r rel atives of the deceased refused to be

recon ciled all the chiefs p roceede d against them
, ,

and assisted the p a rty of the mu rde re r until the sai d

agreement was completed .

5. I n case any t i m a g u a killed any chief o r his

3 4
2 TH E PHI LIPPI N E IS LA N D S [ VOL 1 6

child the rel atives of the d ecease d put th e mu rde re r

,

to d e ath to gethe r with his wife and children i f th ey

, ,

succeeded in c atching h I m The y seized all his .

p ro p e rty which they divi d e d a mon g the chil d ren of

,

the mu rde red man if he ha d any an d if not amon g , , ,

h is p arents relatives o r b rothers ; and i f he had no

, ,

k in dred amon g those who execute d the ven gean ce

,

fo r the mu rde r this usuall y b ein g his s uccessor i n

,

the b a ran g ay .

6 . I f the mu rde red m an was a ti magu a and the ,

mu rde re r a chief the l atte r g ave to the child re n o r

,

hei rs of the mu r d ere d man the sum of ten to twen ty

taes of g ol d ; but i f the murde red man had no hei rs ,

it was divi de d b e tween the jud g e p as s in g s enten ce

who was one o f the chief s, a pp ointed b y the othe rs
o f the v ill a g e for the p u r p o se an d am on g the s ai d
chi e f s the ju d g e ta k in g one half an d the othe rs the
,

othe r hal f O f this the y g ave no p a rt to the mu r

.

d e re r ev en thou g h he was a c hief

,
.

I t e m : I f one ti mag u a k il l e d anothe r ti ma u a,

7.
g
a nd had nothin g with which to pa y the p en alty ten
to twenty tae s of g old all the chief s of the v ill age
k illed h im fo r it i f his own chief did not do this b y
, ,

h an gin g h im to a tree o r a r i g u e [ i e p rop of a . .

,

ho us e ] o r p i ercin g him Wi th many l ance th ru s ts -

.

8
. I f any woman k ille d any man o r anothe r ,

w oman b y p oison o r steel o r any othe r way the

, ,

j udgment was in confo r mity w ith the one above w ith ,

consi de ration for the sai d conditions .

9. I f a b ro the r k illed a b r o the r o r an uncle o r ,

a ne p hew his uncle he did not die fo r it ; but they ,

took all his p rope rty away f rom him fo r the hei rs of
the mu rde red man o f which they g ave no sha re to ,

the mu rde rer even thou g h he sh ould b e an hei r

,
.
 TH E PHI IPPI N E IS LA ND S
L V
[ l
o 1 6

u l ati ons of the p recedin g section I f he ha d nothin g .

w ith which to p ay they sold hi m in a nothe r vill age

, ,

in o rde r to p ay what he owed as a p enalty fo r the ,

theft I f the thief we re a slave his maste r paid fo r

.
,

him o r delive red the s aid sl ave to the p a r ty and he

, ,

was soun d ly lashed I f the owne r of the said stolen

.

g oods cau g ht the thief in the act of such ro b be ry he ,

could kill o r b eat him without any penalty .

I4 . A s fo r th e old men ol d women an d wi tches

, ,

who co mmitte d mu rde rs b y any of thei r p ractice s ,

when i t was asce rtained t hat they h ad killed an y

p erso n with thei r witchc raft o r tric ks the chief of ,

thei r b a ran g ay o r o f the b a r an g ay of the mu rde red

,

man could k ill them with d a gge rs if he p leased ; and

,

if these chiefs di d not do this any of the othe r chiefs ,

could k ill the criminals T hei r p ro p e rty was sei ze d

.
,

and one half was g iven to the relatives of the mu r

de red man a nd the o the r half to h i m who execute d
,

the s entence u pon such so rce re rs an d Wi tche s .

I5 . I nsultin g words cause d g reat an ge r amon g

these n atives and it was conside re d a ve ry g rave of
,

fens e e speci ally amon g the chiefs

,
They fined the .

c ul p rits in heavy sums the refo r in fl ictin g this pen ,

a lty in o r d e r not to cause mu rde rs and in the f ollow ,

in g manne r T he insulte d pe rson and he who i n

.

s u l te d him n a med a chief who must b e g re ate r th an

,

tho se in the whole province to hear this suit w ho , ,

accepted an d decided it I f ei th er of the two pa rties

.

refused to conform to the agreement which the jud ge

p resc ribed the re was a custom among them that each
,

one l avished expense on his own account on fe asts

, ,

and assemblies and he who spent the greate r sum

,

they conside red the mo re po we rful and hono rable .

From these debauche ries an d g atherin gs sometimes

 C US TO M S IN L AWSUI TS 3 7
2

resulte d wa rs b etween them I f eithe r one of the .

two was the most conside rable chief of the p rovince ,

th ree o r fou r chosen b y the rest j ud ged the case I n

, ,
.

case the inju rious wo rds we re s ai d by a ti mag u a to

a chief if the said ti mag u a had no thing whe rewith
,

to p ay the p enalty im p osed which was ve ry ex ec s-

Si ve he was made a sl ave ; and if the in s ulted p arty

we re a g re at chief the ti ma gu a s wife and chil dren
,
’

we re made sl aves I f the chief ap p lied insultin g

.

w o rds to a ny ti mag u a the pen alty was ve ry li g ht

, ,

a nd many times nothin g .

16
. T hei r ma rriage custom was to have one wife
f rom whom they would se p a rate and m a rry
anothe r on any occasion o r change of feel in g and
,

to have th ree o r fou r othe r women T hey always .

c onside red that one the legitimate wife with whom

they natu rally c oh a b ite d The man always g ave the

.

dowry and this togethe r with ce rtain gathe rin gs in

, ,

which th ey d ran k was conside red ma rriage

,
I f the .

man se p arated f rom h is wife he lost th e d owry which

, ,

he h ad given he r I f she se p ar ate d f rom the man

.
,

she retu rned double the dowry which s he h ad re

c e i v e d even though she had chil d ren
,
The p rope r ty .

acqui red du ring ma rri age they always divide d ,

equally T hey neve r disinhe rited the child ren in

.

l i fe o r de ath even though they we re bo rn of many

,

women i f they h ad been marrie d to these

,
T he .

othe r child ren b o rn of othe r women whom we call

, ,

b asta rds they called a s i a o y nd ep a t These did not

,
.

inhe rit but they always gave them something E ven

, .

i f any one had no legitimate child at his death the ,

basta rd could not inhe rit at all but the p ro pe rty went ,

to the nea rest rel atives of the dece ased .

17
. T hey we re not a c custome d to will mo re to
 TH E PH I LI P P I N E I SLANDS [ VOL 1 6

any child exce p t in sm all sum s as th ree o r f ou r taes

, , ,

o r s mall pie ces of l and of the like val ue .

18. When anyone b ecame a wi d owe r an d no

chil d ren h a d b een born to the hus b an d and w ife the ,

whole dowry was r etu rned But if any son s or

.

dau ghters ha d b een bo rn to them even thou g h th e se ,

were de a d at the time of be re avement not m o re th an ,

h al f th e d owry was retu rne d .

19. I f any child were l iv in g at the t im e of th e .

death of the f athe r o r mothe r al l the p ro p e rty of th e

,

d ecease d was i nhe rited by the chil d o r chil d re n I f .

they we re not ol d eno ugh to administe r it the p a r ,

e nts of the de ceased ke p t and us ed it and n ot the ,

su rvi vin g fathe r o r mothe r o f the mino rs I f th e .

mino r d i e d afte rward neith e r the fath e r no r th e

,

mo the r inhe rited it but the min o r s g rand p a rents

,
’
,

or the nea rest r el ative s of the dece a s ed fro m wh om

the mino r had inhe rite d the p ro perty .

20 . A mon g the sl aves the fathe r and mothe r

,

sh a re d equally I f b oth we re sla ves of one maste r

.
,

the child ren we re so also I f one slave belo nge d to

.

one maste r an d the othe r to anothe r the chil d ren ,

we re divided in this way T he mas te r of the fa the r

.

too k the el de s t the maste r of the mothe r the second ;

, ,

and so on in this o rde r with the rest I f the re we re .

an odd one the two maste rs of the pa rents d ivided

,

him ; that is the slave se r ved both maste rs equ ally

,
.

I f eithe r the fathe r o r mothe r we re f ree the chil d ren ,

we re divided in the same way so that i f the fathe r ,

was free the eldest son o r daughte r was f ree O n

,
.

the contra ry if the fathe r was a slave the eldest son

, ,

o r daughte r was a sl ave T his a rrangement was kept

.

and o b se rved among them n amely to give an e q u al

, ,

sh a re to b oth the fathe r and mothe r I f one o f them .

 I mp o rt a nt
H i s t o ri c al P u b l i ca t i o ns

T h e Art hu r H C l a rk C o mp a ny
.

Ful l de s cri p tive circulars will b e mai l e d

on a pp licati o n
 T he b e titl h dly c
ar e ar on eyv s ide an a of the t e e st i g l e m b d i
in r n or e ra ce n t hi s d m i bl y
a ra car

rie d ou t s u t dy f h o ds t e roa and t h e ri p ti ar n t he dev l p m e t f h u t

e o n o t e co n ry . B os ton Gl obe .

T he H is t o ri c H ighway s o f A me ric a
by AR C H E R B UT L E R H U L B E RT
A seri es of monograp hs on the Hi s tory o f A meri c a as p ortray ed i n the evo

lu ti on o f i t s hi ghwa s of War C ommerce , and Soci al E x an s i on

y p , .

r
C o mp i si ng the foll owing v ol u mes
I —P a th s o f th e M o un -B u i i ng I n i an s and Great G a me A ni ma s d ld d l .

d
l I — I n i an h o ro u g h fare sT .

I II — W R d
a s h i ng to n s
’
o a : Th e F i r s t C h a p ter o f th e O l d F r e n c h ar W
—
.

lV B radd R d
ock s
’
oa
V —Th e O l d G l a d e ( F o rb e s s ) R o a d
.

’
.

V I — B o o ne s W i ld ern e s s R o a d
’
.

V I I — P o rtag e P a th s : Th e K ey s o f th e Co n ti n en t .

I I I — M i i tar y
V l R d
o a s o f th e M i s s i s s i p p i B a s i n .

I X— a t erwa y s o f W e s t war d E x p an s i o n W .

X — Th e C u mb er a n oa l dR d
v l mes
.

X I , X II — P i o ne e r o a s o f A mer i c a , two o u R d
XI v l mes
.

I I , X I V — T h e G r e at A m eri c a n C an a s , two o u l
X V —T h e F utu re o f
.

o a -M ak i ng i n A meri c a R d .

v
Si xteen olumes , c own 8 v0 , c loth, uncut , gi t tOp s r L I MI T ED EDI TI O N l . A
onl
yp i nt e i ecr t f om t
yp d dr
e , a n d th e t yp e i s trr
ib ut e d ac h v olume h an d . E d
s omel
y p ri n te i n l a ge t yp e d ’
r
on Di c ki ns on s h and-ma de a e , and i l us t a
p p r l r
t ed w
i th map s , p l ates , and fac si mi es l .

P l hd vl
ub i s e a o ume ea ch two month s, b eginning Se temb er , I 9 0 2
p .

P
RI C E, vl o umes 1 an d 2 , net eac h ; o umes 3 t o 1 6, ne t vl
eac h .

FI FT Y SET S P RI N T E D O N L A R G E P AP ER , eac h numbe ed a nd s ig ned by t he r

a ut hor d
Boun i n c l o th, wi th p ap e l abe , unc ut , gi l t t op s
. ri c e, r l . P
ne t
p er olume v .

T h e hi
y A m i st
c tor i l sof d i s i c ler i l t i
anm s ; f p h
ras d san d h i g hw yscarr e n o on a e o at roa a n a

in ou r na ti l begi i gs ; d f g t l ke i ve d il d t ffi i l te tim es i d
ona nn n an o ou r rea a r r, a n ra roa ra
,

c n a
,

r s an

f h fi s t i mp t s ci l d p li ti l hist y M H lbe t h sh w
,
h bee
as n o t e i r or a n ce n ou r o a an o ca or r u r as o n
h i m s lf b d tly bl e i v s ti g h s u bj e ct d p ti g d f m h sults f hi l b
. .

e a u n an a to n e at e t e an u n oo or t e re o s a ors .

— P fe s W M S P i U i iy
ro s or I LL I A M . L O AN E , r ncet on n v er s t .

M H ulbe t h r. ide tly m st r d hi s ubj ect d h t t d i v y bly d h i

a s ev n a ere s an as rea e t er a an en t us

i ll y H is t y i f qu tly m ll ti f d y b es but h w h v b k ,
a s t ca or s t oo re en a ere co ec on o r on ere e a e a oo

whi ch wh ce b gu will b d ge ly h d ividly d es h th b i g

.
,

e n on e n, e rea ea r to t e en , so v o t e au or r n

sc es d p s ges bef
,
en an er ona C Li ore u s . u r r ent ter a tu r e .

A i h p i v lum es h g
s nt e r or l ff ct i th t f m t t i i g e i T h ch m
o t e e nera e e s a o a os e n ert a n n s r es . e ar

f h s t y l e i vi d t
,
o t e Am i
s e en H i l R
. i w - er ca n t s t or ca ev e .

H i s yl e i e ffe ct iv
s t s i v l u b l e c t ibuti
e h m ki g s f A me i c
an n a Hi a on r on to t e a n o r an s

t or
y . N ew Tor h E v eni ng P os t .

Sho uld fi ll an i mp t t or an and u no ccupi d p l e ac e in A me ic r an hi s t o ri ca l li tu e tera r .

Tbe Di a l .